UBC Library - The University of British Columbia

The University of

British Columbia

CALENDAR

TWENTY-SECOND SESSION1936-1937

VANCOUVER, BRITISH COLUMBIA1936

CHANGES IN CALENDAR REGULATIONS

Students are warned not to assume that regula-tions remain unchanged from year to year, and atten-tion is called particularly to the following items inthis Calendar:

1. Additional Scholarships and Bursaries made available. Pages37 to 54.

2. Number of students in Second Year Applied Science and SecondYear Nursing limited. Candidates will be selected on basisof their qualifications. Application for admission to be madein advance of the opening of the session. Regulations and datesgiven on Pages 27, 29, 146, 166.

3. Students completing B.A. Course (not over six units) per-mitted to take courses for graduate credit. Page 76.

4. Education as a Major for the M.A. degree. Requirements andregulations stated. Page 80.

5. Courses in Bacteriology redrafted. New courses added. Pages88 to 90.

6. New courses in Geography added. Page 121.

7. Department of Philosophy changed to Department of Philosophyand Psychology. Courses redrafted. Pages 134 to 137.

8. Students taking the Combined Course in Nursing register forthe First Year in the Faculty of Arts and Science. Page 167.

9. Supplemental Examinations for students entering Third YearNursing to be held in August. Pages 166, 177.

10. Courses in Nursing redrafted. Pages 165-174, 217-220.

1936

-37

The University ofBritish Columbia

CALENDAR

TWENTY-SECOND SESSION1936-1937

VANCOUVER. BRITISH COLUMBIA1936

1936

-37

1936

-37

CONTENTS

PageAcademic Year ^ 5Visitor ^ 7Chancellor ^ 7President ^ 7The Board of Governors^ 7The Senate ^ 7Officers and Staff^ 9Historical Sketch^ 15The Constitution of the University^ 17Location and Buildings^ 18Endowments and Donations^ 20General Information ^ 23Admission to the University^ 27Registration and Attendance^ 29Fees ^ 32Medals, Scholarships, Prizes, Bursaries and Loans^ 37

FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE

Time Table of Lectures^ 56Regulations in Reference to Courses—

Courses Leading to the Degree of B.A^ 61Courses Leading to the Degree of B.Com .^ 73

^

Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A. 76Teacher Training Course^ 82Course Leading to the Social Service Diploma^ 84

Examinations and Advancement^ 85

Courses of Instruction—Department of Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine^ 88

46^" Botany ^ 90" Chemistry ^ 95" Classics ^ 100

46^" Economics, Political Science, Commerce and Sociology 103

46^" Education ^ 112" English ^ 113

t4^" Geology and Geography^ 117" History ^ 122" Mathematics ^ 127" Modern Languages ^ 130" Philosophy and Psychology^ 134" Physics ^ 137" Zoology ^ 141

FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE

Foreword ^ 145Regulations in Reference to Courses^ 146

^

General Outline of Courses 149Courses in—

Chemical Engineering ^ 152Chemistry ^ 153

1936

-37

4^THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Civil Engineering Êlectrical Engineering ^Forest Engineering ^Geological Engineering ^Mechanical Engineering ^Metallurgical Engineering ^Mining Engineering ^Nursing and Health^Double Courses for the Degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc. ^Courses Leading to the Degree of M.A.Sc^

Examinations and Advancement^Courses of Instruction—

Department of Botany ^" Chemistry ^" Civil Engineering ^" Economics ^" Forestry ^

44^" Geology and Geography^

(4^" Mathematics ^

44^" Mechanical and Electrical Engineering^

64^" Mining and Metallurgy^" Physics ^" Nursing and Health^

if^" Zoology ^

FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE

Regulations in Reference to Courses —For the B.S.A. Degree^The Occupational Course^Short Courses Êxtension Courses ^Graduate Work^Teacher Training Course^

Examinations and Advancement^

Courses of Instruction—Department of Agronomy ^

" Animal Husbandry ^44^

" Dairying ^" Horticulture ^" Poultry Husbandry ^

225,

Page155157158160162163163165173175176

178180184192193198202204212215217220

224225225225227228229

231233234235237

243262273277280282285

286287287

List of Students in Attendance, Session 1935-36^Degrees Conferred, 1935^Medals, Scholarships and Prizes Awarded, 1935Ûniversity Summer Session^Canadian Officers' Training Corps^Student Organization Înter-University Exchange of Undergraduates^

Affiliated Colleges—Victoria College Ûnion College of British Columbia^The Anglican Theological College of British Columbia^

1936

-37

ACADEMIC YEAR^ 5

ACADEMIC YEAR1936

August1st Saturday

15th Saturday

24th MondaySeptember

1st Tuesday

7th Monday

8th Tuesday to15th Tuesday11th Friday to17th Thursday16th Wednesday

18th Friday

21st Monday

22nd Tuesday

23rd WednesdayOctober

1st Thursday

5th Monday

7th Wednesday

10th Saturday14th Wednesday16th Friday21st Wednesday28th Wednesday30th Friday

November

Last day for submission of applications for ad-mission to Second Year Nursing.

Last day for submission of applications for Sup-plemental Examinations.

Matriculation Supplemental Examinations begin.

ACADEMIC YEAR begins.Last day for submission of applications for ad-

mission to Second Year Applied Science and tothe Teacher Training Course.Labour Day. University closed September 5th-7th, inclusive.

Supplemental Examinations in Arts.

Supplemental Examinations in Applied Science.Last day for Registration of First Year Students

in the Faculties of Arts and Science, and Agri-culture. (See Aug. 1 and Sept. 1, above.)

Last day for Registration of all other under-graduates except students in Extra-SessionalClasses.

All students entering the University for the firsttime report at 2 p.m. in the Auditorium.

The opening addresses to the students of all theFaculties at 3 p.m. in the Auditorium.

Lectures begin at 9 a.m.

Last day for Registration of Graduate Studentsand of Students in Extra-Sessional Classes.

Last day for payment of First Term fees. Pay-ment of first instalment of Scholarship money.

Thanksgiving Day. University closed.Last day for payment of fees for Autumn Gradu-

ation.Last day for change in Students' courses.Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science.Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture.Meeting of the Senate.Congregation.Meeting of the Faculty Council.

11th Wednesday^Remembrance Day. University closed.December

4th Friday7th Monday to

17th Thursday f9th Wednesday

11th Friday16th Wednesday25th Friday

Last day of Lectures for Term.

Examinations.Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science.Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture.Meeting of the Senate.Christmas Day. University closed December 25th

and 26th.

1936

-37


1937

New Year's Day. University closed January 1stand 2nd.

Second Term begins.Last day for payment of Second Term fees. Pay-

ment of second instalment of Scholarship money.

Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science.Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture.Meeting of the Senate.Meeting of the Faculty Council.

Good Friday. University closed March 26th-29th,inclusive.

January1st Friday

4th Monday18th Monday

February10th Wednesday12th Friday17th Wednesday26th Friday

March26th Friday

April8th Thursday8th Thursday

10th Saturday to24th Saturday

Last day of Lectures.Last day for handing in graduation essays and

theses.Sessional Examinations.Field work in Applied Science begins immediately

at the close of the examinations.Last day for payment of Graduation fees.22nd Thursday

May1st Saturday^Meeting of the Faculty of Agriculture.3rd Monday^Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science.5th Wednesday^Meeting of the Senate.6th Thursday^Congregation.6th Thursday^Meeting of Convocation.

24th Monday^Victoria Day. University closed.

June23rd Wednesday King's Birthday. University closed.

Junior and Senior Matriculation Examinations.(Time-tables to be arranged.)

July1st Thursday5th Monday

August16th Monday

20th Friday27th Friday27th Friday31st Tuesday

Dominion Day University closed.Summer Session begins.

Last day for submission of applications for Sup-plemental Examinations.

Summer Session ends.Meeting of the Faculty of Arts and Science.Meeting of the Senate.ACADEMIC YEAR ends.

1936

-37

THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

VISITORTHE How. ERIC WERGE HAMBER, B.A., Lieutenant-Governor of

British Columbia.

CHANCELLORR. E. McKEcmcm, C.B.E., M.D., C.M., LL.D., F.A.C.S., F.R.C.S. (Can.)

PRESIDENTL. S. KLINCK, ESQ., M.S.A., D.Sc., LL.D., Officier de ''Instruction Publique.

BOARD OF GOVERNORS(a) Ex-officio:—

R. E. MCKECHNIE, C.B.E., M.D., C.M , LL.D., F.A.C.S., F.R.C.S.(Can.), (Chairman).

L. S. KLINCK, ESQ., M.S.A., D.Sc., LL.D., Officier de 'InstructionPublique.

(b) Elected by Senate:—MRS. EvLYN F. FARRIS, M.A., LL.D., Vancouver.Miss A. B. JAMIESON, B.A., Vancouver.SHERWOOD LEW, ESQ., M.C., B.A., Vancouver.

(c) Appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council:—BRIG.-GEN. VICTOR WENTWORTH ODLUM, C.B., C.M.G., D.S.O., Van-

couver. Term expires 1937.SAMUEL H. SHANNON, ESQ., Cloverdale. Term expires 1937.ERIC WERGE HAMBER, ESQ., B.A., Vancouver. Term expires 1939.JOSEPH BADE NOCH CLEARIHUE, ESQ., B.A., M.A., B C.L., Victoria.

Term expires 1939.PERCY B. BENGOUGH, ESQ., Vancouver. Term expires 1941.GEORGE T. CUNNINGHAM, Ese., Vancouver. Term expires 1941.

SENATE(a) The Chancellor, R. E. MCKECHNIE, C.B.E., M.D., C.M., LL.D., F.A.C.S.,

F.R.C.S. (Can.)The President (Chairman), L. S. KLINCK, Eau., M.S.A., D.Sc., LL.D.,

Officier de l'Instruction Publique.(b) Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture, F. M. CLEMENT, ESQ., B.S.A., M.A.

Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, JOHN NoalsoN FINLAYSON, ESQ.,M.Sc.

Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science, DANIEL BUCHANAN, ESQ., M.A.,Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S.C.

Representatives of the Faculty of Agriculture:—BLYTHE EAGLES, Esu., B.A., Ph.D.; D. G. LAIRD, Esu., B.S.A., M.S.,

Ph.D. Terms expire 1939.Representatives of the Faculty of Applied Science:—

M. Y. WILLIAMS, ESQ., B.Sc., Ph.D., F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C.; A. H.FINLAY, Esu., B.A.Sc., M.S. in C.E . Terms expire 1939.

Representatives of the Faculty of Arts and Science:—^'H. F. ANGUS, ESQ., M.A., B.C.L.; IRA DILWORTH, Esu., B.A., A.M.

Terms expire 1939.

1936

-37


(c) Appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council:—H. N. MACCORKINDALE, ESQ., B.A., Vancouver. Term expires 1936.J. NEWTON HARVEY, Esq., Vancouver. Term expires 1938.MAJOR H. C. HOLMES, M.A., Victoria. Term expires 1939.

(d) The Principal of Vancouver Normal School, D. M. ROBINSON, Esq., B.A.The Principal of Victoria Normal School, V. L. DENTON, ESQ., B.A.

(e) Representative of High School Principals and Assistants, J. ROY SAN-DERSON, Esq., M.A., Ph.D. Term expires 1937.

(f) Representatives of Affiliated Colleges:—Victoria College, Victoria, P. H. ELLIOTT, Esq., M.Sc. Term expires

1939.Union College of British Columbia, Vancouver (Theological), REV.

J. G. BROWN, M.A., D.D. Term expires 1936.The Anglican Theological College of British Columbia, Vancouver,

THE VEN. F. C. C. HEATITCOTE. Term expires 1939.

(g) Elected by Convocation:—H. T. LOGAN, Esq., M.C., M.A., Vancouver.G. G. SEDGEWICK, ESQ., B.A., Ph.D., Vancouver.SHERWOOD LETT, Esq., M.C., B.A., Vancouver.Miss M. L. BOLLERT, M.A., A.M., Vancouver.His HONOUR F. W. HowAy, LL.B., LL.D., F.R.S.C., New West-

minster.A. E. Loan, Esq., B.A., Vancouver.Miss A. B. JAMIESON, B.A., Vancouver.P. A. BovING, Esq., Cand. Ph., Cand. Agr., Vancouver.JOHN C. OLIVER, ESQ., B.A., B.A.Sc., Vancouver.MRS. EVLYN F. FARRIS, M.A., LL.D., Vancouver.Miss IsonEL HARVEY, M.A., Vancouver.THE MOST REV. A. U. vs PENCIER, M.A., D.D., Vancouver.SYDNEY ANDERSON, ESQ., B.A.Sc., Vancouver.ARNOLD A. WEBSTER, ESQ., M.A., Vancouver.His Hoxont J. D. SWANSON, BA., Kamloops.

Terms expire 1939.(h) Representative of the British Columbia Teachers' Federation:—

O. J. THOMAS, ESQ., B.A., Vancouver. Term expires 1939.

OFFICERS AND STAFFL. S. KLINCK, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S.A., D.Sc. (Iowa State College), LL.D.

(Western Ontario), Officier de l'Instruction Publique, President.DANIEL BUCHANAN, M.A. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), LL.D. (McMaster),

F.R.S.C., Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science.JOHN NORISON FINLAYSON, M.SC. (1\1cG:11), Dean of the Faculty of Applied

Science.F. M. CLEMENT, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Dean of the Faculty

of Agriculture.Miss M. L. BOLLERT, M.A. (Toronto), A.M. (Columbia), Dean of Women.LEMUEL ROBERTSON, M.A. (McGill), Director of the Summer Session.

STANLEY W. MATHEWS, M.A. (Queen's), Registrar.Miss E. B. ABERNETHY, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Registrar.ANGUS MACLUCAS, Bursar.JOHN RIDINOTON, Librarian.

1936

-37

OFFICERS AND STAFF^ 9

FACULTY COUNCILThe President (Chairman), L. S. KLINCK, Esa., M.S.A., D.Sc., LL.D., Officier

de 'Instruction Publique.Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture, F. M. CLEMENT, ESQ., B.S.A., M.A.Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, JOHN NORISON FINLAYSON, EsQ., M.Sc.Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science, DANIEL BUCHANAN, ESQ., M.A.,

Ph.D., LL.D., F.R.S.C.Representatives of the Faculties: P. A. BoviNG, ESQ., Cand. Ph., Cand. Agr.;

A. LIGHTHALL, EsQ., B.Sc.; C. MCLEAN FRASER, ESQ., M.A., Ph.D.,F.R.S.C.; J. G. DAVIDSON, ESQ., B.A., Ph.D.; LEMUEL ROBERTSON, ESQ., M.A.

Emeritus ProfessorsGEORGE E. ROBINSON, B.A. (Dal.), Emeritus Professor of Mathematics.JAMES HENDERSON, M.A. (Glasgow), Emeritus Professor of Philosophy.

Department of AgronomyG. G. MOE, B.S.A., M.Sc. (McGill), Ph.D. (Cornell), Professor and Head of

the Department.P. A. Bovixo, Cand. Ph. (Malmo, Sweden), Cand. Agr. (Alnarp, Agriculture,

Sweden), Professor.D. G. LAIRD, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S., Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Associate Professor.

Department of Animal HusbandryH. M. KING, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S. (Oregon Agricultural College), Pro-

fessor and Head of the Department.J. C. BERRY, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.

Department of Bacteriology and Preventive MedicineC. E. DOLMAN, M.B., B.S., M.R.C.P., Associate Professor of Bacteriology

and Preventive Medicine, and Acting Head of the Department.D. C. B. DUFF, M.A., Ph.D. (Toronto), Assistant Professor.MISS HELEN M. MATHEWS, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.HOWARD J. HORN, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Laboratory Assistant.

Department of BotanyANDREW H. }luxeHimox, M.A. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), F.R.S.C.,

Professor and Head of the Department.FRANK DICKSON, B.A. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Cornell), Associate Professor.JOHN- DAVIDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., Associate Professor.Miss E. M. R. ASHTON, B.Sc. (London), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.BERTRAM B. HILLARY, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.Miss CHARLOTTE DILL, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.WILFRED JACK, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.MISS DOROTHY BUCHANAN, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.J. H. BARCLAY, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.RICHARD W. PILLSBURY, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.Miss NORAH HUGHES, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.CLIFFORD CARL, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.

Department of ChemistryROBERT H. CLARK, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Leipzig), F.R.S.C., Professor and

Head of the Department.E. H. ARCHIBALD, B.Sc. (Dal.), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), F.R.S.E.&C., Pro-

fessor of Analytical Chemistry.W. F. SEYER, B.A., M.Sc. (Alberta), Ph.D. (McGill), Associate Professor.

1936

-37


M. J. MARSHALL, M.Sc. (McGill), Ph.D. (Mass. Inst. of Technology), Asso-ciate Professor.

WILLIAM URE, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Cal. Inst. of Technology),Assistant Professor.

J. NORTON WILSON-, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.JOHN H. FISHER, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.H. 0. McMAizoli, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.MARVIN D. DARRACH, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.JOHN J. PYLE, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.GILBERT HOOLEY, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.WILLIAM FORD, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.Enwxx LOVELL, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.

J. ALLEN HARRIS, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Illinois), Research Assistant.

Department of Civil EngineeringJOHN NORISON FINLAYSON, M.Sc. (McGill), Professor and Head of the De-

partment.F. A. WILKIN, B.A.Sc. (McGill), Associate Professor.ALLAN H. FINLAY, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.S. in C.E. (Illinois), Assistant

Professor.A. LIGHTHALL, B.Sc., (McGill), Assistant Professor.EDWARD S. PaEnous, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.ARCHIE PEEBLES, B.A.Sc., B.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.ALEXANDER HRENNIKOFF, Grad., Inst. of Communication Engineering, Moscow,

Russia, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.STANLEY D. LASH, B.Sc., M.Sc. (London), Ph.D. (Birmingham), A.M.I.C.E.,

Instructor.E. G. MATHESON, B.A.Sc. (McGill), M.E.I.C., M.Am.S.C.E., Special Lecturer.GLIEB I. GOUMENIOUK, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.W. W. PULLINGER, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.

Department of ClassicsLEMUEL ROBERTSON, M.A. (McGill), Professor and Head of the Department.0. J. Toren, Ph.D. (Harvard), Professor.H. T. LOGAN, M.C., B.A. (McGill), M.A. (Oxon), Professor. (On leave of

absence.)MISS JEAN AuIx, B.A. (Colorado), M.A. (McGill), Instructor.GEOFFREY RIDDEHOUGH, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (California), Instructor.

Department of DairyingBLYTHE EAGLES, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Toronto), Professor and Head of

the Department.MISS OLGA OKULITCH, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.

Department of Economics, Political Science, Commerceand Sociology

HENRY F. ANGUS, B.A. (McGill), B.C.L., M.A. (Oxon.), Professor and Headof the Department.

W. A. CARROTHERS, B.A. (Manitoba), Ph.D. (Edinburgh), D.F.C., Professor.(On leave of absence.)

J. FRIEND DAY, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Chicago), Associate Professor ofEconomics and Commerce.

1936

-37


C. W. TOPPING, B.A. (Queen's), S.T.D. (Wesleyan Theol. College), A.M.,Ph.D. (Columbia), Associate Professor of Economics and Sociology.

G. F. DRUMMOND, M.A. (St. Andrew's), M.Sc. (Econ.), (London), AssociateProfessor.

ROBERT ENGLAND, M.A. (Queen's), Director of University Extension andAssociate Professor of Economics.

FREDERICK FIELD, C.A., Lecturer in Accountancy.F. K. COLLINS, Lecturer in Commercial Law.JOHN S. ALLELY, Lecturer.DONALD K. BELL, B.A., B.Com. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.C. N. BRENNAN, B.Com. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.MISS NETTA HARVEY, B.Com . (Brit. Col.), Assistant.

Department of EducationGEORGE M. WEIR, B.A. (McGill), M.A. (Sask.), D.Paed. (Queen's), Pro-

fessor and Head of the Department. (On leave of absence.)DANIEL BUCHANAN, M.A. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), LL.D. (McMaster),

F.R.S.C., Acting Head of the Department.MRS. JENNIE WYMAN FILCHER, B.A., M.Sc. (New Zealand), A.M., Ph.D.

(Stanford), Associate Professor of Psychology and Education.WILLIAM G. BLACK, B.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Chicago), Associate Professor.C. B. WOOD, A.M. (Columbia), Lecturer.

Department of EnglishG. G. SEDGEWICK, B.A. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Harvard), Professor and Head of the

Department.W. L. MACDONALD, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Ph.D. (Harvard),

Professor.FREDERICK G. C. WOOD, B.A. (McGill), A.M. (Harvard), Professor.THOILLEIP' LARSEN, M.A. (Toronto), B.A. (Oxon), F.R.S.C., Professor.IRA DILWORTH, B.A. (McGill), A.M. (Harvard), Associate Professor.Miss M. L. BOLLERT, M.A. (Toronto), A.M. (Columbia), Assistant Professor.HUNTER CAMPBELL LEWIS, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant Professor.Miss DOROTHY BLAKEY, M.A. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (London),

Instructor.

Department of Forestry^, Professor and Head of the Department.F. MALCOLM KNAPP, B.S.F. (Syracuse), M.S.F. (Wash.), Associate Professor

and Acting Head of the Department.GEORGE S. ALLEN, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.

R. M. BROWN, B.Sc.F. (Toronto), Honorary Lecturer in Forest Products.WILLIAM BYERS, Honorary Lecturer.EDWARD W. BAssm, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Honorary Lecturer.GEO. H. BARNES, M.Sc.F., Honorary Lecturer.A. E. BEAULIEU, Honorary Lecturer.

Department of Geology and GeographyM. Y. WILLIAMS, B.Sc. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Yale), F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C., Pro-

fessor and Head of the Department.S. J. SCHOFIELD, M.A., B.Sc. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Mass. Institute of Technology),

F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C., Professor of Physical and Structural Geology.

1936

-37


CLARENCE Orro SWANSON, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Professorof Mineralogy and Petrography.

H. V. WARREN, B.A., B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), B.Sc., D.Phil. (Oxon.), Lecturerin Mineralogy and Petrography.

VICTOR DOLMAGE, B.A. (Manitoba), Ph.D. (Mass. Institute of Technology),F.R.S.C., C.G.S., M.C.I.M.M., Lecturer.

GORDON D %V as, B.A. (Manitoba), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Princeton),Instructor.

ROY GRAHAM, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Chicago), Assistant.J. M. CUM 3IINGS, M.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.

Department of HistoryW. N. SAGE, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Oxon.), Ph.D. (Toronto), F.R. Hist. S.,

Professor and Head of the Department.F. H. SowAitn, B.A. (Toronto), B.Litt. (Oxon), Professor.A. C. COOKE, B. A. (Manitoba), M.A. (Oxon.), Assistant Professor.MISS SYLVIA THRUPP, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (London), F.R.Hist.S., In-

structor.MISS MARGARET ORMSBY, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.

Department of HorticultureF. M. CLEMENT, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Professor and Head of

the Department.A. F. BARS, A.B. (Rochester), B.S. in Agr. (Cornell), M.S. (Oregon Agri-

cultural College), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor.G. H. HARRIS, B.S.A. (Brit. Col.), M.S. (Oregon State College), Ph.D. (Cali-

fornia), Assistant Professor.FRANK E. BUCK, B.S.A. (McGill), Special Lecturer.

Department of MathematicsDANIEL BUCHANAN, M.A. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), LL.D. (McMaster),

F.R.S.C., Professor and Head of the Department.F. S. NOWLAN, B.A. (Acadia), A.M. (Harvard), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor.L. RicnAmisow, B.Sc. (London), Professor.WALTER H. GAGE, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Associate Professor.FREDERICK J. BRAND, B.A. (Brit. Col.), B.Sc. (Oxon.), Assistant Professor.MISS MAY L. BARCLAY, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.IvAN NIVEN, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.

Department of Mechanical and Electrical EngineeringHECTOR JOHN MAcT:con, B.Sc. (McGill), M.Sc. (Alberta), M.A., Ph.D. (Har-

vard), Professor and Head of the Department.F. W. VERNON, B.Sc. Eng. (London), Wh.Sch., A.M.I.Mech.E., A.F.R.A.S.,

Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.H. F. G. LETSON, M.C., B.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. Engineering (London),

A.M.I. Mech. E., Associate Professor of Mechanical and ElectricalEngineering.

E. GEOFFREY CULLWICK, M.A. (Cantab.), A.M.I.E.E., Mem.A.I.E.E., AssociateProfessor of Electrical Engineering.

DEWITT M. TAYLOR, B.S. (Mech. Eng.), (Mass. Inst. of Technology), Asso-ciate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.

W. B. Couvrx.oui, B.Sc. (London), Assistant Professor of ElectricalEngineering.

Jomv F. BELL, Eng. Capt. O.B.E., R.N., M.E.I.C., Assistant Professor ofMechanical Engineering.

1936

-37


R. ROLLESTON WEST, D.S.O., B.A. (Cantab.), A.M.I.C.E. (England), Lecturerin Mechanical Engineering.

H. P. ARCHIBALD, B.A.Sc. (McGill), Assistant in Drawing.WALTER J. LIND, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.DENNIS W. BROOKES, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Drawing.

Department of Mining and MetallurgyJ. M. TURNBULL, B.A.Sc. (McGill), Professor and Head of the Department.GEORGE A. GILLIES, M.Sc. (McGill), Associate Professor of Mining.FRANK A. FORWARD, B.A.Sc. (Toronto), Assistant Professor of Metallurgy.W. B. BISHOP, Instructor in Metallurgy.

Department of Modern LanguagesDAVID OWEN EVANS, M.A., D.Phil. (Oxon.), D.Lett. (Univ. of Paris), Pro-

fessor and Head of the Department.A. F. B. CLARK, BA. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Harvard), Officier de l'Academie,

Professor of French.MISS ISABEL MACINNES, M.A. (Queen's), Ph.D. (California), Associate Pro-

fessor of German.Miss JANET T. GREIG, B.A. (Queen's), M.A. (Brit. Col.), Officier d'Academie,

Assistant Professor of French.MISS JOYCE HALLAMORE, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Munich), Instructor in

German.Miss WESSIE TIPPING, M,A. (Brit. Col.), Docteur de l'Universite de Paris,

Instructor in French.MISS DOROTHY DALLAS, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Docteur de l'Universite de Paris,

Instructor in French.MADAME G. BARRY, Instructor.

MADAME D. DARLINGTON, Instructor.

MRS. ALICE Rots, Assistant in German.

Department of Nursing and HealthC. E. DOLMAN-, M.B., B.S., M.R.C.P., Acting Head of the Department.Miss MABEL F. GRAY, R.N., Cert.P.H.N. (Simmons College), Assistant Pro-

fessor of Nursing.Miss MARGARET E. KERR, R.N., B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), M.A. (Columbia),

Instructor.G. F. Amyar, M.D., D.P.H. (Toronto), L.M.C.C., Lecturer in Preventable

Diseases and Epidemiology.J. W. MCINTOSH, B.A., M.B., D.P.H. (Toronto), L.M.C.C., Lecturer in

Public Health.

Department of PhilosophyH. T. J. COLEMAN, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Columbia), Professor and Head

of the Department.Alas JENNIE WYMAN FILCHER, B.A., M.Sc. (New Zealand), A.M., Ph.D.

(Stanford), Associate Professor of Psychology and Education.JOSEPH E. Molts'', B.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (Johns Hopkins), Lecturer.

1936

-37


Department of PhysicsT. C. HEBB, M.A., B.Sc. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor and Head of the

Department.A. E. HENNINGS, M.A. (Lake Forest College, Ill.), Ph.D. (Chicago), Pro-

fessor.J. G. DAVIDSON, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Calif.), Associate Professor.GoitnoN MERRITT SHRUM, M.A., Ph.D. (Toronto), Associate Professor.GEORGE VOLROFF, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.ROBERT CHRISTY, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.GEORGE MOSSOP, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.KENNETH R. McKEarziE, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.HENRY H. CLAYTON, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.

Department of Poultry HusbandryE. A. LLOYD, B.S.A. (Sask.), M.S.A. (Washington State College), Professor

and Head of the Department.JACOB BIELY, M.S.A. (Brit. Col.), M.S. (Kansas State College), Instructor.

Department of ZoologyC. McLEAN FRASER, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Iowa), F.R.S.C., Professor and

Head of the Department.G. J. SPENCER, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S. (Illinois), Associate Professor.MISS GERTRUDE M. SMITH, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (California), Assistant

Professor.G. MORLEY NEAL, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.GEORGE P. HOLLAND, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.

University Health Service^Head of the University Health Service.HAROLD WHITE, M.D., C.M. (McGill), M.D., C.M. (ad eundem Sask.), D.P.H.

(Toronto), L.M.C. Gr. Brit., L.M.C.C., Medical Examiner to Students.MRS. C. A. LUCAS, R.N. (B. C.), S.R.N. (Eng. and Wales), C.M.B., R.F.N.

(Lond.), Public Health Supervisor.

Department of Physical EducationMiss GERTRUDE E. MOORE, Instructor in Physical Education for Women.M AUR/CE VAN VLIET, Instructor in Physical Education for Men.

Department of University ExtensionROBERT ENGLAND, M.A. (Queen's), Director.

1936

-37


HISTORICAL SKETCHThe creation of a University in British Columbia was first

advocated by Superintendent Jessop in 1877, but it was not until1890 that the Provincial Legislature passed an Act establishinga body politic and corporate named "The University of BritishColumbia." In 1891 this Act was amended to require that ameeting of the Senate be held within one month after the electionof the Senators by Convocation. The Senators were elected, buta quorum did not assemble on the date fixed by the Chancellor,Dr. I. W. Powell, of Victoria. Thus the first attempt to establisha University in British Columbia failed.

However, some of the work normally done in a University wasbegun in 1894, when an Act was passed which permitted theaffiliation of high schools in the Province with recognized CanadianUniversities. In 1899 Vancouver High School was affiliated withMcGill University in order to provide First Year work in Arts,and took the name of Vancouver College. First Year work in Artswas offered by Victoria High School when it became VictoriaCollege by affiliation with McGill University in 1902. In the sameyear Vancouver College undertook the Second Year in Arts.

In 1906 an Act was passed incorporating the Royal Institutionfor the Advancement of Learning of British Columbia, which, inthe same year, established at Vancouver the McGill UniversityCollege of British Columbia. The scope of the work undertakenby this college was gradually increased until at the time it wastaken over by the University of British Columbia it was givingthree years in Arts and Science, and two years in Applied Science.When the University of British Columbia opened in the autumnof 1915, both the McGill University College of Vancouver andVictoria College, which since 1907 had been a part of it, ceasedto exist.

Definite steps to establish the University were taken by Dr.H. E. Young, Minister of Education, in 1907, when he introduceda "University Endowment Act." This Act was followed in 1908by an Act establishing and incorporating the University of BritishColumbia and repealing the old Act of 1890-1. This Act, with itssubsequent amendments, determines the present constitution of theUniversity.

As authorized by an Act passed by the Provincial Legislaturein 1910, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed a SiteCommission to decide upon a site for the proposed University. TheCommission held its first meeting on May 25th, 1910, in Victoria,and after a thorough examination of the Province recommended

1936

-37


the vicinity of Vancouver. In the autumn the Executive Councildecided to place the University at Point Grey—the site which theCommission had named as its first choice. In 1911 the Legislaturepassed an Act authorizing the Lieutenant-Governor in Council togrant this site to the University. The grant was increased in 1915,so that it now consists of 548 acres at the extremity of Point Grey.The waters of the Gulf of Georgia form more than half the boun-dary of the University Campus. A tract of some 3,000 acres ofGovernment land immediately adjoining the site, and lying betweenit and the City of Vancouver, has been set aside by the Governmentin order that University revenue may be provided by its sale orlease.

In February, 1912, the Hon. H. E. Young, Minister of Educa-tion, called for competitive plans which should include plans indetail for four buildings to be erected immediately, and a blockplan showing all the proposed buildings on the Campus. Messrs.Sharp and Thompson, of Vancouver, B. C., were the successfulcompetitors, and were appointed University Architects.

The first Convocation, held on August 21st, 1912, chose Mr.F. L. Carter-Cotton as first Chancellor of the University. In March,1913, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed as Presidentof the University F. F. Wesbrook, M.A., M.D., C.M., LL.D. OnApril 4th, 1918, Dr. R. E. McKechnie was elected Chancellor.Dr. McKechnie has been re-elected continuously since that dateand entered on his seventh term in May, 1936. On the death ofPresident Wesbrook, October 20th, 1918, L S Klinck, Dean of theFaculty of Agriculture, was appointed acting President, and onJune 1st, 1919, President.

From its opening in 1915 till the Summer of 1925, theUniversity carried on its work in temporary quarters on part ofthe site of the General Hospital in Fairview.

Construction work was commenced on the Science Building atthe permanent site in Point Grey in 1914, but was interruptedbecause of war conditions. Work on this building was resumed in1923, and in the Autumn of the same year the contract was let forthe Library. These two buildings, which are of stone and arefireproof, conform closely to the original plans as prepared bythe architects in 1914. The initial units of these structures, as wellas nine other buildings which are of a less permanent character,were completed in 1925, and at the beginning of Session 1925-26the University commenced work in its new quarters.

The Inauguration of the new buildings was held on October15th and 16th, 1925, on which occasion honorary degrees weregranted by the University for the first time.

1936

-37

HISTORICAL SKETCH^ 17

THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNIVERSITYThe Constitution of the University is governed by the British

Columbia University Act, B.C.R.S. 1924, c. 265, and AmendingActs, which provide

That the University shall consist of a Chancellor, Convocation,Board of Governors, Senate, the Faculty Council, and theFaculties ; that the first Convocation shall consist of allgraduates of any university in His Majesty's dominionsresident in the Province two years prior to the date fixedfor the first meeting of Convocation, together with twenty-five members selected by the Lieutenant-Governor inCouncil. After the first Convocation it shall consist of theChancellor, Senate, members of the first Convocation, andall graduates of the University ; that the Chancellor shallbe elected by Convocation; that the Board of Governorsshall consist of the Chancellor, President, and ninepersons — three elected by the Senate and six ap-pointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council; that theSenate shall consist of : (a) The Chancellor, and the Presi-dent of the University, who shall be chairman thereof ; (b)the deans and two professors of each of the Faculties electedby members of the Faculty; (c) three members to be ap-pointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council; (d) theprincipals of the normal schools; (e) one member electedby the high-school principals and assistants who are actuallyengaged in teaching; (f) one member to be elected by thegoverning body of every affiliated college or school inthis Province; (g) fifteen members to be elected by Con-vocation from the members thereof ; (h) one member electedby the British Columbia Teachers' Federation.

It is further provided that the University shall be non-sectarian.The University Act gives the University full powers to grant

such degrees in the several Faculties and different branches ofknowledge as the Senate may from time to time determine. Itreserves for the University the sole right in this Province to conferdegrees, except in Theology, and it expressly enacts that "No otheruniversity having corporate powers capable of being exercisedwithin the Province shall be known by the same name, nor shallany such university have power to grant degrees."

1936

-37

LOCATION AND BUILDINGS

LocationThe University is situated on the promontory which forms the

western extremity of the Point Grey Peninsula. On three sidesit is bounded by the Gulf of Georgia. The site comprises an area of548 acres, of which approximately one-half is campus. In alldirections appear snow-capped mountains, strikingly rugged andimpressive.

BuildingsThe buildings, planned to meet the requirements of fifteen

hundred students, are of two classes, permanent and semi-perma-nent. The former were designed by the University architects,Messrs. Sharp and Thompson, the latter by architects of theDepartment of Public Works of the Provincial Government. Thepermanent buildings have been erected in the location originallyassigned for them ; the others in the quadrangle designated as"unassigned" in the original plan. By utilizing the "unassigned"area for the semi-permanent buildings, all the locations intendedfor future expansion have been left available.

The entire mechanical equipment of these buildings wasdesigned after a close study had been made not only of presentrequirements, but of the ultimate development of the institution.This consideration accounts for the fact that only a part of thepresent equipment is permanent. After a careful survey of thewhole system, a forced hot water system was found to presentadvantages that made its adoption advisable. Direct radiation witha system of warmed air supply and extraction for ventilation isused to take care of the heat losses in the buildings. A separatesystem of ventilation is installed for all sanitary conveniences,and a specially constructed system for fume closets. The variousservices throughout these buildings, such as hot and cold water,distilled water, gas and steam for laboratory purposes, compressedair, etc., with the necessary apparatus, are all of a modern type.An attempt has been made to reduce vibration and noise to aminimum by installing all moving apparatus on floating slabs, witha further insulation of cork.

LibraryThe University Library contains slightly more than 100,000

volumes and about 10,000 pamphlets. It includes representativeworks in all the courses offered by the University, and a growingcollection of works in other subjects.

It is one of the three Canadian Repositories of the Library ofCongress Catalogue, a collection of more than 1,500,000 printedcards, valued at $65,000.00. The Catalogue, housed in the main

1936

-37

LOCATION AND BUILDINGS^ 19

lobby of the Library building, is in process of classification—awork which will take three years to complete.

The Library has recently been the recipient of the College ArtTeaching Equipment Set, organized by the Carnegie Corporationof New York. It consists of about 185 specially selected workscovering the fine and applied arts, and of about 2,000 reproduc-ions, photographed or coloured, illustrating these.

The Library receives regularly about 680 magazines andperiodical publications.

The book collection is classified throughout on the Congressionalsystem.

Books to which the teaching staff have specially referred theirstudents are placed in a "Reserved" class. These are shelved apartfrom the main collection, and are loaned only for use in the build-ing, and for a limited period.

Unbound periodicals are not loaned. Bound periodicals, andbooks that are costly, rare, or unsuitable for general circulation,are loaned only under special conditions.

While the Library is primarily for the staff and students ofthe University, its resources are available to those of the generalpublic engaged in research or special study, and who make personalapplication to the Librarian for the privilege of its use. Suchpersons are known as "Extra-mural Readers." By order of theBoard of Governors, a fee of $1.00 per calendar year is chargedsuch readers. In addition, they pay necessary mailing costs, adeposit being required from those unable to call personally forbooks loaned.

The University is deeply indebted to all who have made giftsto the Library during the past year. These have been both valuableand numerous. Their number prevents detailed acknowledgment,but recognition should be made of a number of sets of transactions,and complete or partial sets of scientific periodicals, given bysocieties and friends of the University. The most interesting andvaluable of these gifts are listed in the annual report of theLibrary to the Senate.

GymnasiumThis building was completed in 1929 and presented to the

University by the Alma Mater Society. It is situated adjacent tothe tennis courts and conveniently close to the playing fields. Thestyle of architecture and exterior finish harmonizes well with thatof the other buildings on the campus. The playing floor has anarea of 6,000 square feet, and is surrounded on three sides by tiersof benches which will accommodate 1,400 persons. In the spacebehind these seats are located the dressing rooms, drying rooms,locker rooms and shower baths. Approximately one-third of this

1936

-37


space has been set aside for the exclusive use of the womenstudents. In addition there are four large rooms. Three of thesehave been assigned to undergraduate clubs; the fourth is a well-equipped kitchen. Equipment suitable for general gymnasium andindoor athletic work has been provided.

Playing FieldIn accordance with the original landscape plan prepared by

Mawson in 1913, the playing fields area, consisting of about 16acres, is situated east of the East Mall and north of the UniversityBoulevard. Development work was started early in January, 1931,as an aid to the acute unemployment situation, and was madepossible by funds provided chiefly by subscriptions from theFaculty, students, and friends of the University. Much of thelabour was obtained through the courtesy of the Relief Departmentof the City of Vancouver. Twenty thousand cubic yards of soiland grave] were used to bring the track and field to grade. Thetotal cost to date has been approximately $20,000.

The grass field is full-sized and is surrounded by a quarter-milecinder track. The area is enclosed by an eight-foot board fence.

It is hoped that in the near future some provision may be madefor either temporary or permanent seating accommodation.

Forest Products LaboratoriesThe Forest Products Laboratories of Canada, Vancouver

Laboratory, which is maintained by the Forest Service of theDepartment of the Interior, Canada, occupies three buildingsprovided and kept up through a co-operative agreement betweenthe University and the Dominion Government.

Plan of CampusThe plan at the back of the Calendar shows the buildings

which have been erected and indicates the nature of their con-struction. It also shows their relation to the other groups ofbuildings which are to be erected in the future.

ENDOWMENTS AND DONATIONSDuring the Session 1935-36 the University received a gift of a

Japanese lantern and garden, donated by friends to the honourof Dr. Inazo Nitobe, and presented to the University on 29thAugust, 1935, by the Hon. Igo. Ishii, Consul of Japan in BritishColumbia. Dr. Nitobe was a distinguished scholar and teacher onthree continents. He had a keen appreciation of, and an abidingfaith in, the idealism of students. In accepting the gift, theUniversity honours a scholar and an advocate of internationalgood will.

1936

-37

ENDOWMENTS AND DONATIONS^ 21

The Faculty Association presented the University with a Bookof Remembrance contained in a carved oak depository which wasplaced in the Faculty Common Room in the Library. The de-pository was unveiled by Lord Bessborough during his visit to theUniversity to receive an honorary degree.

It has become a tradition for each Graduating Class to make agift to the University. That of the Class of 1935 took the form of$325.00 for a Public Address System, and $25.00 for a plaque togo with it.

A list of the other most important gifts received during lastyear is given below under the various departments.

Department of Botany(For Herbarium and Botanical Gardens)

SEEDSCANADA^P. R. Bengough, Vancouver.

Department of Botany, University of Toronto.Dr. Roy Graham, Saskatchewan.Mr. M. Mellin, Nakusp.Mr. Muskett, Vancouver.Miss M. Stonor, Summerland.

UNITED STATES^Botanical Gardens, University of Michigan.Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, N. Y.Lexington Botanic Garden, Lexington, Mass.Marsh Botanical Garden, Yale University.New York Botanical Garden, New York.United States Department of Agriculture.

GREAT BRITAIN^Botanical Garden, Glasnevin, Dublin.Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, Scotland.Royal Horticultural Gardens, Surrey, England.

NEW ZEALAND^Mr. H. W. Lawton, Wellington.INDIA^ Dr. S. M. Wallace, Dhar, C. I.FRANCE^Jardin Botanique, Ville de Nantes.

Jardin Botanique, part de la Tete d'or, Lyon.DENMARK^Jardin Botanique de Copenhague.SWEDEN^Botanical Garden, Gothenburg.NORWAY^Botanical Garden, Universitas Regia Fredericiana,

Oslo.POLAND^Botanical Garden, Poznan.GERMANY^Botanischen Gartens, Berlin-Dahlem.

Botanischen Gartens der Universitat, Erlangen .

Botanischer Garten der Universitat, Greifswald.AUSTRIA^Dr. F. Lemperg, Hatzendorf, Steirmark.CHINA^ Botanical Garden, The Sun-Yat-Sen Tomb and

Memorial Park Commission, Nanking.

HERBARIUM AND GARDEN SPECIMENSG. S. Allen, Kelsey Bay, Elk Bay, Granite Bay.Miss J. Bostock, Monte Creek.Dr. Roy Graham, Pennant, Sask.W. J. Hopkins, Northey Lake.Dr. A. H. Hutchinson, California.Mrs. F. McGinn, California.Parker Williams, Vancouver.R. Pillsbury, Prince Rupert.Miss M. Stonor, Summerland.A. D. York, Alice Arm.

1936

-37


Department of ForestryPowell River Company, Vancouver—Relief map of Adams River pulp leases,

10,000 acres. Scale, 1 inch. 400 feet.Finning Tractor & Equipment Company, Vancouver—Loan of Caterpillar

"Thirty" Tractor for two weeks' demonstration and use in UniversityForest.

B. C. Forest Service—Aluminum tags for sample plots. Sample plot fieldsheets. Forest-fire Hazard Indicator.

Dominion Forest Service, Portland, Ore.—Douglas fir seeds.Dominion Forest Service, Vancouver—Tree seeds.B. C. Game Department, Vancouver—Two dozen California Mountain Quail

for release in University Forest.J. G. Robson, New Westminster—Samples of Australian woods.Charles MacFayden, Vancouver—Board of Rocky Mountain Juniper (Juni-

perus scopulorum).Timberman Publishing Company, Portland, Ore,—Subscription to "The

Timberman."New York State College of Forestry, Syracuse, N. Y.—Collection of authentic

samples of North American woods.The Department is particularly indebted to the B. C. Forest Service,

under whose direction the Young Men's Forestry Training Plan was put intooperation throughout the Province in June, 1935. A dozen young men underthis Plan were assigned to the University Project, and spent three monthsin improvement and reforestation work in the University Forest.

Department of Geology and GeographyPer S. J. Schofield:

Suite of ores and rocks from Drumlummon Mine.Per M. Y. Williams:

A fine, mounted Moose Head—donated by Mr. and Mrs. Donald BanMcLeod, of Vancouver.A polished Moss Agate from Ruddiman's Agate Shop, Newport, Oregon;also fossil wood and sand from the painted desert—all donated by J. B.Alexander, of the Forest Products Laboratory, U. B. C.A Stalactite from near Revelstoke—donated by Mr. F. Young, of Van-couver.Tusk of Mammoth and skull of Black Bear from Yukon Territory—donated by the late W. J. Rendell and W. A. Moore, of Dawson City, Y.T.A collection of B. C. Game Heads—a beautiful and very valuable dona-tion by G. L. Pop, Sculptor Taxidermist, Vancouver. These are prac-tically completed, and are to be placed in position in Lecture Room,Science 100, before Autumn Congregation 1936.Twelve rare sets of Fossils—donated by the National Museum, Ottawa.Fossil wood from the Fossil Forest, 25 miles southeast of Ellensburg,Washington—donated by J. N. Harvey, of Vancouver.

Per H. V. Warren:Suites of Ore from:

Allco Mine^ Highland Lass MineBig Missouri Mine^Dentonia MineBlue Bell Mine^B. C. Chamber of MinesBell Mine^ Kelowna Exploration CompanyBounty Mine^Vidette MineBoadicea Mine^Premier Mine

Specimens from M. Mather, H. L. Hamersley.Bismuth Concentrates from the Cariboo Gold Quartz Mine.

Department of PhysicsDr. Harold White, Vancouver—Portable X-ray equipment and accessories

1936

-37

GENERAL INFORMATION^ 23

Department of ZoologyMr. H. Barclay, Vancouver—Collection of insects from Aleza Lake.Mr. E. R. Buckell, Vernon—Grizzly bear skull and Juvenile black bear skull,

from Clearwater Lake, B. C.Canadian Institute of Parasitology, MacDonald College, Quebec—Ectopara-

sites of bats.Mr. C. G. Carl, Vancouver—Collection of Discodrilidae, Glochidia of Anodonta.Mr. R. A. Cumming, Vancouver—Collection of Hippoboscidae and other ecto-

parasites.The E. I. DuPont de Nemours Company, Delaware—Publications on insecti-

cides.Mr. J. W. Eastham, Vancouver—Samples of insects used medicinally.Mr. W. Godlington, Kamloops—Coyote skull from Tranquille, B. C.Miss M. Hall, Kamloops—Goshawk.Dr. J. Jervis, Jardine—Helminths from domestic animals.The late Mr. T. A. Moilliett, Vavenby, B. C.—Two coyote skulls.Mr. H. A. Piggott, Vancouver—One murine opossum, one large spider, from

Central America.Miss F. Spencer, Bangalore, India—Six blind snakes from Nundidroog Hill.Mr. W. Vrooman, Vancouver—A one-point mule deer skull.Mr. H. Wearne, Quick, B. C.—Further collection of skulls of local small

mammals.Mr. G. V. Wilby, Vancouver—Collection of rare deep-sea crabs, specimen of

rare species of fish.Mr. F. Woodrow, Rosebery, B. C.—Two prepared bear skulls.

The Department of Zoology is especially indebted to the followingspecialists who have gratuitously identified series of British Columbian andother insects:Dr. C. P. Alexander, Massachusetts—Tipulidae.Dr. F. C. Bishopp and staff, Bureau of Entomology, Washington—Ectopara-

sites of birds and mammals.Mr. E. R. Buckell, Vernon—Orthoptera.Dr. J. W. Folsom, Tallulah, Louisiana—Collembola.Dr. S. F. Light, University of California at Berkeley—Isoptera.Mr. H. Peters, Bureau of Entomology, Washington—Mallophaga.Mr. H. K. Towne, Cornell University—Paniscini, Ichneumonidae.Dr. J. Wagner, Belgrade, Jugo-Slavia—Further series of Aphaniptera.

GENERAL INFORMATIONThe Session

The academic year begins on the First of September and endson the last day of August. The Winter Session is divided into twoterms—the first, September to December; the second, January toMay. The Summer Session consists of seven weeks' instruction inJuly and August, for which preparatory reading is required exceptin certain cases. For "Admission to the University," see Page 27,and for "Registration and Attendance" see Page 29.

Courses of StudyFor the Session of 1936-37 the University offers instruction in

each of the three Faculties, Arts and Science, Applied Science(including Nursing), and Agriculture, leading to the degrees ofBachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Commerce, Bachelor of AppliedScience and Bachelor of Science in Agriculture. In addition acourse is given in the Faculty of Arts and Science leading to a

1936

-37


Diploma of Social Service, and a Teacher Training Course isoffered for graduates of the Faculties of Arts and Science andApplied Science. It is also possible to proceed to a Master's degreein each Faculty. Advanced courses of instruction and facilitiesfor research are offered to students who are graduates of anyUniversity or College of recognized standing. Admission to theseadvanced courses, or to the privileges of research, does not in itselfimply admission to candidacy for a higher degree.

Academic DressThe undergraduate's gown is black in colour and of the

ordinary stuff material, of ankle length, and with long sleevesand the yoke edged with khaki cord. The graduate's gown is thesame, without cord. The Bachelor's hood is of the Cambridgepattern, black bordered with the distinctive colour of the particularFaculty, the Bachelor of Commerce hood being differentiated bythe addition of a white cord ; the Master's hood is the same, linedwith the distinctive colour. The colours are, for Arts and Science,the University blue ; for Applied Science, red ; for Agriculture,maize.

Department of University ExtensionThe University has carried on a limited amount of extension

work since 1918. During the past year, a systematic attempt wasmade to serve as far as possible the entire Province. This enlargedprogram was made possible by the generosity of the Carnegie Cor-poration of New York. About five hundred lectures were providedin the season from October to April. At the beginning of thepresent academic year the continuance of this service to the publicwas assured through the creation of a Department of UniversityExtension.

University Health ServiceThe University Campus is situated within the University

Endowment Lands, which, as unorganized territory, comes underthe direct control of the Provincial Government. Shortly after theopening of the present University Buildings in 1925, the Lieut-enant-Governor in Council, by the recommendation of the Pro-vincial Health Officer, appointed a Medical Health Officer for theReserve, including the University Campus. This Health Officer hason the Campus and in the Reserve all the powers of any HealthOfficer anywhere.

In the fall of 1927, the Provincial Health Officer added to theUniversity Health Service a Public Health Nurse, whose presencepermits the continuous operation of a local Health Department onthe Campus and Reserve.

1936

-37

GENERAL INFORMATION^ 25

In addition, the public Health Nurse is engaged by theUniversity for the general supervision of the individual health ofthe students, first aid, etc. An office for the Public Health Nurseis provided in the Auditorium Building, and, by the gift of theGraduating Class of 1927, has been equipped with first aidfurniture and supplies.

Physical Examination.—In order to promote the physicalwelfare of the student body, students on entering the Universityare required to report immediately to the University HealthService and obtain an appointment for their physical examination ;the examination is conducted by, or under the direction of, theUniversity Medical Examiner. Physical defects and weaknesses,amenable to treatment, may thus be discovered, and the student isadvised to apply to his physician for such remedial measures ashis case may require. About 10 to 15 per cent. of the students arere-examined in their second and subsequent years.

Rules Governing Medical Examinations.—(1) Students mustpresent themselves for medical examination on the date and atthe time assigned by the University Health Service. (2) Studentsfailing to report on the right date or reporting on a wrong datelose their assignment. (3) Students who do not conform to theabove regulations will be referred to the University Health Com-mittee.

Infectious Diseases.—Students developing any illness or suffer-ing from any injury while on the Campus should apply for firstaid to the Public Health Nurse. This is particularly required if thestudent develops any illness of any infectious nature, includingthe Common Cold. Provision is made also for the diagnosis of theinfectious cases and their safe removal to suitable quarters.

Students developing any illness or suffering any injury whileat home, boarding house, fraternity house, etc., are required toreport the same to the Public Health Nurse. The developmentof any infectious disease in a University student must be reportedby the student to the University Health Service without delay.

Students exposed to any infectious disease must immediatelyreport to the University Health Service. Such students may bepermitted, by special order of the Medical Health Officer, to attendthe University for a prescribed period, despite the exposure.

Such students shall report daily (or oftener, at the discretionof the Medical Health Officer) to the Public Health Nurse for suchprescribed period. Failure to so report will result in immediateexclusion from the University.

Students absent on account of illness must present MedicalCertificates. If the absence occurs during the session, the student

1936

-37


must appear in person, with the certificate, at the UniversityHealth Service immediately on return to the University, and beforeattendance upon class work. The University Health Service willexamine the person concerned and will immediately forward thecertificate, with report thereon, to the Dean of the Faculty. Ifthe absence occurs during the examinations, the medical certificatemust be sent to the Dean of the Faculty within two days after thetermination of the examination period. A medical certificate mustshow the nature and the period of the disability. Medical reportforms may be obtained from the Dean's office.

Physical EducationPhysical Education was organized at the University during the

session 1935-36 in response to the need of the student body for asystematic physical activity program. The University aims, pri-marily, to prescribe, under competent supervision, the essentialphysical training for corrective and developmental purposes, andto stimulate interest in the greatest possible variety of athletics forboth men and women.

The work for the present is under the general supervision of acommittee appointed by the President of the University. Thereare divisions for both men and women.

The work is on a voluntary basis and carries no Universitycredit. The activities are limited by the accommodation at thegymnasium, but include for men : gymnastics, basketball, boxing,track and field, volleyball, and cross-country running. Thewomen's activities include : archery, basketball, folk dancing, bad-minton and gymnastics.

The geographical location of the University precludes the possi-bility of any extensive inter-collegiate athletic competition andconsequently great emphasis is placed upon intramural athletics.

University Employment BureauThe objects of the Employment Bureau are to provide students

with summer employment, to provide part-time work for studentsduring the Winter Session, and to help students in obtainingpositions after graduation.' This service is for employers seekinghelp and for students desiring employment. Those who know ofpositions vacant are requested to notify the Bureau. Correspon-dence should be addressed to the Employment Bureau, Registrar'sOffice.

Dean of WomenDuring the session the Dean of Women may be consulted by

parents and students on matters pertaining to living conditions,vocational guidance, and other questions that directly affect thesocial and intellectual life of the women students.

1936

-37

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY^ 27

Board and ResidenceA list of boarding-houses, which receive men or women students,

but not both, may be obtained from the Registrar after September1st. Men and women students are not permitted to lodge in thesame house, unless they are members of the same family, or receivespecial permission from the Senate. Women students undertwenty-five years of age are permitted to occupy suites in apart-ment houses only when accompanied by some older person. Anysuch arrangement must be made in consultation with the Dean ofWomen. The Dean of Women also undertakes the inspection andapproval of the boarding houses listed for women. The cost ofgood board and lodging is from $25 per month upwards ; of aroom alone, $8 to $12 per month. A grill is operated under thesupervision of the University, and lunch, afternoon tea and lightsupper may be obtained there at very reasonable prices. Refresh-ments at social functions are also supplied.

General ConductThe University authorities do not assume responsibilities which

naturally rest with parents. This being so, it is the policy of theUniversity to rely on the good sense and on the home training ofstudents for the preservation of good moral standards.

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITYAll inquiries relating to admission to the University should be

addressed to the Registrar.The accommodation for students in the University is limited.

The University, therefore, reserves the right to limit the at-tendance.

For the session 1936-37 the number of First Year students inthe Faculty of Arts and Science and the Faculty of Agriculturewill be limited to 500, in the Second Year of the course in AppliedScience to 120, in the Second Year of the course in Nursing to 20,and in the Teacher Training course to 60.

1. Except under special circumstances, no student under theage of sixteen is admitted to the University. For admission to thecourse in Nursing a student must be seventeen years of age, andfor admission to any course in Social Service, twenty-one years ofage.

2. Candidates for admission to the courses in the First Yearof the Faculty of Arts and Science or the Faculty of Agricultureand to the course in Nursing in Applied Science are required topass the Junior Matriculation Examination of the Province of

1936

-37


British Columbia or to submit certificates showing that they havepassed an equivalent examination elsewhere. Students over 18years of age with full "Normal Entrance" standing, who holdNormal School certificates, are admitted to the University as havingfull Junior Matriculation standing. Special regulations are pre-scribed for admission to courses in Applied Science, and are givenunder the heading of "Admission" in the Applied Science Sectionof the Calendar.

3. Students who have passed the Senior Matriculation Ex-amination are admitted to the courses of the Second Year in theFaculty of Arts and Science. Students who have partial SeniorMatriculation standing, obtained in 1927 or subsequently, will begranted credit in the First Year in each subject in which they havemade 50 per cent. or over, or in each paper in which they havemade 50 per cent. or over, in so far as these papers correspond withthose of the First Year.

4. A student who has a failure in a subject of the JuniorMatriculation examination standing against him will not beadmitted to the University.

5. The Junior and Senior Matriculation Examinations of theProvince of British Columbia are conducted by the High Schooland University Matriculation Board of the Province. This Boardconsists of members appointed by the Department of Educationand by the University. The requirements for Matriculation arestated in the publication, "Requirements for Matriculation,"issued by the University. The courses of study for the variousgrades in the high school are given in the "Programme of Studiesfor the High and Technical Schools," issued by the Departmentof Education.

6. Certificates or diplomas showing that a candidate has passedthe Matriculation Examination of another University will beaccepted in lieu of the Junior or Senior Matriculation Examina-tions if the Faculty concerned considers that the examination hascovered the same subjects and required the same standard. If,however, the examination covers some but not all of the necessarysubjects, the candidate will be required to pass the MatriculationExamination in the subjects not covered.

7. A candidate who wishes to enter by certificates other than aMatriculation certificate issued in British Columbia should submitto the Registrar the original certificates. If he wishes these returnedto him, he must present also a copy of each certificate for record atthe University. He should under no circumstances come to theUniversity without having first obtained from the Registrar astatement of the value of the certificates he holds, as these may

1936

-37

REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCE^29

lack one or more essential subjects, or the work done in a subjectmay not be adequate, or, again, the percentage gained may not besufficiently high. Moreover, it must be remembered that a certificatemay admit to one Faculty and not to another. When an applicant'sdiploma or certificate does not show the marks obtained in theseveral subjects of the examination, he must arrange to have astatement of his marks sent to the Registrar by the EducationDepartment or University issuing such diploma or certificate. Thefee for examination of certificates is $2.00. This fee must accom-pany the application.

8. A student of another University applying for exemptionfrom any subject or subjects which he has already studied isrequired to submit with his application a Calendar of the Univer-sity in which he has previously studied, together with a completestatement of the course he has followed and a certificate of thestanding gained in the several subjects.* The Faculty concernedwill determine the standing of such a student in this University.The fee for the examination of certificates is $2.00. This fee mustaccompany the application.

REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCEThose who intend to register as students of the University are

required to make application to the Registrar, on forms to beobtained from the Registrar's Office. This application should bemade in person or by meal early in August, or as soon as the resultsof the Matriculation examinations are known, and must be accom-panied by the Registration and Library Fee of $5.00 (See regula-tions in reference to "Admission to the University," Page 27.)

Registration for the Teacher Training Course is limited to sixty,for the Second Year of the Course in Applied Science to one hun-dred and twenty and for the Second Year of the Course in Nursingto twenty. Application for admission to these courses, on forms tobe obtained from the Registrar's Office, must be made to the Reg-istrar on or before September 1st. A selection of candidates will bemade immediately after September 1st on the basis of qualifications.

The last days for Registration are: For First Year students andfor other students coming to the University for the first time, Wed-nesday, September 16th; for other undergraduate students of theregular winter session, Friday, September 18th; for graduatestudents, Thursday, October 1st; for students in "extra-sessional"classes, Thursday, October 1st.

•For the conditions under which exemption is granted in the Faculty ofArts and Science, see "Courses Leading to the Degree of B.A."

1936

-37


1. There are four classes of students :-(a) Graduate students—Students who are pursuing courses of

study in a Faculty in which they hold a degree, whetherthey are proceeding to a Master's degree or not. Students,however, who are proceeding to a Bachelor's degree inanother course in the same Faculty in which they hold adegree, or in another Faculty, will register as under-graduates.

(b) Full undergraduates—Students proceeding to a degree inany Faculty who have passed all the examinations pre-cedent to the year in which they are registered.

(c) Conditioned undergraduates—Students proceeding to adegree with defects in their standing which do not preventtheir entering a higher year under the regulations govern-ing "Examinations and Advancement" of the Faculty inwhich they are registered.

(d) Partial students—Students not belonging to one of thethree preceding classes. (See 7, Page 31.)

2. All students are required to register at the office of theRegistrar on or before the last day for registration, to furnishthe information necessary for the University records, to enrollfor the particular classes which they wish to attend, and to sign thefollowing declaration :

"I hereby accept and submit myself to the statutes, rules,regulations, and ordinances of The University of British Columbia,and of the Faculty or Faculties in which I am registered, and toany amendments thereto which may be made while I am a studentof the University, and I promise to observe the same."

In the information furnished for the University records,students are requested to state what churches they propose tomake their place of worship. This information is available for anyof the city churches desiring it.

3. A late registration fee of $2.00 will be charged all studentswho register after the above dates.

No registration after Wednesday, October 7th (two weeks be-yond the date when lectures begin) will be accepted without thespecial permission of the Faculty concerned, and a candidate soaccepted for registration may be required to take fewer coursesthan the regular year's work.

4. Students registering for the first time must present thecertificates which constitute their qualification for admission tothe course of study for which they wish to register. The Registraris empowered to register all duly qualified students. Doubtful caseswill be dealt with by the Faculty concerned.

1936

-37

REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCE^31

5. Students doing work in two academic years will register inthe lower year and fill out their course cards in such a way as tomake clear which courses are required to complete the lower year.

6. Students desiring to make a change in the course for whichthey have registered must apply to the Registrar on the properform for a "change of course." Except in special circumstance,no change will be allowed after the fifteenth day of the session.If the application is approved by the Faculty concerned, the Regis-trar will give the necessary notifications.

7. Partial students, who are not proceeding to a degree, arenot normally required to pass an examination for admission, butbefore registering they must produce a certificate showing thatthey have satisfied the Dean and the Heads of the Departmentsconcerned that they are qualified to pursue with advantage thecourse of study which they propose to undertake.

8. Students are required to attend at least seven-eighths ofthe lectures in each course that they take. Lectures will commenceon the hour, and admission to a lecture or laboratory and creditfor attendance may be refused by the Instructor for lateness, mis-conduct, inattention or neglect of duty. Absence consequent onillness or domestic affliction may be excused only by the Dean ofthe Faculty concerned, and medical certificates or other evidencemust be presented. If the absence occurs during the session, thestudent must appear in person, with the certificate, at the Uni-versity Health Service immediately on return to the University,and before attendance upon class work. The University HealthService will examine the person concerned and will immediatelyforward the certificate, with report thereon, to the Dean of theFaculty. If the absence occurs during the examinations, the cer-tificate must be sent to the Dean of the Faculty within two daysafter the termination of the examination period. A medical cer-tificate must show the nature and the period of the disability.Medical report forms may be obtained from the Dean's office. Incases of deficient attendance students may (with the sanction ofthe Dean and the Head of the Department concerned) be excludedfrom the Christmas or the final examinations in a course ; but, inthe case of a final examination, unless the unexcused absencesexceed one-fourth of the total number of lectures in a course, suchstudent may be permitted to sit for supplemental examination.(See regulation in each Faculty in reference to "Examinations andAdvancement.")

9. All candidates for a degree must make formal applicationfor graduation at least one month previous to the Congregation atwhich they expect to obtain the degree. Special forms for thispurpose may be obtained from the Registrar's office.

1936

-37


FEESAll cheques must be certified and made payable to "The Uni-

versity of British Columbia."The Registration Fee is not returnable.The Sessional Fees are as follows:—

FOR FULL AND CONDITIONED UNDERGRADUATES

IN ARTS AND SCIENCE-

Registration—Payable before registration^First Term—Payable on or before October 5th:

Sessional Fee ^Alma Mater Fee^Caution Money ^

Second Term—Payable on or before January 18th^

$65.0010.005.00

$^5.00

80.0060.00

$145.00

IN SOCIAL SERVICE COURSE—

Registration—Payable before registration^ $^5.00First Term—Payable on or before October 5th:

Sessional Fee^ $65.00Alma Mater Fee^ 10.00Caution Money ^ 5.00

80.00Second Term—Payable on or before January 18th^ 60.00

$145.00NOTE:—Social Service Workers taking any of Courses 1-13, and these

courses only, are relieved from paying the Alma Mater fee.

IN TEACHER TRAINING COURSE-

Registration—Payable before registration^$ 5.00First Term—Payable on or before October 5th :


^ 80.00Second Term—Payable on or before January 18th^ 60.00

$145.00

1936

-37

FEES 33

IN APPLIED SCIENCE-

Registration—Payable before registration^ $^5.00

First Term—Payable on or before October 5th:



$195.00

IN NURSING AND PUBLIC HEALTH-

Registration—Payable before registration^ 5.00First Term—Payable on or before October 5th:



$145.00NOTE:—For Third and Fourth Year students in Nursing the Sessional

fee is $1.00, payable with an Alma Mater fee of $6.00, on or before October5th.

Students admitted to a One-year Course for Graduate Nurses and proceed-ing to the Certificate on a basis of part-time attendance over two or moreyears, will pay $7.50 per unit.

IN AGRICULTURE-

Registration—Payable before registration^$ 5.00

First Term—Payable on or before October 5th:Sessional Fee^ $65.00Alma Mater Fee^ 10.00Caution Money ^ 5.00


$145.00

1936

-37


OCCUPATIONAL COURSE-Registration—Payable before registration^ $^5.00First Term—Payable on or before October 5th:

Sessional Fee ^ $25.00Alma Mater Fee^ 10.00Caution Money ^ 5.00


$ 70.00

FOR PARTIAL STUDENTS

Fees per "Unit"^ $10.00Registration—Payable before registration—

For 6 units or less^ 2.00For over 6 units^ 5.00

First half payable on or before October 5th,along with—

Alma Mater Fee ^ 10.00Caution Money ^ 5.00

Second half payable on or before January 18th.

FOR STUDENTS IN EXTRA SESSIONAL CLASSES

Registration—Payable before registration^$ 2.00Fees per 3-Unit Course^ 30.00

First Half Unit Fees payable on or before October 5th.Second Half Unit Fees payable on or before January 18th.

FOR GRADUATES *

Registration—Payable before registration^ $^5.00Class Fees—Payable on or before October 5th:

First Registration ^ $75.00Caution Money ^ 5.00

80.00

$ 85.00Each subsequent Session Registration^ $ 5.00Caution Money ^ 5.00Registration—Payable before registration^ 5.00

$^15.00

*For Registration fee for Graduates taking 6 units or less see "Registra-tion fee for Partial Students."

1936

-37

FEES^ 35

LATE REGISTRATION

See page 30^ $ 2.00After the dates given above and up to and including October

26th and February 8th an additional fee of $2.00 will be exactedof all students in default.

The Alma Mater Fee is a fee exacted from all students for thesupport of the Alma Mater Society. It was authorized by theBoard of Governors at the request of the students themselves.

The Caution Money is a deposit from which deductions will bemade to cover breakages, wastage, and use of special materials inlaboratories, Library, etc. If the balance to the credit of a studentfalls below $1.50, a further deposit of $5.00 may be required.Caution Money will be refunded after the 30th day of April.

Immediately after the last day for the payment of fees, studentswhose fees have not been paid will have their registrations can-celled, and will be excluded from classes. Such students will notbe permitted to register again during the term until they obtainthe consent of the Dean, pay all fees, and present to the Registrara statement from the Bursar certifying that fees have been paid.

Students registering after October 5th shall pay their fees atthe time of registration, failing which they become subject to theprovisions of the preceding Regulation.

Students borrowing books from the University Library forPreparatory Reading courses will be required to make the usualdeposit of two dollars ($2.00) with the Librarian to cover mailingcost.

FOR SUMMER SESSION STUDENTSFees are payable on registration, otherwise an additional fee

of $2.00 will be exacted.Registration—Payable before registration^$ 2.00Minimum Class Fee^ 25.00Per "Unit" ^ 10.00Summer Session Association^ 2.00

SPECIAL FEES

Regular supplemental examination,per paper ^ $ 5.00

Special examination (Applied Science and Agricul-ture), per paper^ 7.50

Re-reading, per paper^ 2.00Graduation ^ 15.00

1936

-37


Supplemental examination fees must be paid by August 15thwhen application for examination is made. Special examinationfees and fees for re-reading are payable with application.

Graduation fees must be paid two weeks before Congregation.(See regulation in reference to application for a degree, page 31.)

If fees are not paid when due an additional fee of $2.00 will becharged.

1936

-37

MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES^37

MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS, PRIZES, BURSARIESAND LOANS FOR 1936-3 . 7

GENERAL REGULATIONSI. Scholarships, prizes and bursaries which are not based solely

on academic standing are indicated by an asterisk. Unless otherinstructions are given in the Calendar notice, intending candidatesmust make application to the Registrar not later than the last dayof the final examinations on forms provided for the purpose.

2. All awards of medals, scholarships, prizes and bursaries aremade by Senate, unless otherwise provided for by special resolutionof Senate.

The award of a medal, prize, scholarship or bursary is final whenannounced by the University.

3. Medals, scholarships, prizes, bursaries and loans are open towinter session students only, unless otherwise stated, and marksobtained in summer session courses are not taken into account inawarding them.

4. If the award of a medal, scholarship, or prize is based on anexamination, no award will be made to a candidate who obtainsless than 75 per cent. of the possible marks.

5. To be eligible for a General Proficiency Scholarship a studentmust take the full year's course, which must include the requiredcourses for the year in which he is registered, except that in theFaculty of Arts and Science and in Agriculture, other subjectsmay be substituted for the required courses if credit for these hasalready been obtained.

The standing of students taking more than the required numberof units shall be determined on the basis of the required number ofunits to be chosen in a manner most advantageous to the students.

6. Winners of more than one scholarship will be given recog-nition in the published lists. Unless otherwise specified in theCalendar notice, no student may enjoy the proceeds of more thanone scholarship in the same academic year, and the scholarshipsthus relinquished will be awarded to the candidates next in orderof merit.

7. Winners of scholarships who desire to do so may resign themonetary value, while the appearance of their names in the Uni-versity list enables them to retain the honour. Any funds thus

1936

-37


made available will be used for additional scholarships, bursaries,or student loans.

8. Scholarships under the jurisdiction of the University arepayable in two instalments—on the last day for the payment offees in each term. Undergraduate winners must continue theircourses to the satisfaction of the Faculty concerned during thesession following the award. The payment for the second termmay be withheld in the case of an undergraduate scholarshipholder whose work in the first term has been unsatisfactory. AFaculty is authorized to permit a scholarship to be reserved forone year, provided the student shows satisfactory reasons for post-poning attendance. In the case of Matriculation Scholarships,postponement will be granted on medical grounds only. Applica-tion for reservation should be made to the Registrar.

9. In awarding bursaries consideration will be given to thefinancial need of applicants.

10. Endowed scholarships and bursaries will be paid providedthe invested funds produce the necessary revenue.

11. The University does not guarantee the payment of anyprizes or scholarships other than those from the funds of theUniversity. With respect to prizes or scholarships based upon thegifts of individuals or associations other than the University, noaward will be made unless the funds required for the same havebeen actually received from the private donor or donors.

12. The Senate of the University of British Columbia reservesthe right so to change the terms under which any exhibition,scholarship or prize may be established at the University of BritishColumbia that the terms may better meet new conditions as theyarise and may more fully carry out the intentions of the donorand maintain the usefulness of the benefaction. The right soreserved shall be exercised by a resolution of the Senate duly con-firmed by the Board of Governors, provided always that a year'snotice shall be given in Senate of any proposed change and thatthe donor or his representatives, if living, shall be consulted aboutthe proposed change.

13. Limited funds are provided from which loans, not to exceed$100, may be made to undergraduate students who have completedsatisfactorily two years' University work and who can show theyare in need of pecuniary assistance. Interest at the rate of 5 percent. per annum is charged on these loans. They must be securedby approved joint promissory note given for a definite term andsigned by the applicant and his parent or guardian. Loans arenot granted to graduate students, to students in the Teacher

1936

-37


Training Course, nor to students in diploma courses. Applicationsfor loans should be addressed to the Bursar of the University.

14. The University is in possession of a great deal of informa-tion regarding post-graduate scholarships, fellowships and assist-antships which other Universities and various research bodies makeavailable. This information may be obtained from the Registrar.

MEDALSThe Governor-General's Gold Medal

A gold medal, presented by His Excellency the Governor-General of Canada, will be awarded to the student standing atthe head of the graduating class for the B.A. degree. Honour andGeneral Course students are eligible for this medal.

The Kiwanis Club Gold MedalA gold medal, given by the Kiwanis Club of Vancouver, will

be awarded to the student standing at the head of the graduatingclass for the B.Com. degree.

The medal will normally be awarded to an Honours student,but if there is no outstanding Honours student, this medal maybe awarded to a General Course student.

The French Government MedalA bronze medal, offered by the French Consul for Western

Canada on behalf of the French Government, will be awarded toa student of the French language on the recommendation of theHead of the Department of Modern Languages.

The United Empire Loyalists' Association Medal*The Vancouver Branch of the United Empire Loyalists' Asso-

ciation of Canada is offering a silver medal for the best essayreceived during the Session 1936-37 on any topic dealing with thehistory of the United Empire Loyalists and their influence on thedevelopment of Canada.

The award will be made on the recommendation of the Depart-ment of History. The competition is open to all undergraduatesof the University, but preference is given to students enrolled ina Canadian History course.

The Lefevre Gold Medal and ScholarshipOut of funds provided by Mrs. Lefevre in memory of her late

husband, Dr. J. M. Lefevre, a gold medal and scholarship will be*See Paragraph 1, Page 37.

1936

-37


awarded annually to the student standing highest in general pro-ficiency and research ability in one of the following courses: (a)Honours in Chemistry in the Faculty of Arts and Science; (b)Chemistry, or (c) Chemical Engineering, in the Faculty of AppliedScience. The award will be based upon the work of the last twoyears in these courses. The value of the scholarship is approx-imately $150. The winning of this scholarship will not precludethe holder from enjoying the proceeds of a further award.

SCHOLARSHIPS FOR GRADUATESUniversity Graduate Scholarship*

A scholarship of $200 may be awarded to a student of thegraduating class who shows special aptitude for post-graduatestudies and who is proceeding in the following year to post-graduate study in this or any other approved University.

The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship*This scholarship of $100, given by the Faculty Women's Club

of the University, is open to a student of the graduating class ofthis University who is proceeding in the following year to post-graduate study in this or any other approved University.

The French Government Scholarship*A scholarship of 10,000 francs is donated by the French Govern-

ment for one year's post-graduate study in France. It is tenablefor one year and is contingent upon the voting of the credits forthe year by the French Chambers. As this contingency applies toevery item of the French budget, the scholarship may be consideredas permanent.

The award is made by the French Consul for Western Canada,residing in Vancouver, on the recommendation of the Head of theDepartment of French in the University.

The Exhibition of 1851 Scholarship*Under the revised conditions for the award of the Exhibition

of 1851 Scholarship in Science, the University of British Columbiais included in the list of Universities from which nominations forscholarships allotted to Canada may be made. These scholarshipsof £250 per annum are tenable, ordinarily, for two years. Scholar-ship winners with special needs may receive additional moneygrants during the year of their tenure. They are granted only toBritish subjects of not more than 26 years of age who have alreadycompleted a full University course and given evidence of capacity

*See Paragraph 1, Page 37.

1936

-37


for scientific investigation. The scholarships are open to graduatesof any University who have spent not less than three years in thestudy of Science.

The Dr. F. J. Nicholson Scholarships*Out of the proceeds of a fund donated by Dr. Francis John

Nicholson, the following scholarships will be awarded annuallyfor the purpose of enabling students to do graduate study in theUniversity of British Columbia or in any other approved Uni-versity : (1) One scholarship of the value of $500.00 for graduatework in Chemistry. Applicants must be Honours Graduates inChemistry of the Faculty of Arts and Science, with the degree ofB.A. or M.A., or graduates in Chemistry or Chemical Engineeringof the Faculty of Applied Science, with the degree of B.A.Sc. orM.A.Sc. (2) One scholarship of the value of $500.00 for graduatework in Geology. Applicants must be graduates of the Faculty ofApplied Science in Geological or Mining Engineering, with thedegree of B.A.Sc. or M.A.Sc.

Normally the scholarships will be payable in two instalmentsof $250.00 each to provide for two years of graduate work. Thepayment of the second instalment will be subject to approval bythe University of British Columbia of the first year's graduatework. In exceptional circumstances the full sum of $500.00 maybe made available for work to be completed in a single year.

Recipients must be qualified to undertake graduate and researchwork, in respect of scholarship, ability, character and health.These scholarships will be granted with due consideration for thefinancial status of the candidate. The spirit of the endowment isto aid those to whom financial help is necessary or of materialassistance in furthering their studies.

Applicants must be graduates of the University of BritishColumbia, have British citizenship and be not more than 30 yearsof age on the last day for receiving applications. Preference willbe given in making awards to native -born British Columbians.

The Carnegie Corporation Scholarships'Under a grant made to the University of British Columbia by

the Carnegie Corporation of New York, a sum of money has beenmade available for the purpose of enabling students of markedability to do graduate study in the University of British Columbiaor in any other approved University, and for the purpose of pro-viding equipment (books, apparatus and supplies) required forsuch graduate work in the University of British Columbia.

Applicants must be undergraduate students or graduates of•See Paragraph 1, Page 37.

1936

-37

42^TILE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

the University of British Columbia, with First Class standingin the examinations last written, and must have reached the lastyear of the course in which they are registered, or hold one ormore of the following degrees : B.A., B.Com., M.A., B.A.Sc.,M.A.Sc., B.S.A., M.S.A. Applicants must not be more than 30years of age on the last day for receiving applications.

Individual scholarship awards, including equipment, etc., willbe made in accordance with the ascertained requirements of theapplicant in the proposed course of study, and shall not in anyindividual case exceed the sum of $300.00. Normally not morethan $200.00 will be awarded to scholarship winners pursuingtheir work in the University of British Columbia. Additionalgrants in excess of this sum may be made to scholars to defrayexpenses incidental to carrying on of their work under directionof the University of British Columbia elsewhere than at theUniversity.

The John and Annie Southcott MemorialScholarship*

A scholarship of the value of $100, given annually by Mrs.Thomas H. Kirk, will be awarded to that student, who, possessingexceptional aptitude for research, either intends to pursue, or isalready pursuing some approved investigation in the field ofBritish Columbia history. The award will be made on the recom-mendation of the Head of the Department of History.

The scholarship will normally be awarded to a Fourth Yearstudent or to a graduate proceeding to a higher degree, but maybe awarded to a student of the Third Year.

SCHOLARSHIPS FOR UNDERGRADUATES

1. IN ALL FACULTIES

The Rhodes Scholarship*A Rhodes Scholarship is tenable at the University of Oxford

and may be held for three years. Since, however, the majorityof Rhodes Scholars obtain standing which enables them to take adegree in two years, appointments are made for two years in thefirst instance, and a Rhodes Scholar who may wish to remain fora third year will be expected to present a definite plan of studyfor that period satisfactory to his College and to the RhodesTrustees.

•See Paragraph 1, Page 37.

1936

-37


Rhodes Scholars may be allowed, if the conditions are approvedby their own College and by the Oxford Secretary to the RhodesTrustees, either to postpone their third year, returning to Oxfordfor it after a period of work in their own countries, or to spendtheir third year in post-graduate work at any University of GreatBritain, and in special cases at any University on the continent ofEurope, the overseas Dominions, or in the United States, but notin the country of their origin.

The stipend of a Rhodes Scholarship is fixed at £400 per year.At most colleges, and for most men, this sum is not sufficient tomeet a Rhodes Scholar's necessary expenses for Term-time andVacations, and Scholars who can afford to supplement it by say£50 per year from their own resources will find it advantageousto do so.

A candidate to be eligible must :1. Be a British subject, with at least five years' domicile in

Canada and unmarried. He must have passed his nine-teenth, but not have passed his twenty-fifth birthday onOctober 1st of the year for which he is elected.

2. Have reached such a stage in his course at one of the Uni-versities of Canada that he will have completed at leasttwo years at the University in question by October 1st ofthe year for which he is elected.

Candidates may apply either for the Province in which theyhave their ordinary private domicile, home, or residence, or forany Province in which they have received at least two years oftheir college education before applying.

In that section of the will in which he defined the general typeof scholar he desired, Mr. Rhodes wrote as follows:

"My desire being that the students who shall be elected to theScholarships shall not be merely bookworms, I direct that in theelection of a student to a Scholarship regard shall be had to :

1. His literary and scholastic attainments.2. His fondness for and success in manly outdoor sports such

as cricket, football and the like.3. His qualities of manhood, truth, courage, devotion to duty,

sympathy for and protection of the weak, kindliness, un-selfishness and fellowship, and

4. His exhibition during school days of moral force of characterand of instincts to lead and to take an interest in his school-mates, for those latter attributes will be likely in after lifeto guide him to esteem the performance of public duties ashis highest aim."

1936

-37


Full particulars can be obtained from Sherwood Lett, Esq.,626 Pender Street West, Vancouver, B. C., Secretary of the Selec-tion Committee for the Province of British Columbia

Each candidate for a Scholarship is required to make applica-tion to the Secretary of the Committee of Selection of the provincein which he wishes to compete not later than October 31st. Ap-plication forms may be obtained from the Registrar's office or fromthe Secretary of the Selection Committee.

University Great War Scholarships*Two scholarships of $150 each may be awarded, on the basis

of the work of the First Year, to returned soldiers, their depen-dents and the children of deceased soldiers proceeding to a higheryear.

2. IN ARTS AND SCIENCEUniversity Scholarships in Arts and Science

Two scholarships in Arts and Science of $150 each will beawarded to students proceeding to the Fourth Year, the awardto be based on the work of the Third Year. These scholarshipswill be awarded respectively : 1. To the student standing highestwith majors in group (a). (See page 66.) 2. To the studentstanding highest with majors in group (b). (See page 67.)Students taking full honours in Mathematics will be classified ingroup (a).

Two scholarships in Arts and Science of $150 each will beawarded on the basis of the work of the Second Year to studentsproceeding to a higher year.

The Shaw Memorial ScholarshiptThis scholarship of $125, founded by friends of the late James

Curtis Shaw, Principal of Vancouver College, and afterwards ofMcGill University College, Vancouver, will be awarded upon theresults of the examination of the Second Year in Arts and Scienceto the undergraduate student standing highest in any two of threecourses, English 2, Latin 2, Greek (A or 2), and proceeding to ahigher year.

The McGill Graduates' ScholarshiptA scholarship of $125, founded by the McGill Graduates' Society

of British Columbia, will be awarded to the student standing high-est in English and French of the Second Year in Arts and Scienceand proceeding to a higher year.

*See Paragraph 1, Page 37.Originally donated to the Royal Institution (See Historical Sketch), this

has been transferred by that body, with the consent of the donors, to theUniversity of British Columbia.

1936

-37


The Terminal City Club Memorial ScholarshipThis scholarship of $100, founded by the members of the Termi-

nal City Club as a memorial to those members of the Club who losttheir lives in the Great War, will be awarded to the student stand-ing highest in English 2 and Economics 2 in the Second Year inArts and Science and proceeding to a higher year.

The Imperial Order Daughters of the EmpireScott Memorial Scholarship*

This scholarship of $100, derived from an endowmentfounded by the Imperial Order Daughters of the Empire of theCity of Vancouver, in memory of Captain Robert Falcon Scott,R.N., the Antarctic explorer, who sacrificed his life in the cause ofScience, will be awarded for general proficiency in biologicalsubjects to the student who has completed his Second Year inArts and Science, and who is proceeding in the Third Year to anHonours Course in Biology, single or combined.

Royal Institution Scholarship in Arts and ScienceA scholarship of $150 will be awarded to the student taking

first place in the examinations of the First Year in Arts andScience, and proceeding to a higher year.

University Scholarships in Arts and ScienceTwo scholarships of $150 each will be awarded to the students

taking second and third places in the examinations of the FirstYear in Arts and Science, and proceeding to a higher year.

The P.E.O. Sisterhood ScholarshipA scholarship of $75, given by the Vancouver Chapters of the

P.E.O. Sisterhood, will be awarded to the woman student standinghighest in English 1 in the First Year of the Faculty of Arts andScience.

The Beverley Cayley ScholarshipA scholarship of $100, in memory of Beverley Cayley, Arts '18,

given under the terms of the will of his mother, the late Mrs.Cayley, will be awarded to the male student standing highest inEnglish 1 in the First Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science.

The N. Leo Klein Memorial ScholarshipThis annual scholarship of $100, given by I. J. Klein, Esq.,*See Paragraph 1, Page 37.

1936

-37


Vancouver, B. C., for ten years, beginning in May, 1930, will beawarded to the student obtaining first place in the examinationsof the Third Year of the course in Commerce.

The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club ScholarshipA scholarship of $100, the proceeds of a fund created by the

Vancouver Women's Canadian Club, will be awarded to the under-graduate obtaining first place in the subject, Canadian History(History 2 or 20).

The Ahepa ScholarshipA scholarship of $75, given by the Gladstone Chapter No. 6

C.J., Order of Ahepa, will be awarded on the recommendation ofthe Head of the Department of Classics to the student of the thirdor fourth year who has shown the greatest promise in Greek studies.

If possible, the award will be made to an Honour student, butif there is no outstanding Honour student the scholarship may begiven to a Pass student.

The John and Annie Southcott MemorialScholarship*

As on page 42.

The Summer Session Students' Association ScholarshipA scholarship of $30, given by the Summer Session Students'

Association, will be awarded to the Summer Session student whocompletes the second year with the highest standing. To be eligiblea student must have taken his entire second year at The Universityof British Columbia Summer Session or Extra-sessional classes andmust continue in his third year at The University of BritishColumbia.

The British Columbia Teachers' FederationScholarship

A scholarship of $50 given by the British Columbia Teachers'Federation will be awarded to a Summer Session student who,having been an active member of the British Columbia Teachers'Federation for the three years previous to the granting of thescholarship, completes the third year of his University work withthe highest standing in that year. To be eligible a student musthave taken his entire third year at The University of BritishColumbia Summer Session or Extra-Sessional classes, and mustcontinue in his fourth year at The University of British Columbia.


1936

-37


3. IN APPLIED SCIENCEUniversity Scholarship in Nursing and Health*A scholarship of $150 will be awarded for general proficiency

in previous work of University grade (which must include aminimum of two years' work in the Province of British Columbia),to a student proceeding to the Third Year (or in the double course,proceeding to the Fourth Year) of the Course in Nursing andHealth and having successfully completed the hospital probationaryperiod. Applications shall be made to the Registrar not later thanDecember 1st.

The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club ScholarshipA scholarship of $100, given by the Vancouver Women's Cana-

dian Club, will be awarded to the student who attains the higheststanding in the first four years' training, academic and practical(or in the first five years' training, academic and practical, in thedouble course) of the Nursing and Health course.

The Dunsmuir ScholarshiptA scholarship of $150, founded by the Hon. James Dunsmuir,

will be awarded to the undergraduate student standing highest inthe Mining Engineering Course of the Fourth Year in AppliedScience, and proceeding to the Fifth Year.

University Scholarship in Applied ScienceA scholarship of $150 will be awarded to the student who

obtains the highest marks in the Third Year in Applied Scienceand who is proceeding to the Fourth Year in that Faculty.

Royal Institution Scholarship in Applied ScienceA scholarship of $150 will be awarded for general proficiency

in the work of the Second Year in Applied Science to a studentwho is proceeding to the Third Year in that Faculty.

The Phil Wilson Forestry Scholarship*A scholarship of $225, given by the British Columbia Loggers'

Association, will be awarded to a student registered in FourthYear Forestry. To be eligible for the award a student must be aresident of British Columbia, and in addition to scholastic attain-

•See Paragraph 1, Page 37.tOriginally donated to the Royal Institution (See Historical Sketch), this

has been transferred by that body, with the consent of the donors, to theUniversity of British Columbia.

1936

-37


ment, he must give evidence of sterling character and physicalvigour.

The award will be made tenable for two years, but the winnermust forfeit the scholarship in his Fifth Year if his Fourth Yearwork is unsatisfactory.

Applications on forms available in the Registrar's Office mustbe received by the Registrar not later than October 5th.

The G. M. Dawson ScholarshipA scholarship of $50 will be awarded to the undergraduate

student standing highest in the Geological Engineering course, inGeological subjects, in the Fourth Year of the Faculty of AppliedScience, and proceeding to the Fifth Year.

The B'nai B'rith Auxiliary No. 77 ScholarshipA scholarship of $50, given by the Women's Auxiliary No. 77 of

the B'nai B'rith, will be awarded to the student in Fourth YearApplied Science standing highest in the class of Chemical Engineer-ing or Chemistry and proceeding to the Fifth Year.

4. IN AGRICULTUREUniversity Scholarship in Agriculture

A scholarship in Agriculture of $150 will be awarded to astudent proceeding to a higher year, the award to be based on thework of the First Year.

The David Thom ScholarshipA scholarship in Agriculture of $100 will be awarded to a

student proceeding to a higher year in that Faculty, the awardto be based on the work of the Second Year.

MATRICULATION SCHOLARSHIPSUniversity Senior Matriculation Scholarship

One scholarship of $150 will be awarded upon the results ofthe Senior Matriculation Examination to the candidate of higheststanding in the Province.

Royal Institution Senior Matriculation ScholarshipsScholarships of the value of $150 each will be awarded to two

other students upon the results of the Senior Matriculation ex-aminations. One of these scholarships will be for open competitionthroughout the Province ; the other will be for open competitionin all school districts of the Province other than the City of Van-

1936

-37


couver, the City of North Vancouver, the District Municipalitiesof North Vancouver, West Vancouver, and Burnaby, and the Cityof New Westminster.

Royal Institution Junior Matriculation ScholarshipsEight General Proficiency scholarships will be awarded on the

result of the Junior Matriculation examinations: (a) $150 to thecandidate of highest standing in the Province, and (b) $150 tothe candidate of next highest standing in each of the followingdistricts : (1) Victoria District, (2) Vancouver Island (exclusiveof Victoria District), and Northern Mainland, (exclusive of NorthVancouver and West Vancouver), (3), Vancouver Central District(comprising the former limits of the City of Vancouver), togetherwith West Vancouver and North Vancouver, (4) Part of the LowerMainland in the Fraser Harbour area, (5) The Fraser Valley, (6)Yale, (7) Kootenays.

These scholarships will be paid only to students in attendanceat the University of British Columbia, with the exception that theVictoria District Junior Matriculation Scholarship will be paidto any winner of that scholarship in attendance at Victoria College.

Winners of all Matriculation Scholarships must notify theRegistrar before September 1st of their intention of attendingthe University (or Victoria College in the case of the VictoriaDistrict Junior Matriculation Scholarship) during the followingsession; failing such notification, the winner's rights will lapse.

Postponement of Matriculation Scholarships will be grantedonly on medical grounds.

PRIZES1. IN ALL FACULTIES

The University Essay Prize*A book prize of the value of $25 will be awarded to a Fourth

Year student for the best essay presented in any of the coursesregularly given by the Department of English. The award willbe made on the recommendation of the head of the Department ofEnglish.

The Players' Club Prize*A prize of $50, given by the Players' Club, is offered for an

original play suitable for the Club's Christmas performance. Theaward will be made on the recommendation of the Faculty mem-bers of the Advisory Board of the Players' Club. All entries for


1936

-37


this prize must be in the hands of the Honorary President of thePlayers' Club not later than September 30th, 1936.

2. IN ARTS AND SCIENCEThe French Government Book Prize

A book prize, offered by the French Consul for Western Canadaon behalf of the French Government, will be awarded to a studentof the French language on the recommendation of the Head ofthe Department of Modern Languages.

The John Marr Memorial Prize*A prize of $25, given by Mr. J. F. K. English, known as the

John Marr Memorial Prize, will be awarded to the student, en-rolled in the Education class or pursuing graduate work for theM.A. degree with Education as a Minor, who presents the bestessay on some phase of Secondary Education in this Province.The essay may be prepared especially for the Prize Competitionor it may be submitted as part of a Course Requirement. It mustbe submitted to the Head of the Department of Education notlater than the last day of the sessional examinations.

The University Graduate Historical Society PrizeA book prize of the value of $25, given by the University

Graduate Historical Society, will be awarded to the student ofthe final year who has done the most outstanding work in Historyduring the third and fourth years. The award will be made onthe recommendation of the Head of the Department of History.

If in any year no student reaches the required standard, theaward will be withheld and may be given as an additional prizethe following year. Both Honour and Pass students are eligiblefor the award.

3. IN APPLIED SCIENCEThe Convocation Prize

A prize of $50, given by Convocation of The University ofBritish Columbia, will be awarded to the student in the FifthYear of Applied Science whose record, in the opinion of theFaculty, is the most outstanding.

The Walter Moberly Memorial PrizeA book prize of the value of $25, given by the Vancouver

Branch of the Engineering Institute of Canada in memory of the*See Paragraph 1, Page 37.

1936

-37


late Walter Moberly, will be awarded for the best engineering thesissubmitted by any Fifth Year student in the Faculty of AppliedScience.

The Engineering Profession's PrizesFive book prizes, each of the value of $25, are offered by the

Engineering profession in British Columbia (The Association ofProfessional Engineers of the Province of B. C.) for competitionby those students in the Fourth Year of the Faculty of AppliedScience who are registered as engineering pupils according to theby-laws of the Association.

One of these prizes is awarded for the best summer essay ineach of any five branches of engineering, to be selected and specifiedby the Faculty.

The five successful essays may be made available by the Facultyto the Council of the Engineering Profession and, through theCouncil, may be referred to or quoted in the literature of theProfession.

The Provincial Board of Health PrizesThe Provincial Board of Health of the Province of British

Columbia offers the sum of $100 to be given as prizes in the PublicHealth Nursing Course.

The Engineering Institute of Canada PrizeThe Engineering Institute of Canada offers an annual prize

of $25 to each of eleven Canadian Universities of which the Uni-versity of British Columbia is one.

The prize will be awarded to a student of the Fourth Year inApplied Science on the basis of the marks made in his academicwork in that year. His activities in the students' engineeringorganization or in the local branch of a recognized engineeringsociety will also be considered.

BURSARIESThe Captain LeRoy Memorial Bursary*

This bursary of the annual value of $250 was given by theUniversities Service Club in memory of their comrades who fellin the Great War. It is named after Captain 0. E. LeRoy, whocommanded the overseas contingent from this University and whowas killed at Passchendaele in 1917.

It will be awarded to a student, or students, requiring financial*See Paragraph 1, Page 37.

1936

-37


assistance to enable him, or them, to attend the University. Forthis purpose it may be awarded to a matriculant, to a student ofany year or to a graduate student of the University proceeding topost-graduate work in this or any approved university. In makingthe award preference will be given first to returned soldiers, thento the dependents of soldiers, and finally to suitable candidatesfrom the student body at large.

Application must contain a statement of the academic recordand special circumstances of the applicant, with two supportingreferences, and, in the case of the preferred categories, of the warrecord of the soldier.

The award will be made by the Senate upon the recommendationof the Faculties acting in consultation with the Executive or ac-credited representatives of the Universities Service Club.

The Khaki University and Young Men's ChristianAssociation Memorial Fund Bursaries*

, A sum of money given to the University by the administratorsof the Khaki University of Canada provides a fund from whichare awarded annually ten bursaries of the value of $100 each,known as the Khaki University and Young Men's Christian Asso-ciation Memorial Bursaries.

Under conditions specified by the donors these bursaries maybe used for undergraduate purposes only, and in making the awardsa preference is given to the sons and daughters of the soldiers ofthe Great War. The financial necessities of candidates are alsotaken into account.

To be eligible for an award a soldier's dependent must obtainat least second class standing, i.e. 65 per cent. ; for all others 75per cent. is required.

Dependents of soldiers and others who have expectations ofattaining standing as stated above and who are in need of financialassistance should apply to the Registrar not later than the last dayof the final examinations.

These bursaries are open to students from Victoria Collegeproceeding to a course of study in this University.

Application forms may be obtained in the Registrar's Office.

The American Woman's Club Bursary*A bursary of $125, given by the American Woman's Club of

Vancouver will be available for 1936-37 to assist a woman under-*See Paragraph 1, Page 37.

1936

-37


graduate who has completed at least one year in Arts and Sciencewith satisfactory standing, and who could not otherwise continueher course. Application must be made to the Registrar not laterthan September 1st.

The University Women's Club Bursary*A bursary of $100 given by the University Women's Club of

Vancouver will be available for a woman student of high scholasticstanding in the Third Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science whois proceeding to the Fourth Year.

The David Thom BursariesFrom the funds of the David Thom Estate a sum of $235 is

available annually for the following bursaries :1. A sum of $100 to be awarded to the junior or senior matricu-

lant with the highest standing who is registering for the firsttime in the Faculty of Agriculture. In the awarding of thisbursary Regulation 9 under General Regulations for Medals,Scholarships and Prizes does not apply.

*2. A sum of $60 to be awarded to a student who has satisfactorilycompleted the work of the First Year in Agriculture and isproceeding to a higher year in that Faculty. Application mustbe made to the Registrar not later than September 15th.

*3. A sum of $75 to be awarded to a student who has satisfactorilycompleted the work of the Third Year in Agriculture and isproceeding to the Fourth Year in that Faculty. Applicationmust be made to the Registrar not later than September 15th.

The Inter-Sorority Alumnae Club Bursary*A bursary of $150, given by the Inter-Sorority Alumnae Club of

Vancouver, will be awarded to a woman student of satisfactoryacademic standing, proceeding to her Third Year or any higheryear or to the Educational Class, or, if a graduate, to the SocialService Diploma Course. The award will be made on the recom-mendation of the Dean of Women, to whom applications should besent not later than September 1st on forms available in theRegistrar's office.

The Mildred Brock Memorial Bursary"A bursary of $75, given by the Delta Gamma Fraternity, will

be available for a woman student of high scholastic standingproceeding to the Third or Fourth Year of her undergraduate

•See Paragraph 1, Page 37.

1936

-37


studies; or, if a graduate, to the Teacher Training Course, or tothe course leading to the Social Service Diploma. Applicationmust be made to the Registrar not later than September 1st.

Special Bursaries Fund*For the Session 1936-37 a Special Bursaries Fund has been

made available by the Board of Governors to enable students toattend the University who would not otherwise be able to do so.To be eligible for an award from this fund a student must haveattained at least Second Class standing in the examinations lastwritten, and must give evidence of need.

A part of this fund is set aside for the benefit of sons anddaughters of soldiers of the Great War who are entering theUniversity for the first time.

Applications for these bursaries must be in the hands of theRegistrar not later than October 1st, 1936. Application forms maybe obtained in the Registrar's office.

LOANSGeneral Loan Fund

The General Loan Fund is maintained by annual grants madeby the Board of Governors. Its operation is described in paragraph12 under General Regulations for Medals, Scholarships, Prizes, etc.

The Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy,B. C. Division, Fund

This is a fund of $100, given by the Canadian Institute ofMining and Metallurgy to the University as a trust to be used forloans to students taking the mining course. Applicants for loansmust be recommended by the Departments of Geology and ofMining and Metallurgy.

The David Thom FundFrom the David Thom Estate funds a sum of $1500 has been

set aside for loans to students in Agriculture who have been unableto borrow from the General Loan Fund or who have obtained loansfrom that fund insufficient for their needs ; of this amount, $300 isavailable for students in the Occupational Course and the balancefor Third and Fourth Year students.


1936

-37

THE

FACULTYOF

ARTS AND SCIENCE

1936

-37

TIME TABLEFACULTY OF ARTS

KEY TO BUILDINGS: A, Arts; Ag, AgrMornings

Monday Room Tuesday Room Wednesday Room

Biology 2. Ap 101 Botany 2 Biology 2.... Ap 101Biology 8^- Ap 101 Botany 4... Ap 101 Biology 8 Ap 101Botany 6 e... ..................... Ap 101 Economics 2 S 300 Botany 6 e Ap 101Chemistry 12^...... Economics 17 Ap 100 Chemistry 12..Economics a.. S 800 Education.. Ap 204 Economics 6.. S 800Education. Ap 204 English 1. A 100 Education Ap 204English 1. A 108 106, 205, English 1... A 108,

106, 203, 206 106, 203,206 English 21 a A 108 206

English 18. A 100 French 2, A 101, English 13.... A 100English 21 b and 22,.. Secs. d, e, f, g 104, 105, English 21 b and 22..French 2 207 French 2,

9 Secs. a, b, c... A 104,105, 108

Geology 5 and 12....German 1, Sec. a ..............

Ap 102A 203

Secs.^a,^b, a_ . . ....... ........... 104,105108

Geology 4.^. Ap 102 German 4 A 201 Geology 4...................... . .......... . . 102History 10 A 205 History^2..................... ...... .......... 204 History 10.... A 205Latin 7.^.... ...... . A 207 Latin 2 a. A 103 Latin 7 A 207Mathematics 8^........ A 204 Latin 5 ..^.. A 102 Mathematics 3.. A 204Mathematics 10^.. A 208 Mathematics 12 A 208 Mathematics 10 A 208

A 201 Physics 2.. ... S 200 Mathematics^16^...^...... A 201Mathematics 16-Psychology 1, Sec. 1 Ap 100 Social Service 3. Ap 214 Psychology I, Sec. 1_.._. Ap 100

Physics 1.^.. S 200 Zoology 2. Ap 101 Physics 1 S 200Social Service 4 S 416 Zoology 3^... Ap 101 Social Service 12

Botany 6 d Ap 101 Botany 3 Ap 101 Botany 5 b...Chemistry a .. S 300 Botany 6 c.. Ap 101 Botany 6 b and d Ap 101Economics 1, Sec. 1 S 400 Chemistry 9 ........................... S 417 Chemistry 8... S 300Economics 9.. A 201 Economics 1, Sec. 8......... A 100 Economics 1, Sec. 1......... S 400Economics 19 A 102 Economics 4 A 103 Economics 9 A 201Education. A 204 Education Ap 202 Economics 19.......................... A 102English 9 A 100 English 10... A 204 Education. A 204French 3 b............_....._....._... A 104 French 4 a. A 104 English 9 A 100French 4 b.. A 105 Geology 2. Ap 102 French 8 b A 104

,,1 u Geography 3Geology 1History 15

Ap 102Ap 100A 101

GerMan 1, Sec. b................German 3Government 1 ..

A 203A 208A 108

French 4 bGeography 3................_.......Geology 1

A 105102

Ap 100Mathematics 1,

Secs. 1, 2, 8, 4A 106

203, 205,History 12..Latin^2^b........................ . . . .........

A 206201

Geology 7History 15 .^.

Ap 106A 101

206 Mathematics 1, A 105, Mathematics 1, A 106,Physics 8 S 210 Secs. 5, 6, 7.... 106, 205 Secs. 1, 2, 8, 4 203, 205,Psychology 3, Sec. 1....... A 103 Mathematics 13. A 102 206Sociology 4.. A 207 Philosophy 2. A 207 Physics 8...^...

Psychology 8, Sec. 1.......S 210A 103

Sociology 4 ... A 207

Agricultural Bacteriology 1...... AgriculturalEconomics Ag 104 Botany 1 Ap 101 Economics Ag 104

Bacteriology 2 Botany 6 b.... Ap 285 BacteriologyBiology 1.... Ap 100 Chemistry I, Sec. 2. S 300 Biology I Ap iiöBotany 5 a and c... Chemistry 4..... S 417 Botany 0 b...Chemistry 7... S 417 Economics 10 . A 100 Chemistry 7 S 417Economics 1, Sec. 2 S 400 Education.. A 206 Economics 1, Sec. 2 S 400Economics 5.. S 200 English 19 S 200 Economics 5 S 200Education.... A 106 French 1, A 104, Education A 106English 14. A 103 Secs. d, e 105 English 14 A 108French 1 k104,105 French 8 a 106, 208 French I, A 104,

11 Secs.^a,^b,^c.......................French 3 c .

108A 206

Geography 5Geology 6

A 100Ap 102

Secs. a, b, cFrench 3 c

105. 108A 206

Geology 8 Ap 102 Government 2... A 201 Geology 8 Ap 102German, Beg., A 207 German, Beg.,

Secs. a, b A205,207 History 16 A 203 Secs. a, b 9205, 207Government 4. A 208 Latin 1. A 103 Government 4 A 208History 4 A 100 Mathematics 2 a, History 4 A 100History 11.... A 203 Sec. 2 A 204 History 11.... A 208History 19 A 101 Philosophy 6.. A 101 History 19 A 101Mathematics 2 a, Psychology 3, Sec. 2...... A 205 Mathematics 2 a.

Sec. 1 A 204 Social Service 1 A 102 Sec. 1 A 204Philosophy 8 A 102 Zoology 7.. Ap 101 Philosophy 8. A 102Physics 5 S 210 Physics 5.^....., S 210Psychology 1, Sec. 2...... Ap 202 Psychology I, Sec. 2...... Ap 202Zoology 1. Ap 101 Zoology 1 Ap 101

CONSULT DEPARTMENT HEADS FOR

1936

-37

--- 1936 - 37AND SCIENCEiculture; Ap, Applied Science; S, Science.

MorningsThursday Room Friday Room Saturday Room

Botany 2. Biology 2.... Ap 101 Botany 5 b Lab....Economics 2. S 800 Botany 8 f Ap 101 Economics 2 S 800Economics 17. Ap 100 Economics 6 S 800 Economics 17................._^ Ap 100Education Ap 204 Education Ap 204 Education________ Ap 204English 1.. A 100, English 1 A 108, English 1 A 100,

108, 205, 106, 208, 108, 205,208 208 208

English 21 a.. A 108 English 18. A 100 French 2, A 101,French 2,

Secs. d, e, f, gA 101,

104, 105,French 2,

Secs. a, b, c. A104,105Secs. d, e, f, g ^ 104, 105,

207207 108 Geology 10

Geology 5 and 12. Ap 102 Geology 4 ... Ap 102 German 1, Sec. a A 203 9German 1, Sec. a.. A 203 History 10 A 205 German 4.. A 201German 4... A 201 Latin^7........................._........... ... 207 History 2. A 204History 2 A 204 Mathematics 8 A 204 Latin 2 a.. A 108Latin 2 a A 108 Mathematics Jo._^..., A 208 Latin^5..............................._^ 102Latin 5 A 102 Mathematics 16,....^, ., A 201 Mathematics 12 A 208Mathematics 12. A 208 Psychology 1, Sec. 1.. .. ... Ap 100 Physics 2. S 200Physics 2 S 200 Physics 1.„. S 200Social Service 2................. Ap 214Zoology 2 Ap 101Zoology 8 Ap 101

Botany 8 Ap 101 Chemistry 2 S 300 Botany 5 b LabBotany 8 c.. Ap 101 Economics 1, Sec. 1........ S 400 Economics 1, Sec. 8-.^ A 100Chemistry 9 S 417 Economics 9 ..^.. A 201 Economics 4 A 108Economics 1, Sec. 8......... A 100 Economics 19. A 102 Education.... Ap 202Economics 4-..-.--.... A 108 Education A 204 English 10 Â 204Education.. Ap 202 English 9... A 100 French 4 a A 104English 10........._._......_.._..., A 204 French 8 b A 104 Geology 10French 4 a.... A 104 French 4 b.. A 105 German 1, Sec. b... A 208Geology 2. Ap 102 Geography 3 Ap 102 German 3 A 208German 1, Sec. b. A 208 Geology 7. Ap 106 Government 1 A 108German 3 . A 208 History 15 A 101 History 12 A 206 1 0Government 1.. A 108 Mathematics 1, A 106, Latin 2 b..... A 201History 12.. A 206 Secs.^1, 2, 8, 4................... 208, 205, Mathematics 1, A 105,Latin 2 b Â 201 208 Secs. 5, 8, 7............_ 106, 205Mathematics 1, A 105,

106, 205Psychology 3, Sec. L.._Sociology 4

A 108A 207

Mathematics 18Philosophy 2_

A 102A 207Secs. 5, 6, 7_. . .. _____

Mathematics 1 ... A 102Philosophy 2... A 207Social Service 8....

Botany 1... Ap 101 Agricultural Botany 5 b Lab...Chemistry 1, Sec. 2_.^ S 800 Economics Ag 104 Chemistry 1, Sec. 2. S 800Chemistry 4 ^S 417 Botany 5 a.. Economics 10 A 100Economics 10 ... A 100 Economics 1, Sec. 2. S 400 Education. A 206Education. A 206 Economics 5. S 200 English 19.^... S 200English 19 S 200 Education A 106 French 1, A 104,French 1,

Secs. d, e ..A 104,

105English 14French 1,

A 108A104,105

Secs. d, e.French 8 a....

A 105A106,208

French 8 a... ^ A.108, 208 Secs. a, b, c. 108 Geography 5. A 100Geography 5.. A 100 French 3 c A 206 Geology 10..Geology 8. Ap 102 Geology 8.. Ap 102 Government 2....^.. A 201Government 2.. A 201 German, Beg., History 18 A 207 1History 18 A 207 Secs. a, b A 205,207 History 16 A 203History 16 A 203 Government 4 A 208 Latin 1 ..^. A 108Latin 1. A 103 History 4 A 100 Mathematics 2 b,Mathematics 2 a,

Sec. 2 A 204History 11History 19.

A 208A 101

Sec. 2Psychology 8, Sec. 2.......

A 204A 205

Philosophy 6 A 101 Mathematics 2 b, Philosophy 0........ ___-. A 101Psychology 3, Sec. 2 Â 205 Sec. 1 A 204Social Service 1............. A 102 Philosophy 8 A 102Zoology 7 Ap 101 Physics 5 S 210

Psychology 1, Sec. 2...... Ap 202Zoology 6 Ap 101Zoology 5 Ap 101

SUBJECTS NOT, IN THIS TIME TABLE

1936

-37

TIME TABLEAfternoons

Monday Room Tuesday Room Wednesday Room

Bacteriology 5... Bacteriology 1 .. Bacteriology 10 and 11Botany 8 Lab.. Botany 2 Botany 8 Lab..Botany 5 c Lab. Botany 4 Botany 5 a and e.—...----Chemistry 1, See. 1......... S 800 Botany 6 e. Botany 6 c Lab...Chemistry 1 Lab.,

Sees a and b.Chemistry 9 Lab..Education 1..... A 100

Chemistry 1, Sec. 1._Education.

^S 800A 108

Education_ A 108 English 20 A 104 English 2 a.. A 100,English 2 a A 100 French 3 e A 105 Ap 100

French 1,Secs. f, g, h..

Ap NoA 104,

105, 204

French 4 c ..Geology 1 Lab.Geology 7 Lab.

A 103

Ap 106

French 1,Secs. f, g, h.

Geology 7 Lab

A 104.105, 204Ap 106

L30 HistoryL31., 18Latin 8

A 208A 207

Mathematics 1,Secs. 1, 2, 8, 4^.

A 106,203, 205,

History 18...Latin 8

A 208A 207

Philosophy 7. A 201 206 Philosophy 7.... A 201Psychology 4 Ap 202 Physics 8 Lab., Sec. 1.. Psychology 4 Ap 202Statistics 1.. S 210 Economics 18 Ap "T" Statistics 1 Ap 208Zoology 5 Lab.. Economics 14... A 102 Zoology 5 LabZoology 0 Lab Zoology 2 Lab _ Zoology 6 Lab...

Zoology 8 Lab.

Bacteriology 3 and 5 Bacteriology 1. Bacteriology 10 and 11Botany 8 Lab. Biology 1, Sec. 1 Botany 8 Lab .Botany 5 c Lab... Botany 2 Botany Sc Lab..Chemistry 7 Lab.. Botany 4 Education. A 106Education A 106 Botany 6 e. English 16. A 204English 16. A 204 Chemistry 4 Lab. French 2, Secs. h, i^ A 104,105French 2, Secs. h,French 4 c^_

X 104,105A 208

Chemistry 9 Lab.Education A 104

French 4 eGeology 7 Lab..

A 208Ap 106

Geography 1 Ap 100 English 1 A 100, Geography 1.. Ap 100German, Beg., 106, 205, German, Beg.,

Secs. c, d. A 108, 205 206 Secs. c, d A 108, 205German 2... A 207 Geology 1 Lab German 2.. A 207

2.302.3u History 1History 14

A 100A 101

Geology 7 LabLatin 8 B...

Ap 106A 208

History 1History 14

A 100A 101

Philosophy 1 S 210 Physics 8 Lab., Sec. 1... Philosophy 1 S 210Physics 5 Lab Zoology 2 Lab Sociology 1 A 108Sociology I. A 103 Zoology 8 Lab. Statistics 1. Ap 208Zoology 5 Lab.. Zoology 5 Lab ..Zoology 6 Lab.. Zoology 6 Lab..

Bacteriology 8 and 5. Bacteriology 2Botany 1 Lab Biology 1, Sec. IChemistry 1 Lab.,

Secs. a, bBotany 2 Lab ..Botany 4 Lab..

Chemistry 2 Lab. a Chemistry 2 Lab. b3.30 Chemistry71 Fab.Ap 120

Chemistry 4 LabChemistry 9 Lab

Education.. A 100 Education 2................... A 100French 3 c.. A 208 Geology 6 Lab French Sc. A 208Geology 5 Ap 102 Greek, Beg.. A 102 Social Service 11.. A 101Physics 5 Lab.. Physics 8 Lab., Sec. 1. Social Service 13 A 102Zoology 5 Lab. Zoology 2 LabZoology 6 Lab Zoology 8 Lab

Bacteriology 3 and 5 Bacteriology 2Botany 1 Lab. Biology 1, Sec. 2.Chemistry 1 Lab.,

Secs. a, bBotany 2 Lab.Botany 4 Lab.

Chemistry 2 Lab. a. Chemistry 2 Lab. b

4.3 nVI

Chemistry 7 Lab.Economics 15 Ap 120

Chemistry 4 LabChemistry 9 Lab..

Geology 5 Lab. Geology 6 Lab..Physics 5 Lab.. Zoology 2 Lab...Social Service 7 A 102 Zoology 3 LabZoology 5 Lab.Zoology 6 Lab.

Chemistry 1 Lab.,..Secs. a, b...'............... .._.....

Biology 1 Lab. 2Botany 2 Lab.5.30 Chemistry 2 Lab. a. Botany 4 Lab.Chemistry 2 Lab. b......... ..........._Chemistry 9 Lab.......... .................

CONSULT DEPARTMENT HEADS FOR

1936

-37

—ContinuedAfternoons

Thursday Room Friday Room

Bacteriology 1.. Biology 1, Sec. 5Biology 1, Sec. 8.... Biology 8Botany 4. Botany 5 a and cBotany 6 c and e Lab... Botany 0 d LabChemistry 8 Lab^ Chemistry 1, Sec. 1.......... S 300Education 1 A 100 Chemistry 8 Lab. a.English 20... A 104 Education. A 108French 4 c A 103 English 2 a... A 100,Geology 1 Lab.. Ap 100Geology 9 Ap 112 French 1, A 104,Mathematics 1,

Secs. 5, 6, 7. A 105,

106, 205Secs.^f,^g,^h ...................

Geology 2 Lab105, 204

1.30Physics 8 Lab., Sec. 2 History 18. A 208Economics 18.. Ap "T" Latin 8 .. A 207Economics 14. Ap 212 Philosophy 7. A 201Zoology 1 Lab Psychology 4. Ap 202

Zoology 7 Lab.

Bacteriology 1 . Bacteriology 3Biology 1, Sec. 8^_ Biology 2, Sec. 5.Botany 4 Biology 8Botany 6 c and e Lab. Botany 5 a and cBotany 7 Botany 8 d Lab..Chemistry 8 Lab. b Chemistry 8 Lab.. a....Education... A 104 Chemistry 4 LabEnglish 1.. A 108, Education. A 106

106, 205, English 16. A 204206 French 2, Secs. h, i .....• A 104,105

English 2 c.. A 106 French 4 c. A 208Geology 1 Lab. Geography 1.. Ap 100Geology 9.. Geology 2 Lab...Latin 8 A A 208 Geology 8.. 2.30Physics 8 Lab., Sec. 2 German Beg., Secs. c, d A 108,202Economics 18.... Ap "T" German 2 A 207Economics 14. Ap 212 History 1 A 100Zoology 1 Lab History 14 A 101

Philosophy 1. S 210Sociology 1 A 103Zoology 7 Lab

Bacteriology 2.. Bacteriology 3...Biology 1, Sec. 4 Biology 1, Sec. 6Botany 7 Lab. Biology 8Chemistry 1 Lab.,

Sec. cChemistry 2 Lab. b

Botany 6 d LabChemistry 1 Lab.,

Secs. d, eChemistry 8 Lab. b Chemistry 2 Lab. a... 3.30Education 2.. A 100 Chemistry 8 Lab. aPhysics 8 Lab., Sec. 2... .................. Chemistry 4 Lab.Zoology 1 Lab.. Education 2.... A 100

English 24. A 104French 3 c A 208Zoology 7 Lab.

Bacteriology 2.................... Biology 1, Sec 6Biology 1, Sec. 4. Biology 8 ...Botany 7 Lab. ^Botany 6 d Lab..Chemistry 2 Lab. bChemistry 8 Lab,. b

Chemistry 1 Lab.,Secs. d, e

Zoology 1 Lab Chemistry 2 Lab. a....Chemistry 8 Lab. a.Chemistry 4 Lab. 4.30English 24 A 104Zoology 7 Lab. .

Chemistry 2 Lab. b Chemistry 1 Lab.,Secs. d, e

Chemistry 2 Lab. a, 5.30

SUB TECTS NOT IN THIS TIME TABLE

1936

-37

1936

-37


The degrees offered in this Faculty are Bachelor of Arts (B.A.),Bachelor of Commerce (B.Com.), and Master of Arts (M.A.).

Courses which do not lead to degrees are offered in TeacherTraining and Social Service.

*COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A.The degree of B.A. is granted with Honours or as a General

Course degree. A General Course degree will be granted on com-pletion of courses amounting to 60 units chosen in conformity withCalendar regulations. No distinction is made between GeneralCourse and Honour students in the First and Second Years, exceptas regards prerequisites for later work, but in the Third and FourthYears there are special requirements for Honour Students.

Students holding the degree of B.Com. from this University .

may proceed to the degree of B.A. in one year by completing 15additional units of work open to students in their Third and FourthYears, provided that their additional units are chosen so as tocomplete the requirements for the B.A. degree.

It is also possible to obtain the B.A. and B.Com. degrees con-currently in five years on completion of 75 units chosen so as tocover the requirements for both degrees.

Double courses are offered in Arts and Science and AppliedScience leading to the degrees of B.A. and B.A.Sc., or B.A. andB.A.Sc. (in Nursing).

Credit will not be given for more than 15 units in the First orSecond Year of the Winter Session ; nor for more than 18 unitsin the Third or Fourth Year. (See regulations under "First andSecond Years" and "Third and Fourth Years.")

Credits obtained at the Summer Session (see "UniversitySummer Session") may be combined with Winter Session creditsto complete the 60 units required for the degree of B.A.; but notmore than 30 units of credit may be obtained in the two academicyears subsequent to Junior Matriculation nor more than 15 in theacademic year subsequent to Senior Matriculation. The degree ofB.A. will not be granted within three years from Senior Matricu-lation nor within four years from Junior Matriculation.

The maximum credit for Summer Session work in any oneCalendar year is 6 units; and the maximum credit for work otherthan that of the regular Summer and Winter Sessions is 3 units

•The University reserves the right to limit the registration in, or to cancel,any of the courses listed in this Faculty. Limitation may be imposed if thenumbers desiring any course are found to be too large for the lecture roomsand laboratories available for that course, or for the number of instructors inthe Department concerned, or for the equipment and supplies which can beobtained. Certain courses may be cancelled if the numbers of instructors inthe Departments concerned prove to be inadequate to offer all the courses listed.

1936

-37

62^FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE

in each academic year, and 15 units in all subsequent to SeniorMatriculation or First Year Arts.

No credit will be granted for work done at other universitiesin the same academic year in which work has been attempted atthis University, whether in the Summer Session or in the WinterSession or otherwise. Extra-mural work done at other universitiesprior to registration at this University may be accepted, if approvedby the Faculty, but may not exceed 3 units in respect of any oneacademic year or 15 units in all subsequent to Senior Matriculation.If a student is granted credit for extra-mural work taken elsewhere,the number of units which he may take at this University withoutattendance at a Winter or Summer Session will be correspondinglyreduced.

Candidates for the degree of B.A. are advised to attend atleast one Winter Session, preferably that of the Fourth Year.

Courses are described in terms of units. A unit normallyconsists of one lecture hour (or one continuous laboratory periodof not less than two or more than three hours) each week through-out the session, or two lecture hours (or equivalent laboratoryperiods) throughout a single term.

NOTE 1 :—Students in any of the affiliated Theological Collegeswho file with the Registrar a written statement expressing theirintention of graduating in Theology will be allowed to offer in eachyear of their Arts course, in place of optional subjects set downin the Calendar for the Year and the course in which they areregistered, Religious Knowledge options, to the extent of threeunits taken from the following list : Hebrew, Biblical Literature,New Testament Greek, Church History, Christian Ethics andApologetics.

NOTE 2:—Students who intend to enter Normal School at anytime before or after graduation are reminded they will have tomeet the requirements for Normal Entrance in Health IV,Geography II, Arithmetic II and Art I.

First and Second Years1. The requirements of the first two years consist of 30 units,

15 of which must be taken in each year. Courses must be chosen inconformity with the requirements that follow. Details of coursesare given under the various departments.

*Each student must take : Units(a) English 1 in the First Year and English 2 in the

Second Year ^ 6(b) The first two courses in a language offered for

Matriculation, one course in each year^ 6*For credit that can be given for Senior Matriculation standing, complete

or partial, see Page 28.tSee Regulation "2."

1936

-37

FIRST AND SECOND YEARS^ 63

Mathematics 1, in the First Year^ 3Economics 1 or 2, or History 1 or 2 or 3 or 4, orPsychology 1, or Philosophy 1^ 3Biology 1 (a), or Chemistry 1, or Geology 1, orPhysics 1, or Physics 2^ 3Three courses-not already chosen-selected fromthe following:

Bacteriology 1, Biology 1 (a), Botany 1, Chem-istry 1, Chemistry 2, Economics 1, Economics 2,Economics 10, French 1, French 2, Geography 1,Geology 1, Geology 2, (Beginners' German, Ger-man 1, German 2, f Beginners ' Greek, Greek 1,Greek 2, History 1, History 2, History 3, His-tory 4, (Beginners' Latin, Latin 1, Latin 2 (a),Latin 2 (b), Mathematics 2, Mathematics 3,Mathematics 4, Psychology 1, Philosophy 1,Physics 1 or Physics 2, Physics 3, Zoology 1 9

NOTE :-Bacteriology 1, Botany 1, Zoology 1, Geology 1and 2, Geography 1, Economics 10, History 4and Philosophy 1 are not open to First Yearstudents. Economics 1 and Psychology 1 are opento First Year students only if the permission of theHeads of these departments is obtained. History2 is open to First Year students only if they arepreparing for entrance to the Normal School.Geography 1, Geology 1, and Philosophy 1 arenormally Third Year subjects, but may be takenby Second Year students (Full Undergraduateand Conditioned). Geology 1 must be taken in theSecond Year by students intending to take theHonour course in Geology.

2. Students who have not matriculated in German or Greekor Latin may fulfil the language requirements for the degree bytaking Beginners' German or Beginners' Greek or Beginners'Latin, to be followed by German 1 and German 2 or Greek 1 andGreek 2 or Latin 1 and Latin 2 to complete 63 units. The extrathree units may be taken in any year.

3. No student in his First Year may elect more than onebeginners' course in a language, and no beginners' course in alanguage will count towards a degree unless followed by a secondyear's work in that language.

4. Except in the case of beginners' courses, no course in atSee Regulations "3" and "4."

1936

-37


language may be taken by a student who has not offered thatlanguage at Matriculation. A beginners' course in a language maynot be taken for credit by a student who has obtained credit forthat language at Matriculation.

5. A student taking three languages in the first two years maydefer the course selected under Section 1 (e) to the Third orFourth Year, and a student taking four science courses may deferthe course selected under Section 1 (d) to the Third or FourthYear.

6. Students who intend to enter the Teacher Training Courseare advised to take Psychology 1 in the First or Second Year.

NOTE :—Students thinking of entering Applied Science arereferred to the list of subjects required to be taken by them inFirst Year Arts and to the regulations in reference to these, givenunder "Admission" and "General Outline of Courses" in AppliedScience. They are advised to attend the noon hour talks on thechoice of a profession and on the life and work in vocations likelyto appeal to Applied Science graduates.

To ensure the conformity of their courses to Calendar regula-tions, all students in their Second Year are advised to submit tothe Dean of the Faculty, on or before March 31st of each year, ascheme of the courses they propose to take during the last twoyears.

Third and Fourth YearsThe requirements of the Third and Fourth Years consist of

30 units, of which students must take, in their Third Year, notless than 15 units. The graduation standing is determined by theresults of the Third and Fourth Years combined.

GENERAL COURSE CURRICULUM1. A minimum of 15 units must be taken in two Major subjects,

not less than 6 units in either, and a minimum of 6 units in someother subject or subjects of the Third and Fourth Years. Workin the First or Second Year is required in each of the Majorsubjects, except Education. Both Major subjects must be chosenfrom one of the following groups:

(a) Bacteriology, Botany, Chemistry, Geology, Mathematics,Physics, Zoology.

(b) Economics, Education (not more than six units and onlyfor those who have completed their Normal Training),English, French, German, Government, Greek, History,Latin, Mathematics, Philosophy (including Psychology).

1936

-37

THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS^65

2. Details of courses available in the Third and Fourth Yearsare given under the various departments.

3. Only two subjects (6 units) of the First or Second Yearcourses may be taken in the combined Third and Fourth Years.In a number of these courses extra reading will be required ofThird and Fourth Year students.

When two First or Second Year subjects, other than a Begin-ners' Language or Language 1, are taken in the Third and FourthYears, not more than one of these subjects may be outside thedepartments in which the student is doing his major work.

For the purpose of this regulation the following subjects areconsidered Third and Fourth Year subjects: Philosophy 1,Geography 1, Geology 1, Geology 2, German 2 if preceded byBeginners' German and German 1, Greek 2 if preceded by Be-ginners' Greek and Greek 1, Latin 2 if preceded by Beginners'Latin and Latin 1, Mathematics 4, and Botany 1 or Zoology 1 ifboth are taken.

4. No credit will be given for a language course normally takenin the First Year unless it is taken in the Third Year and continuedin the Fourth Year. Some courses, however, are intended forHonour students only.

5. Students in the Third and Fourth Years may, with theconsent of the departments concerned, take one or two courses ofprivate reading (each to count not more than 3 units), providedthat :

1. (a) The candidate for a reading course shall have com-pleted his First and Second Years and shall have takenat least 6 units either of Second or Third Year workor of Second and Third Year work in the subject inwhich the reading course is taken; and

(b) shall have made an average of at least Second Class inthe 6 units in question.

2. Both reading courses shall not be chosen in the same subject.

3. A reading course shall not be taken concurrently with Extra-Sessional or with Summer Session courses except by astudent in the Fourth Year.

Credit for a course of private reading is part of the maximumof 15 units which may be taken in addition to the regular work ofWinter and Summer Sessions ; and no other additional work maybe taken in the same academic year.

1936

-37


HONOURS

1. Students whose proposed scheme of work involves Honourcourses must obtain the consent of the departments concerned andof the Dean before entering on these courses ; and this consentwill normally be granted only to those students who have a clearacademic record at the end of their Second Year with at leastSecond Class standing in the subject or subjects of specialization.(Cards of application for admission to Honour courses may beobtained at the Registrar's office.)

2. Certain departments offer Honour courses either alone or incombination with other departments. For Honours in a singledepartment, at least 18 of the requisite 30 units must be takenin the department concerned, and at least 6 outside it. For Honoursin combined courses, at least 12 units are required in each of twosubjects. Particulars of these courses are given below.

3. Candidates for Honours may, with the consent of thedepartment concerned, offer a special reading course (to count notmore than 3 units) in addition to the reading courses offered onpage 65, section 5.

4. All candidates for Honours may, at the option of thedepartment or departments concerned, be required to present agraduating essay embodying the results of some investigation thatthey have made independently. Credit for the graduating essaywill be not less than 3 or more than 6 units.

5. Candidates for Honours are required, at the end of theirFourth Year, to take a general examination, oral or written, orboth, as the department or departments concerned shall decide.This examination is designed to test the student's knowledge ofhis chosen subject or subjects as a whole, and is in addition to theordinary class examinations of the Third and Fourth Years.

6. Honours are of two grades—First Class and Second Class.Students who, in the opinion of the department concerned, havenot attained a sufficiently high ranking, may be awarded a GeneralCourse degree. If a combined Honour course is taken, First ClassHonours will be given only if both the departments concerned agree ;and an Honour degree will be withheld if either department refusesa sufficiently high grade.

7. It is hoped to offer the following Honour Courses during thesession 1936-37. But if, for the reasons stated in the footnote topage 61, it is found impossible to do so, the University reservesthe right to refuse new registrations in any of them.

1936

-37

HONOUR COURSES^ 67

HONOUR COURSES IN SINGLE DEPARTMENTS

BacteriologyPrerequisites: Chemistry I and Biology 1 (a).Required Courses: Bacteriology 2. Candidates must select the

remaining 15 units required in consultation with the Head ofthe Department.

Biology (Botany Option)Prerequisites: Biology 1 (a), Chemistry 1, Botany 1.Chemistry 2 and 3, Physics 1 or 2, and Zoology 1 are required

before completion of the course and should be taken as early aspossible.

Required Courses: Botany 3 (a), 4, 5 (a), and 6 (c).Optional Courses: Biology 2 and 3; courses in Botany not

specifically required ; and courses in Zoology. Optional coursesshould be selected in consultation with the department.

Biology (Zoology Option)Prerequisites: Biology 1 (a), Chemistry 1, Zoology 1.Physics 1 or 2, Botany 1, Chemistry 2 and 3 are required

before completion of the course and should be taken as early aspossible.

Required Courses: Zoology 2, 3, 5, 6.Students specializing in Entomology may substitute Zoology 9

for one of the required courses given above.Optional Courses: Zoology 4, 7, 8, 9; courses in Botany ;

Geology 6. These optional courses should be selected in consulta-tion with the Head of the department .

ChemistryPrerequisites: Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2 and Mathematics 2.Course: Candidates are required to complete the following

courses : Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 and 10.

ClassicsCourse: Any three of Greek 3, 5, 6, 7; any three of Latin 3, 4,

5, 6 ; and either Greek 9 or Latin 7.As proof of ability to write Greek and Latin prose, candidates

must attain not less than Second Class standing in Greek 8 andLatin 8. During the candidate's Fourth Year, papers will be seton sight translation, and the candidate is advised to pursue a courseof private reading under the supervision of the department.

There will also be a general paper on Antiquities, Literatureand History.

1936

-37


EconomicsPrerequisites: A reading knowledge of French or German. A

paper in translation to be written at the end of the Fourth Yearwill be required to ensure that this knowledge has been kept up.

Course: Economics 2, if not already taken, any 15 furtherunits in the department, to include Economics 4, Economics 9, andStatistics 1, and two from the following group :

Economics 3, Economics 5, Economics 6, Economics 7, Eco-nomics 11, Statistics 2, Government 1, Sociology 1. Also a gradu-ating essay which will count 3 units. (Tutorial instruction will bearranged in connection with the essay.)

Students must pass an oral examination, and, if required,address a general audience on a designated subject.

Attendance at the Seminar in Economics is required in theThird and Fourth Years.

Economics and Political SciencePrerequisites: A reading knowledge of French or German. A


Course: Economics 2, if not already taken, any 15 furtherunits in the department, to include Government 1, Statistics 1, andthree from the following group :

Sociology 1, Sociology 2, Government 2, Government 3, Gov-ernment 4, Economics 3, Economics 4, Economics 5, Economics 6,Economics 7, Economics 9, Statistics 2.

Also a graduating essay which will count 3 units. (Tutorialinstruction will be arranged in connection with the essay.)

Students must pass an oral examination and, if required,address a general audience on a designated subject.

Attendance at the Seminar in Economics is required in theThird and Fourth Years.

English Language and LiteraturePrerequisites: 1. A First Class or high Second Class in English

2. Ordinarily, special work is required of students who intend totake Honours. Such work, if required, is announced at the begin-ning of the session.

2. A reading knowledge of French or German. The Departmentmay require candidates to write a paper in translation at the endof the Fourth Year.

Students who intend to take Honours must have the permissionof the Department before beginning the course.

Course: English 25 (involving an examination on the life,

1936

-37

HONOUR COURSES^ 69

times, and complete works of some major English author), 20,21 (a), 21 (b), 22, 24 (the Seminar, which must be attended inboth years, though credit will be given only for the work of thefinal year), and a graduating essay which will count 3 units. Thegraduating essay must be submitted on or before March 31.

Candidates will be required to take the following final Honoursexaminations on the History of English Literature :

1. From the beginning to 1500.2. From 1500 to 1660.3. From 1660 to 1780.4. From 1780 to 1890.One of these examinations will be oral.In the award of Honours special importance will be attached

to the graduating essay and to the final Honours examinations.If the candidate's work outside the department does not include

a course in English History, he must take an examination in thatsubject.

GeologyPrerequisites: Geology 1. If possible Geology 2 also should

be taken in the Second Year. Chemistry 1 and if possible Physics1 or 2 should be taken in the First Year, as these are required forGeology 2 and 7 and are of great value in Geology 1. Biology 1 (a) isrecommended in the Second Year, as it is prerequisite to Zoology1, which should be taken in the Third Year as a valuable prepara-tion for Geology 6.

Course: Eighteen units to be chosen from Geology 4, 5, 6,7, 8, 10, 12. If Geology 2 has not been taken in the Second Yearit must be taken in the Third Year, as it is prerequisite to Geology7 and 8.

HistoryPrerequisites: (1) A First Class or high Second Class average

in the History course or courses taken in the First and SecondYears. (2) A reading knowledge of French or German.

Students whose standing in Honour History during the ThirdYear is inadequate will, at the discretion of the Department, berequired to discontinue the Honour Course.

Course: History 10 and twelve other units which normallymust be chosen from courses offered in the Third and FourthYears plus a graduating essay which will count three units. The

1936

-37


Seminar (which carries no credit) must be attended in the Thirdand Fourth Years.

An Honours paper will be set at the end of the Fourth Yearon the work of the Seminar and of the courses studied in theThird and Fourth Years. The oral examination will be on thefield covered in the graduating essay.

FrenchCourse: French 3 (a), 3 (b), 3 (c) in the Third Year.

French 4 (a), 4 (b), 4 (a), in the Fourth Year.A graduating essay (in French) which will count 3 units.

LatinCourse: Latin 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 and Greek 9. The candidate

must also take Latin 8 in both years, obtaining at least secondclass standing. His general knowledge will be tested .by papers onAntiquities, Literature, and History at the end of the FourthYear.

MathematicsPrerequisites: Mathematics 2, Physics 1 or 2.Course: Any 18 units in Mathematics, and Physics 3 and 5.

A final Honours examination is required.

PhysicsPrerequisites: Mathematics 2, Physics 1 or 2, Chemistry 1.Course: Mathematics 10, 16, 17. Physics 3 and 5, and 15

additional units. Students are advised to take Chemistry 4 and7, if possible.

COMBINED HONOUR COURSES

(a) Biology (Botany and Zoology) and BacteriologyPrerequisites: Chemistry 1 and 2; Biology 1 (a) ; Botany 1, or

Zoology 1.Course: Bacteriology 1, 2 and 5; the required courses for either

the Botany option or the Zoology option of the Honour course inBiology.

(b) Biology (Botany and Zoology) and GeologyPrerequisites: Chemistry 1; Biology 1 (a) ; Geology 1.Course: Geology 2 and 6; the required courses for either the

Botany option or the Zoology option of the Honour course inBiology.

1936

-37

HONOUR COURSES^ 71

(c) Chemistry and Biology (Botany and Zoology)Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and 2; Physics 1 or 2; Biology 1 (a).Course: Chemistry 3, 4, 5, 7 and 9; the required courses for

either the Botany option or the Zoology option of the Honourcourse in Biology.

(d) Chemistry and PhysicsPerequisities : Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2 ; and Mathematics 2.Course: Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7, and Physics 3, 5, 8 or 19,

and two units from 7, 10, 12, 13 or 14. Candidates are advised totake Mathematics 10.

(e) Chemistry and GeologyPrerequisites: Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2 ; and Geology 1.Course: Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7, and at least 12 units in

Geology.(f) Chemistry and Mathematics

Prerequisites: Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2; and Mathematics 2.Course: Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, and at least 12 units in Mathe-

matics, including Mathematics 10.

(g) Mathematics and PhysicsPrerequisites: Mathematics 2; Physics 1 or 2.Course: Mathematics, at least 12 units, including Mathematics

10, 12 and 17.Physics 3, 5, 8, and six additional units.

(h) Any Two ofEconomics or Economics and Political Science, English, French,

History, Latin, Philosophy.

Economics or Economics and Political SciencePrerequisite: A reading knowledge of French or German. A


Course in Economics: Twelve units, including Economics 4,Economics 9, Statistics 1, and Economics 2, if not already taken.

Course in Economics and Political Science: Twelve units,including Government 1, Statistics 1, and Economics 2, if notalready taken.

1936

-37


EnglishPrerequisites:1. A First Class or high Second Class in English 2. Ordinarily,

special work is required of students who intend to take Honours.Such work, if required, is announced at the beginning of thesession.

2. A reading knowledge of French or German. The Depart-ment may require candidates to write a paper in translation atthe end of the Fourth Year.

Students who intend to take Honours must have the permissionof the Department before beginning the course.

Course: English 20 and 24, and any three of the Englishcourses specified for the Third and Fourth Years. The Seminarmust be attended during both the final years, but credits whichcount for the B.A. degree will be given only for the work of theFourth Year.

Candidates will be required to take the following final Honoursexaminations on the History of English Literature :

1. From 1500 to 1660.2. From 1660 to 1780.3. From 1780 to 1890.

In the award of Honours special importance will be attachedto these examinations. One of them will be oral.

The graduating essay, when written for the Department ofEnglish, must be submitted on or before March 31.

FrenchCourse: If the graduating essay is written on a French subject,

3 (a) and 3 (c), 4 (a) and 4 (c) ; otherwise either these coursesor 3 (a) and 3 (b), 4 (a) and 4 (b).

Courses 3 (b) and 4 (b) are intended primarily for Honourstudents and should be taken whenever possible, even if they arenot required to make up the minimum number of units.

HistoryPrerequisites: (1) First Class or high Second Class average

in the History course or courses taken in the First and SecondYears. (2) A reading knowledge of French or German.

Students whose standing in Honour History during the Third

1936

-37

COURSE LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.Com .^73

Year is inadequate will, at the discretion of the Department, berequired to discontinue the Honour Course.

Course: History 10 and any nine additional units, of whichthe graduating essay, if written in History, will count three units.The Seminar (which carries no credit) must be attended in theThird and Fourth Years.

An Honours paper will be set at the end of the Fourth Yearon the work of the Seminar and of the courses studied in theThird and Fourth Years. The oral examination will be on thefield covered by the graduating essay.

LatinCourse: Latin 8 and any four of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. In the final year

candidates must pass an examination (a) in sight translation, and(b) in Latin Literature, History and Antiquities. Private readingunder the direction of the department is recommended.

PhilosophyCourse: Any 12 units besides Philosophy 1, six units in each

year.

COURSE LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.Com .

The degree of B.Com . is granted with Honours or as a GeneralCourse degree. A General Course degree will be granted on com-pletion of courses amounting to 60 units chosen in conformity withCalendar regulations.

Students holding the degree of B.A. from this University mayproceed to the degree of B.Com. by completing 15 additional unitsof work, provided that the additional units are chosen so as tocomplete the requirements for the B.Com. degree.

It is also possible to obtain the B.A. and B.Com . degrees con-currently in five years on completion of 75 units chosen so as tocover the requirements for both degrees.

No distinction is made between General Course and Honourstudents in the First and Second Years ; but a student will notbe accepted as a candidate for Honours in the Third Year unlesshe has obtained an average of second class on the courses requiredto be taken in the Second Year.

While the B.A. degree may be completed in one year by studentsholding the B.Com. degree, the converse is not true, as work intwo consecutive years is required for the B.Com . degree in bothAccountancy and Commercial Law. It is, however, possible forstudents who are taking the combined degree in five years to

1936

-37


qualify for the B.A. degree at the end of four years by takingadditional courses either in Winter or Summer Session to makeup for the six units of Accountancy and Commercial Law 1 whichdo not count towards the B.A. degree.

The regulations as to Summer Session credits, number of unitsto be taken in any academic year, etc., apply to courses leadingto the degree of B.Com . in the same way as to courses leading tothe degree of B.A.

During the summer vacations students are advised to obtainas much business experience as possible.

FIRST YEARThe following courses comprising 15 units are required :English 1.The first course in a language offered for matriculation (Latin

or French or German or Greek).Mathematics 1.Economics 1 or 2.One course selected from the following : Biology 1 (a), Chem-

istry 1, Physics 1, or Physics 2.

SECOND YEARThe following courses comprising 15 units are required :English 2.A continuation course in the language taken in the First Year.Mathematics 2 or 3.Economics 1 or 2, whichever has not been already taken.Economics 10.A clear academic record at the end of the Second Year will be

required of students proceeding to the Third Year.In view of the importance which rightly attaches to the capacity

for adequate and clear expression in writing, regulation 13, on page88 of the Calendar, will be rigidly enforced at the end of theSecond Year, and reasonable legibility in handwriting will beinsisted on.

To ensure the conformity of their courses to Calendar regu-lations, all students in their Second Year are advised to submit tothe Dean of the Faculty, on or before March 31 of each year, ascheme of the courses they propose to take during their last twoyears.

THIRD AND FOURTH YEARSThe requirements of the Third and Fourth Years comprise 30

units, of which students must take, in their Third Year, not less

1936

-37

COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.Com.^75

than 15 units. The graduation standing is determined by theresults of the Third and Fourth Years combined. Courses mustbe chosen in conformity with the requirements that follow.

Each student must take :(a) An additional course in a language already taken for

credit in the first two years, that is French, German orLatin (to be taken in the Third Year) or an additionalcourse in English.^ 3 units.

(b) The following seven courses :Economics 4. (Money and Banking.)Economics 6. (Foreign Trade.)Economics 17. ( Commercial Law 1.)Economics 18. (Commercial Law 2.)Economics 14. (Accountancy 1.)Economics 12. (Statistics 1.)Economics 15 or 16. (Accountancy 2 or 3.) 21 units.

(c) One of the following courses :EconomicsEconomicsEconomics

19. (Marketing.)13. (Statistics 2.)11. (Transportation.) 3 units.

(d) One course— not already chosen — selected from thefollowing:

Economics 15 or 16. (Accountancy 2 or 3.)Economics 13. (Statistics 2.)Economics 11 (Transportation).Government 1.Government 4.Economics 5 ( Taxation).Mathematics 2 or 3.Education (3 units).English (3 units).Additional course in Latin, French or German.Geology (3 units).Forestry (3 units).Mining (3 units).Agricultural Economics 1.Biology (3 units).^ 3 units.

In the Fourth Year satisfactory work must be done in connec-tion with a discussion class of one hour a week.

1936

-37


HONOURS1. Candidates for Honours are required to take Statistics 2

and to present a graduating essay embodying the results of someinvestigation that they have made independently. Credit for thegraduating essay will be 3 units. These requirements take theplace of the options offered to General Course students under (c)and (d) above.

2. Candidates for Honours are required at the end of theirFourth Year to take a general examination, oral or written orboth. This examination is designed to test the student's knowledgeof his chosen subject as a whole and is in addition to the ordinaryclass examinations of the Third and Fourth Years.

3. Honours are of two grades—First Class and Second Class.First Class Honours will not be given unless the Graduating Essayis First Class nor will Second Class Honours be given unless theGraduating Essay is at least Second Class. Students who, in theopinion of the department, have not attained a sufficiently highranking for Honours may be awarded a General Course degree.

COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF M.A.1. Candidates for the M.A. degree must hold the B.A. degree

from this University, or its equivalent. Students, however, whohave not more than six units of the undergraduate course to com-plete will be allowed to take courses counting toward a graduatedegree ; but these courses will not be counted as graduate creditsuntil the students have registered as graduate students.

2. A graduate of another university applying for permissionto enter as a graduate student is required to submit with hisapplication, on or before September 1, an official statement of hisgraduation together with a certificate of the standing gained inthe several subjects of his course. The Faculty will determinethe standing of such a student in this University. The fee forexamination of certificates is $2.00. This fee must accompany theapplication.

3. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records whoproceed to the Master's degree shall be required :

To spend one year in resident graduate study ; or(i) To do two or more years of private work under the

supervision of the University, such work to be equiva-lent to one year of graduate study; or

(ii) To do one year of private work under Universitysupervision and one term of resident graduate study,

1936

-37

COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF M.A.^77

the total of such work to be equivalent to one year ofresident graduate study.

4. A major, including a thesis, and a minor shall be required.In general the minor shall be taken outside the Department inwhich the student is taking his major, but special permission maybe given to take both major and minor in the same Department,provided the subjects are different and are under different pro-fessors. The major or the minor may, with the consent of theDepartment or the Departments concerned, be extended to includework in an allied subject.

Candidates must have their courses approved by the Heads ofthe Departments concerned, by the Committee on Graduate Studies,and by the Dean. Special forms of "Application for a CourseLeading to the Master's Degree" may be obtained from the Regis-trar's office.

5. Two typewritten copies of each thesis, on standardized thesispaper, shall be submitted. (See special circular of "Instructionsfor the Preparation of Masters' Theses.")

6. Application for admission as a graduate student shall bemade to the Registrar on or before October 1.

7. The following minimum requirements apply to all Depart-ments. For the details of the special requirements of the variousDepartments see pages 78-82.Prerequisites:

For a minor at least six units and for a major at least eightunits of courses regularly offered in the Third and Fourth Years.

A standing of at least Second Class must have been obtainedin each course.

Students who have not fulfilled the requirements outlined aboveduring their undergraduate course may fulfil them by devotingmore than one academic year's study to the M.A. work.

M.A. Courses:For a minor five or six units and for a major nine or ten units

of courses regularly offered in the Third and Fourth Years, or ofGraduate courses or of equivalents in reading courses.

The thesis shall count from three to six units.A total of at least fifteen units is required with at least Second

Class standing in the work of the major and in the work of theminor.

There shall be a general examination on the major field.Examinations may be written or oral or both.

1936

-37


Languages: No candidate will receive the degree of M.A. whohas not satisfied the Head of the Department in which he is major-ing of his ability to read technical articles either in French or inGerman.

8. Philosophy 7 and Psychology 4 will be accepted as pre-requisites for a minor in Education, if these subjects have notalready been counted as prerequisites towards a major or a minorin Philosophy.

Graduate students, who are Assistants, giving not more thanfour hours a week of tutorial instruction, are permitted to qualifyfor the M.A. degree after one regular winter session of Universityattendance, provided they have done, in the summer vacation,research work of a nature and extent satisfactory to the Head ofthe Department concerned. Such students must be registered asgraduate students and must have secured the approval of theHead of the Department concerned and of the Faculty beforeentering upon the research in question. Other graduate studentsdoing tutorial work shall not be allowed to come up for final exam-ination in less than two academic years after registration as M.A.students.

The following special requirements are prescribed by differentdepartments :

BacteriologyPrerequisites:

Minor : A minimum of six units in the Department, amongwhich Bacteriology 2 must be included.

Major : Bacteriology 2, and six additional units in the Depart-ment.

M.A. Course:Minor : A minimum of five units chosen in consultation with

the Department.Major : Thesis, three to six units, and other courses to com-

plete the required units.

Biology (Botany Option)Prerequisites:

Minor: Biology I (a), and six additional units in Botany andZoology.

Major : Biology 1 (a), Botany 1, and eight additional units,including Zoology 1.

1936

-37


M.A. Course:Minor: A minimum of five units chosen in consultation with

the Department.Major: Thesis, at least five units, and other courses to complete

the required units.

Biology (Zoology Option)Prerequisites:

Minor : Biology 1 (a), and six additional units in Botany andZoology.

Major: Biology 1 (a), Zoology 1, and eight additional units,including Botany 1.

M.A. Course:Minor: A minimum of five units chosen in consultation with

the Department.Major : Thesis, at least five units, and other courses to com-

plete the required number of units.

ChemistryPrerequisites:

Minor: Six units of work regularly offered in the Third andFourth Years.

Major : Honour standing in Chemistry.M.A. Course:

Minor: At least six units of work regularly offered in theThird and Fourth Years.

Major : Nine or ten units in advanced courses in Chemistry,including a thesis.

EconomicsPrerequisites:

Minor : A minimum of fifteen units of work in subjects inthe Department, or an equivalent. The fifteen unitsmust include Economics 4, Economics 9, and Statistics1.

Major: Honours in Economics; or in Economics in combina-tion with some other subject ; or an equivalent.

Economics and Political SciencePrerequisites:

Minor : A minimum of fifteen units in the Department (or anequivalent), including Government 1 and Statistics 1.

1936

-37


Major: Honours in Economics and Political Science; or inEconomics; or in Economics in combination with someother subject; or an equivalent.

M.A. Course:All candidates for the Master's degree in this Department must

attend the Honour Seminar.

EducationPrerequisites:

Minor : Six units chosen from the following : Education10, Education 11, Education 12, Philosophy 7,Psychology 4.

Major : Teacher Training Course or its equivalent andPhilosophy 7.

M.A. Course:Minor : (a) With the consent of the Head of the Department

in which the candidate is taking his major, theTeacher Training Course with at least second classstanding in Education 10, 11 and 12 will be ac-cepted for both the prerequisites and the course ;or (b) any six units chosen from Education 10, 11,12, 20, 21, 22, 23 ; Philosophy 7, Psychology 4.

Major : Any three of the graduate courses and a thesis(3 units).

NOTE :—The Teacher Training Course may not be counted as aminor if Education is taken as the major.

EnglishPrerequisites:

Minor - At least nine units of credit for English courseselective in the Third and Fourth years of the under-graduate curriculum.

Major : At least fifteen units of credit for courses elective inthe Third and Fourth years.

M.A. Course:Minor : Six units of credit in advanced courses in English not

already taken.Major : (a) Twelve units of credit in advanced courses not

already taken, one of which courses must be Eng-lish 21a, or its equivalent, if this has not beenpreviously offered for credit.

(b) A -graduating essay which will count as an ad-vanced course involving three units of credit.

1936

-37


(c) Oral examinations on the history of EnglishLiterature.

(d) A reading knowledge of either French or German.A student who offers both languages will beallowed three units of credit towards the M.A.degree.

FrenchPrerequisites:

Minor: Six units of work in Third and Fourth Year French.Major : Twelve units of work in Third and Fourth Year

French.M.A. Course:

Minor : Six units of credit in advanced courses in French notalready chosen for undergraduate credit.

Major : At least nine units of credit for advanced courses,which must include:(a) A thesis in French on a subject approved by the

Head of the Department (3 units) ;(b) A detailed study of the Medieval and Renaissance

authors listed under French 5 (b);(c) The study of some special subject not related to

the subject matter of the candidate's thesis.For this purpose candidates are advised to select French5. (c), History of French. Literary Criticism (3 units).

NOTE :-A sound general knowledge of French literary historyis an essential part of a candidate's qualifications for the M.A.degree in French, and none will be recommended for that degreewho has not satisfied the Department that he possesses it.

It is further desirable that candidates for this degree acquirea reading knowledge of another foreign language, preferablyGerman.

HistoryPrerequisites:

Minor : Three courses (nine units) to be chosen from History10 to 20 inclusive.

Major : Four courses (twelve units) to be chosen from History10 to 20 inclusive.

M.A. Course:Minor : Two courses (six units) to be chosen from History 10

to 20 inclusive, or the equivalent in Reading Courses.

1936

-37


Major : Two related courses (six units) to be chosen fromHistory 10 to 20 inclusive, or the equivalent in Read-ing Courses, and a thesis embodying original work towhich 3 units of credit are given. All candidates fora major in History who have not already done somust attend the Honours Seminar in HistoricalMethod, and the M.A. Seminar, History 23, or submitto an examination on a parallel Reading Course ap-proved by the Department.

MathematicsPrerequisites:

Minor : Mathematics 10 and at least two other HonourCourses.

Major : Candidates must have completed the Honour Coursein Mathematics, or its equivalent.

In advanced work a reading knowledge of French andGerman is desirable.

M.A. Course:Minor : Six units chosen from the Honour Courses and includ-

ing Mathematics 16.Major : Any four of the graduate courses and a thesis.

PhysicsPrerequisites:

Minor : Physics 3 and 5 and at least two more units of workregularly offered in the Third or Fourth Year.

Major : At least eight units of work regularly offered in theThird and Fourth Years.

M.A. Course:Minor : Six units of work in advanced courses in Physics not

already taken.Major : (a) At least six units of work in the graduate courses.

(b) A thesis.

TEACHER TRAINING COURSECandidates qualifying for the "Academic Certificate" (given

by the Provincial Department of Education, Victoria, on the com-pletion of the Teacher Training Course) take the courses prescribedon pages 112, 113.

Registration for the Teacher Training Course is limited to sixty(60). Applications for admission, on forms to be obtained from the

1936

-37

TEACHER TRAINING COURSE^83

Registrar's office, should be made to the Registrar on or beforeSeptember 1st.

1. REGISTRATIONDocumentary evidence of graduation in Arts or Science from

a recognized university must be submitted to the Registrar by allcandidates other than graduates of the University of BritishColumbia. All correspondence in connection with the TeacherTraining Course should be addressed to the Registrar.

2. CERTIFICATES AND STANDINGAt the close of the University session successful candidates in

the Teacher Training Course will be recommended to the Facultyof Arts and Science for the University Diploma in Education andto the Provincial Department of Education for the Academic Cer-tificate. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: FirstClass, an average of 80 per cent. or over ; Second Class, 65 to 80per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.

All students registered in the Teacher Training Course at theUniversity are entitled to the privileges accorded to students inthe various faculties, and are also subject to the regulations of theUniversity regarding discipline and attendance at lectures.

In the case of students who have completed the Teacher Train-ing Course, First or Second Class standing in each of Education10, 11 and 12 is accepted as equivalent to a minor for an M.A.degree, subject in each case to the consent of the Head of theDepartment in which the student wishes to take his major.

3. PREPARATORY COURSESStudents who intend to proceed to the Teacher Training Course

are required to take Psychology 1 as prerequisite to EducationalPsychology.

Candidates will not be admitted to courses in High SchoolMethods unless they have obtained at least nine (9) units of creditin each of the corresponding subjects from the academic coursesnormally offered in the Third and Fourth Years. [The academiccourses referred to above are Biology (including Botany andZoology), Chemistry, Latin (including Greek), English, History,Mathematics, French, German, Physics, Agriculture.] Candidatesoffering History may substitute six units of Economics for threeunits of History, subject to the approval of their courses by theHeads of the Departments of History and Economics.

Students planning to enter the Teacher Training Coursethrough Agriculture must have obtained at least nine (9) unitsof credit in Agriculture in addition to Agriculture 1 and 2, and

1936

-37


at least nine (9) units of credit in any one of the following sub-jects: Chemistry, Physics or Biology (including Botany andZoology) in addition to Chemistry 1, Physics 1 or 2, and Biology1 (a).

In addition to the above, prospective candidates for the TeacherTraining Course are required to select undergraduate courses insuch a way that, in addition to English 1 and 2, they will haveobtained either six units of credit in one, or three units of creditin each of two of the following : English, Mathematics, Matricu-lation Language, Social Sciences (History, Economics, PoliticalScience, and Sociology).

A description of the courses offered is given under Departmentof Education.

COURSE LEADING TO THE SOCIALSERVICE DIPLOMA

The Diploma in Social Service will be granted on the comple-tion of courses amounting to 45 units chosen in conformity withthe following outline:First Year:

Biology 1 (a) (Introductory Biology)^3 unitsEconomies 1 (General Economics)^ 3 unitsEnglish 1 (Literature and Composition)^3 unitsMathematics 1 (Introductory Mathematics)^3 unitsThe first course in a language offered for matriculation

(Latin or French or German or Greek)^3 unitsNOTE :—Chemistry 1 or Physics 1 or 2 may be substituted for

Biology 1 (a) by permission of Faculty.

Second Year:Psychology 1 (Elementary Psychology)^3 unitsSociology 1 (Introduction to Sociology)^3 unitsNursing 27 (The Family)^ 1 unitSocial Service 1 (Introductory and Historical)^2 unitsSocial Service 2 (Case Work)^ 2 unitsSocial Service 3 (Child Welfare)^ 1 unitSocial Service 4, 8 (Hygiene)^ 2 unitsSocial Service 9 (Field Work Seminar)^1 unit

Third Year:Psychology 4 (Child Psychology)^ 3 unitsEconomics 3 (Labour Problems) or

Sociology 3 (Urban Community)^ 3 units

1936

-37

EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT^85

Nursing B 5 (Mental Hygiene)Social Service 5 (Advanced Case Work)Social Service 6 (Advanced Child Welfare)Social Service 7 (Group Work)Social Service 10 (Field Work Seminar)Social Service 11 (Administration)Social Service 12 (Social Legislation)Social Service 13 (Public Welfare Seminar)

1 unit1 unit1 unit1 unit2 units1 unit1 unit1 unit

NOTE :—Three other units selected from the Social Sciences maybe substituted for Economics 3 by permission of Faculty.

Students registered in the Combined Course in Nursing whohave completed the third and fourth year of professional work willbe granted the Social Service Diploma in one Winter Session andthe succeeding Summer Session on the completion of the followingcourses:

Social Service 1 to 13 inclusive 17 unitsMature persons with some experience in social work may (sub-

ject to the approval of the Department of Economics) take indi-vidual courses as Partial students, but are not eligible for theDiploma unless they have satisfied matriculation requirements.

A minimum of eight hours' field work each week for four termsis required. A student must, in addition, spend two months withan accredited social agency as a full-time worker under supervisionprior to registration for the technical courses of the second year.The agency is not responsible for expenses (such as carfare) inci-dent to the field work.

Graduates in Arts and Science, who have some experience insocial work, and who have taken as part of their undergraduatecourses a sufficient number of the subjects required for the Diplomain Social Service to enable them to devote additional time to fieldwork, may be allowed to obtain the Diploma in one Winter Sessionand the succeeding Summer Session.

EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT1. Examinations in all subjects, obligatory for all students, are

held in April. In the case of subjects which are final at Christmasand in the case of courses of the First and Second years, examina-tions will be held in December as well. Applications for specialconsideration on account of illness or domestic affliction must besubmitted to the Dean not later than two days after the close ofthe examination period. In cases where illness is the plea forabsence from examinations, a medical certificate must be presentedon the appropriate form which may be obtained from the Dean'soffice.

2. The passing mark will be 50 per cent. in each subject, except

1936

-37


in the case of First and Second Year students who, during onesession, do 15 units of regular work, in which case a percentageof 50 or more will be required in each subject or a general averageof 60 per cent. and not less than 40 per cent. in each subject. InBeginners' German, Beginners' Greek, and Beginners' Latin, how-ever, the passing mark is 50 per cent. In any course which involvesboth laboratory work and written examinations, students may bedebarred from examinations if they fail to present satisfactoryresults in laboratory work, and they will be required to pass in bothparts of the course.

3. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: First Class,an average of 80 per cent. or over ; Second Class, 65 to 80 per cent.;Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.

4. A student who makes 50 per cent. of the total required fora full year's work (at least 15 units chosen in conformity withCalendar regulations), but who fails in an individual subject willbe granted a supplemental examination in that subject if he hasnot fallen below 30 per cent. in that subject. If his mark is below30 per cent. a supplemental examination will not be granted.Notice will be sent to all students to whom supplemental examina-tions have been granted.

A student who makes less than 50 per cent. of the total requiredfor a full year's work (15 units) will not be allowed a supplementalexamination.

5. A request for the re-reading of an answer paper must beforwarded to the Registrar WITHIN FOUR WEEKS after theresults of the examinations are announced. Each applicant muststate clearly his reasons for making such a request in view of thefact that the paper of a candidate who makes less than a passingmark in a subject is read at least a second time before results aretabulated and announced. A re-reading of an examination paperwill be granted only with the consent of the Head of the Depart-ment concerned. The fee for re-reading a paper is $2.00.

6. Supplemental Examinations will be held in September inrespect of Winter Session examinations, and in June or Julyin respect of Summer Session examinations. In the Teacher Train-ing Course, Supplemental Examinations will be held not earlierthan the third week in June. To pass a supplemental examina-tion a candidate must obtain at least 50 per cent.

In the first three years a candidate who has been granted asupplemental may try the supplemental only once. If he failsin the supplemental, he must either repeat his attendance in thecourse or substitute an alternative chosen in accordance withCalendar regulations. In the case of Fourth Year students two

1936

-37

EXAMINA.TIONS AND ADVANCEMENT^87

supplemental examinations in respect of the same course will beallowed.

A candidate with a supplemental examination outstanding inany subject which is on the Summer Session curriculum may clearhis record by attending the Summer Session course in the subjectand passing the required examinations.

7. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied bythe necessary fees (see Schedule of Fees), must be in the handsof the Registrar by August 15.

8. No student may enter a higher year with standing defectivein respect of more than 3 units. (See regulations in regard toadvancement to Third Year Commerce, page 74, and in referenceto admission to Second Year Applied Science, page 64.

No student who has failures or supplementals outstanding inmore than 3 units, or who has any failure or supplemental out-standing for more than a year of registered attendance, shall beallowed to register for more than 15 units of work, these units toinclude either the subject (or subjects) in which he is conditionedor permissible substitutes. But a student in the Fourth Year willbe permitted to register for 15 units of work in the Fourth Year,even though he may have failures or supplementals outstandingagainst him, providing that these failures or supplementals do notcarry more than three units of credit and that they do not involvethe repetition of a course. Such a student shall not be permitted tocomplete his examinations until September.

9. A student may not continue in a later year any subject inwhich he has a supplemental examination outstanding from anearlier year, except in the case of compulsory subjects in theSecond Year.

10. A student who is not allowed to proceed to a higher yearmay not register as a partial student in respect of the subjects ofthat higher year. But a student who is required to repeat his yearwill be exempt from attending lectures and passing examinationsin subjects in which he has already made at least 50 per cent. Inthis case he may take, in addition to the subjects of the year whichhe is repeating, certain subjects of the following year.

11. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year may,upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by theSenate to withdraw from the University.

12. Any student whose academic record, as determined by thetests and examinations of the first term of the First or SecondYear, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendationof the Faculty, be required by the Senate to discontinue attendanceat the University for the remainder of the session. Such a student

1936

-37


will not be readmitted to the University as long as any supple-mentary examinations are outstanding.

13. Term essays and examination papers will be refused apassing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English; and, inthis event, students will be required to pass a special examinationin English to be set by the Department of English.

DEPARTMENTS IN ARTS AND SCIENCEDepartment of Bacteriology and Preventive Medicine

Associate Professor: C. E. Dolman.Assistant Professor: D. C. B. Duff.Instructor: Helen M. Mathews.Laboratory Assistant: Howard J. Horn.

1. Introductory Bacteriology.—A course consisting of lectures,demonstrations, and laboratory work.

The history of bacteriology, the place of bacteria in nature, theclassification of bacterial forms, methods of culture and isolation,the relationship of bacteria to agriculture, to industrial processes,to household and veterinary science, and to public health andsanitation.

Reference : Lutman, Microbiology, McGraw-Hill, latest edition.Prerequisites : Chemistry 1, and Biology 1 (a), the latter of

which may be taken concurrently.One lecture and four hours laboratory a week.^3 units.2. Immunology.—A course consisting of lectures, demonstra-

tions, and laboratory work.The protective reactions of the animal body against pathogenic

micro-organisms. Cellular and humoral immunity. The course willinclude demonstrations of immunity, and of various diagnosticmethods used in public health laboratories.

Reference works: Park, Williams & Krumwiede, PathogenicMicro-organisms, Lea & Febiger, latest edition ; Topley & Wilson,Principles of Bacteriology and Immunity, Wm. Wood & Co., latestedition ; Wadsworth, Standard Methods, Williams & Wilkins,latest edition.

Prerequisite : Bacteriology 1.One lecture and four hours laboratory a week.^3 units.

3. Bacteriology in Relation to Health and Disease.—A specialcourse for Combined Course Nursing students only.

One lecture and four hours laboratory a week.^3 units.4. Dairy Bacteriology.(a) The bacteriology of milk ; sources of bacteria in milk, and

1936

-37

BACTERIOLOGY AND PREVENTIVE MEDICINE^89

quantitative and qualitative determinations of the bacterial con-tent of milk; normal and abnormal fermentations of milk and astudy of certain organisms responsible therefor.

Reference works: Orla-Jensen, Dairy Bacteriology, J. and A.Churchill, latest edition ; Hammer, Dairy Bacteriology, John Wiley& Sons, latest edition.

Prerequisite : Bacteriology 1.Four hours a week. First Term.^ 11/2 units.[This course is the same as Dairying 4. (a).]

(b) The physical and chemical properties of milk and theirinfluence on the growth of bacteria in milk and in milk products.The handling and management of milk for city consumption ;grading of milk and milk products on bacterial standards.

Reference : Rogers, Fundamentals of Dairy Science, A. C. S.Monograph, latest edition.

Prerequisite : Bacteriology 1.Four hours a week. Second Term.^11/2 units.[This course is the same as Dairying 4. (b).]

5. Advancd Bacteriology and Immunology.—A course of lec-tures, demonstrations, and laboratory work, on the antigenic struc-ture of bacteria; serological reactions; theories of susceptibilityand immunity ; sensitization; preparation and assay of bacterialtoxins, toxoids, and antitoxins.

Reference works: Topley, Outline of Immunity, EdwardArnold & Co., 1933 edition ; A System of Bacteriology, MedicalResearch Council. H. M. Stationery Office, latest edition.

Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 2, with at least second classstanding in Bacteriology 2.^ 3 units.

6. Soil Bacteriology.—A laboratory and lecture course, in whichthe bacteria of soils are studied qualitatively and quantitatively,with special reference to soil fertility.

Text-book: Lohnis and Fred, Text-book of Agricultural Bac-teriology, McGraw-Hill, latest edition.

Prerequisite : Bacteriology 1.Five hours a week.^ 3 units.(This course is the same as Agronomy 20.)

7. Advanced Dairy Bacteriology. — The ripening of hard-pressed cheese and a systematic study of the lactic acid bacteria.

Reference: Orla-Jensen, The Lactic Acid Bacteria, Copen-hagen.

Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 4 (a).One lecture and two laboratories per week.^3 units.(This course is the same as Dairying 7.)

1936

-37


8. Reading Course in Bacteriology.—A directed reading coursein some advanced problem within the scope of bacteriology andpreventive medicine. No class instruction will be given, but regularmeetings will be held for critical discussion, and there will be anexamination, either written or oral.

Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 2. Also one of Bacteriology5, 9 or 10, with which this course may run concurrently.^3 units.

9. Microbiological Physiology.—Lectures and laboratory workon bacteria, yeasts and moulds. Growth phases, growth rates, andrates of metabolic activity under defined conditions, with refer-ence where possible to industrial applications. Use of mathematicalmethods in planning investigations, and in expressing and evalu-ating results.

Prerequisites: Bacteriology 1 and 2.Five hours a week. First Term.^ 11/2 units.

10. Pathology of Infection.—A course of lectures and demon-strations. Stages in the development of infections in the animalbody, illustrated by post-mortem specimens, and by microscopicsections. Modes of conveyance of communicable infections, con-sidered in relation to the prevention of disease.

Prerequisites : Bacteriology 1 and 2.Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Second Term.

11/2 units

Department of BotanyProfessor: A. H. Hutchinson.Associate Professor: Frank Dickson.Associate Professor: John Davidson.Instructor: E. Miriam R. Ashton.Assistant: Bertram B. Hillary.Assistant: Charlotte Dill.Assistant: Wilfred Jack.Assistant: Dorothy Buchanan.Assistant: J. H. Barclay.Assistant: Richard W. Pillsbury.Assistant: Norah Hughes.Assistant: Clifford Carl.

Biology1. (a) Introductory Biology.—The course is introductory to

more advanced work in Botany or Zoology; also to courses closelyrelated to Biological Science, such as Agriculture, Forestry,Medicine.

The fundamental principles of Biology; the interrelationship

1936

-37

BOTANY^ 91

of plants and animals ; life processes ; the cell and division oflabour ; life-histories ; relation to environment.

The course is prerequisite to all courses in Botany and Zoology.A list of Reference Books is supplied.Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week.^3 units.

1. (b) General Biology. — A course designed to supplementBiology 1 (a) and to give a general background for teachers ofHigh School Biology and Health. An introduction to the studyof the morphology, histology, physiology and ecology of plants andanimals.

A list of Reference Books is supplied.Prerequisite : Biology 1 (a).Two lectures and two laboratory hours a week.^3 units.

2. (a) Principles of Genetics.—The fundamentals of Geneticsillustrated by the race histories of certain plants and animals ;the physical basis of heredity ; variations; mutations ; acquiredcharacters ; Mendel's law with suggested applications.

Text-book: Castle, Genetics and Eugenics, Harvard Press.Prerequisite : Biology 1 (a).Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. First Term.

1 1/2 units.

2. (b) Principles of Genetics.—A continuation of the studiesof genetic principles with suggested applications. A lecture andlaboratory course. The laboratory work will consist of problems,examination of illustrative material and experiments with Droso-phila.

Text-book : Sinnott and Dunn, Principles of Genetics, McGraw-Hill.

Prerequisite : Biology 2 (a).One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.

1 1/2 units.2. (c) An introduction to genetical methods.Prerequisite : Biology 2 (a) and 2 (b).One lecture and two hours laboratory a week.^2 units.2. (d) A review of advanced phases and the more recent de-

velopments in genetics.Prerequisite : Biology 2 (b).Two hours a week. First Term.^ 1 unit.3. General Physiology. — A study of animal and plant life

processes. Open to students of Third and Fourth years havingprerequisite Biology, Chemistry and Physics; the Departmentshould be consulted.

1936

-37

92^FACULTY Or ARTS AND SCIENCE

Text-book : Bayliss, Principles of General Physiology, Long-mans, Green.

Three lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Referencereading. Second term.^ 3 units.

Botany1. General Botany.—A course including a general survey of

the several fields of Botany and introductory to more specializedcourses in Botany.

This course is prerequisite to all other courses in Botany, exceptthe Evening Course. Partial credit (2 units) toward Botany 1may be obtained through the Evening Course.

Text-book : Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,Vol. I, University of Chicago Press.

Prerequisite : Biology 1 (a).Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week.^3 units.

2. Morphology.—A comparative study of plant structures. Therelationship of plant groups. Comparative life histories. Empha-sis is placed upon the increasing complexity of plant structures,from the lower to the higher forms, involving a progressive differ-entiation accompanied by an interdependence of parts.

Text-book : Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,Vol. I, University of Chicago Press.

Prerequisite : Botany 1.Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term.

2 units.(Not given in 1936-37.)

3. Plant Physiology.3. (a) A course dealing with the fundamental life processes

in plants, such as nutrition, photosynthesis, absorption, permea-bility, respiration, transpiration and growth. This course is pre-requisite for Botany 3 (b) and 3 (c).

Text-book : 0. Raber, Principles of Plant Physiology, 1929,Macmillan.

Prerequisite: Botany 1.Two lectures and four hours laboratory work a week. First

Term.^ 2 units.3. (b) This course comprises a more advanced study of the

organic constituents of plants and the physiological changes occur-ring during plant growth. (Same as Horticulture 41.)

Prerequisite : Botany 3 (a).Two lectures and four hours laboratory work a week. First

Term.^ 2 units.

1936

-37

BOTANY^ 93

3. (c). An advanced course to supplement 3 (a) and designedto train students of the plant sciences in an understanding of theinterrelationship of plants and soils. (Same as Horticulture 42.)

Prerequisite: Botany 3 (a).Two lectures and four hours laboratory work a week. Second

Term.^ 2 units.4. Histology.—A study of the structure and development of

plants; methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning, staining,mounting, drawing, reconstruction. Use of microscope, cameralucida, photo-micrographic apparatus.

Text-books: Eames and McDaniels, Introduction to PlantAnatomy, McGraw -Hill. Chamberlain, Methods in Plant Histology,University of Chicago Press.

Prerequisite: Botany 1.Seven hours a week. Second Term.^2 units.

5. Systematic Botany.5. (a) Economic Flora.—An introduction to the classification

of plants through a study of selected families of economic plantsof British Columbia ; useful for food, fodder, medicine and indus-trial arts; harmful to crops and stock. Weeds, and poisonousplants. Methods of control.

Prerequisite : Botany 1.Texts: Jepson, Economic Plants of California, University of

California ; Thomson & Sifton, Poisonous Plants and Weed Seeds,University of Toronto Press.

Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. First Term.11/2 units.

5. (b) Dendrology.—A study of the forest trees of Canada,the common shrubs of British Columbia, the important trees ofthe United States which are not native to Canada. Emphasis onthe species of economic importance. Identification, distribution,relative importance, construction of keys.

Prerequisite : Botany 1.Text-books: Morton & Lewis, Native Trees of Canada, Dominion

Forestry Branch, Ottawa ; Sudworth, Forest Trees of the PacificSlope, Superintendent of Documents, Washington ; Davidson andAbercrombie, Conifers, Junipers and Yew, T. F. Unwin; Trealease,The Woody Plants, Urbana.

One lecture and one period of two or three hours laboratoryor field work a week.^ 2 units.

5. (c) Descriptive Taxonomy.—An advanced course dealingwith the collection, preparation and classification of "floweringplants". Methods of field, herbarium and laboratory work. Plantdescription, the use of floras, preparation of keys, identification

1936

-37


of species. Systems of classification. Nomenclature.Prerequisites : Botany 5 (a).Texts: Hitchcock, Descriptive Systematic Botany, Wiley &

Sons ; Henry, Flora of Southern British Columbia , Gage, Toronto.One lecture and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.

1 1/2 units.6. (b) Forest Pathology.—Nature, identification and control of

the more important tree-destroying fungi and other plant parasitesof the forest.

Text-book : Rankin, Manual of Tree Diseases, Macmillan.One lecture and two hours laboratory a week during one-half

of the Second Term.^ 1/2 unit.

6. (c) Plant Pathology (Elementary).—A course dealing withbasic concepts of plant disease and plant disease control. A numberof economically important plant diseases are studied in detail.

Text-book : Heald; Manual of Plant Diseases, McGraw-Hill.Prerequisite : Botany 1.Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.

2 units.6 (d) Plant Pathology (Advanced).—A course designed for

Honour or Graduate students. Technique, isolation and culturework ; innoculations ; details concerning the various stages in theprogress of plant diseases ; a detailed study of control measures.

Prerequisite : Botany 6 (c).Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week.^3 units.6 (e) Mycology.—A course designed to give the student a

general knowledge of the fungi from a taxonomic point of view.Text-books : Stevens, Plant Disease Fungi, Macmillan.Prerequisite : Botany 1.Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Credit will be

given for a collection of fungi made during the summer precedingthe course. First Term. 2 units.

6 (f) History of Plant Pathology.—A lecture course dealingwith the history of the science of Plant Pathology from ancienttimes to the present.

Text-book : Whetzel, An Outline of the History of Phyto-pathology, Saunders.

Prerequisite : Botany 6 (c).One lecture a week. Second Term.^1/2 unit.7. Plant Ecology.7 (a) Forest Ecology and Geography.—The interrelations of

forest trees and their environment ; the ecological characteristicsof important forest trees ; forest associations ; types and regions;physiography.

1936

-37

CHEMISTRY^ 95

Reference books : Weaver and Clements, Plant Ecology, Mc-Graw-Hill; Whitford and Craig, Forests of British Columbia,Ottawa ; Zon and Sparhawk, Forests of the World, McGraw-Hill ;Hardy, The Geography of Plants, Oxford University Press.

Prerequisite : Botany 1.One lecture and one period of field and practical work a week.

First Term. 1 unit.

Evening and Short Courses in BotanyA course in General Botany, comprising approximately fifty

lectures, is open to all interested in the study of plant life of theProvince. No entrance examination and no previous knowledgeof the subject is required.

The course is designed to assist teachers, gardeners, foresters,and other lovers of outdoor life in the Province. As far as possible,illustrative material will be selected from the flora of BritishColumbia.

The classes meet every Tuesday evening during the Universitysession (September-May) from 7.30 to 9.30 p.m. Field or labora-tory work, under direction, is regarded as a regular part of thecourse.

No examination is required except in the case of Universitystudents desiring credit for this course. Biology 1 is a prerequisitein the case of students desiring credit for this course. This coursemay be substituted for the lecture part of Botany 1; but credit isnot given until the laboratory work is complete.

Other students desiring to ascertain their standing in the classmay apply for a written test.

A detailed statement of requirements and of work covered inthis course is issued as a separate circular. Copies may be had onrequest.

Department of ChemistryProfessor: R. H. Clark.Professor of Analytical Chemistry: E. H. Archibald.Associate Professor: W. F. Seyer.Associate Professor: M. J. Marshall.Assistant Professor: William Ure.Assistant: J. Norton Wilson.Assistant: John H. Fisher.Assistant: H. 0. McMahon.Assistant: Marvin D. Darrach.Assistant: John J. Pyle.Assistant: Gilbert Hooley.Assistant: William Ford.Assistant: Edwin Lovell.

Research Assistant: J. Allen Harris.1. General Chemistry.—The course comprises a general survey

of the whole field of Chemistry and is designed on the one hand

1936

-37


to provide a thorough groundwork for further study in the sciencesand on the other to give an insight into the methods of chemicalinvestigation, the fundamental theories and some important appli-cations such as are suitable to the needs of a cultural education.Students must reach the required standard in both lecture andlaboratory work.

Text-books : Smith's College Chemistry, revised by Kendall,1935 Edition, the Century Co. For the laboratory : Harris andUre, Experimental Chemistry for Colleges, McGraw-Hill.

Three lectures and two and one-half hours laboratory a week.3 units.

2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.(a) Qualitative Analysis.—A study of the chemical reactions

of the common metallic and acid radicals, together with the theor-etical considerations involved in these reactions.

Text-book : A. A. Noyes, Qualitative Analysis, Macmillan.Reference : Miller, The Elementary Theory of Qualitative

Analysis, The Century Co.One lecture and six hours laboratory a week. First Term.(b) Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the more

important methods of gravimetric and volumetric analysis.Text-book : Willard and Furman, Quantitative Analysis, Van

Nostrand.Prerequisite : Chemistry 1.One lecture and six hours laboratory a week. Second Term.

3 units.Course (b) must be preceded by Course (a).

3. Organic Chemistry.—This introduction to the study of thecompounds of carbon will include the methods of preparation anda description of the more important groups of compounds in boththe aliphatic and the aromatic series.

Chemistry 3 will only be given to those students taking Chem-istry 2, or those who have had the equivalent of Chemistry 2.

Text-books: Holleman-Walker, Text-book of Organic Chem-istry, Wiley ; Gatterman-Wielands, Laboratory Methods of OrganicChemistry, Macmillan

Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week.^3 units.4 (a) Theoretical Chemistry.—An introductory course in the

development of modern theoretical chemistry, including a studyof gases, liquids and solids, solutions, ionization and electricalconductivity, chemical equilibrium, kinetics of reactions, thermo-chemistry and thermodynamics, colloids.

1936

-37

CHEMISTRY^ 97

Text-book : Millard, Physical Chemistry for Colleges, McGraw-Hill.

Reference : Noyes and Sherrill, Chemical Principles, Macmillan.Laboratory text-books : Findlay, Practical, Physical Chem-

istry, Longmans ; and Sherrill, Laboratory Experiments on Phys-ical Chemical Principles, Macmillan.

Prerequisites : Chemistry 2 (except for students taking Honoursin Physics) and Mathematics 2. Honour students majoring inChemistry should take Mathematics 10 concurrently.

Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. 3 units.

4 (b) This course is the same as Chemistry 4 (a) with theomission of the laboratory, and is open only to students not takingHonours in Chemistry. 2 units.

5 Advanced Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.(a) Qualitative Analysis.—The work of this course will include

the detection and separation of the less common metals, particu-larly those that are important industrially.

One lecture and six hours laboratory a week. First Term.(b) Quantitative Analysis.—The determinations made will in-

clude the more difficult estimations in the analysis of rocks as wellas certain constituents of steel and alloys. The principles on whichanalytical chemistry is based will receive a more minute considera-tion than was possible in the elementary course.

Prerequisite : Chemistry 2.One lecture and six hours laboratory a week. Second Term.

3 units.

6. Industrial Chemistry.—Those industries which are depen-dent on the facts and principles of Chemistry will be consideredin as much detail as time will permit. The lectures will be supple-mented by visits to manufacturing establishments in the neighbour-hood, and it is hoped that some lectures will be given by specialistsin their respective fields.

Prerequisites: Chemistry 2, 3 and 4.Two lectures a week. 2 units.

7. Physical Chemistry.—This course is a continuation of Chem-istry 4 and treats in more detail the kinetic theory of gases, prop-erties of liquids and solids, elementary thermodynamics and ther-mochemistry, properties of solutions, theoretical electrochemistry,chemical equilibrium, kinetics of reactions, radioactivity.

Text-books : Getman, Outlines of Theoretical Chemistry, Wiley ;Noyes and Sherill, Chemical Principles, Macmillan. Referencefor Laboratory : Sherrill, Laboratory Experiments on Physico-

1936

-37


Chemical Principles, Macmillan ; Findlay, Practical Physical Chem-istry, Longmans.

Prerequisites : Chemistry 2; 3 and 4. Mathematics 10, whichmay be taken concurrently.

Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week.^3 units.

8. Electrochemistry.—(a) Solutions are studied from the stand-point of the osmotic and dissociation theories. The laws of elec-trolysis, electroplating, electromotive force, primary and secondarycells are considered in detail.

Text-books : LeBlanc, Elements of Electrochemistry, Mac-millan; Creighton-Fink, Theoretical Electrochemistry, Vol. I,Wiley ; Allmand, Appplied Electrochemistry, Longmans

Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term.1 1/2 units.

(b) As in Applied Science.

9 (a) Advanced Organic Chemistry.—The lectures will dealwith some of the more complex carbon compounds, such as thecarbohydrates and their stereochemical configurations, fats, pro-teins, ureides and purine derivatives and enzyme action.

Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. First Term.1 1/2 units.

9 (b) The terpenes and alkaloids will be considered. The morecomplicated types of organic reaction and various theoretical con-ceptions will be presented. In the laboratory some complex com-pounds will be prepared and quantitative determinations of carbon,hydrogen, nitrogen, sulphur and the halogens made.

Text-book : Cohen, Organic Chemistry, Arnold.Prerequisites : Chemistry 2 and 3.Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week. Second Term.

11/2 units.

10. History of Chemistry.—A general survey of the develop-ment of chemical knowledge from the earliest times up to thepresent day, with particular emphasis on chemical theory.

References : Moore, History of Chemistry, McGraw-Hill ; Camp-bell-Brown, History of Chemistry, Blakiston's Son.

Two hours a week. Second Term.^ 1 unit.

11. Physical Organic Chemistry.—Stereochemical theories willbe discussed in greater detail than in Chemistry 9, and chemicaland physico-chemical methods employed in determining the con-stitution of organic compounds will be studied. The electronicconception of valency as applied to organic compounds will beconsidered, and an outline of the work done in Electro-OrganicChemistry will be given.

1936

-37

CHEMISTRY^ 99

Prerequisites : Chemistry 7 and 9.One hour a week.^ 1 unit.

(Given in 1937-38 and alternate years.)

PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS

12. Colloid Chemistry.—A consideration of the principles whichunderlie the behaviour of disperse systems and reactions at surfacesincluding electro - capillary phenomena, preparation of colloids,Brownian movement, surface tension, adsorption, emulsions, mem-brane equilibria and gels.

References: Thomas, Colloid Chemistry, McGraw-Hill ; Sved-berg, Colloid Chemistry, Chemical Catalog Co. ; Freundlich, ColloidChemistry, Methuen.

Prerequisites: Chemistry 3 and 4.Two hours a week. First Term.^ 1 unit.

17. Chemical Thermodynamics.—Study of first, second andthird laws. Derivation of fundamental equations and applicationgas laws, chemical equilibrium, theory of solutions, electro-chem-istry and capillarity.

Text-book : Lewis & Randall, Principles of Thermodynamics,McGraw-Hill.

Prerequisite : Chemistry 7.One lecture a week.^ 1 unit.


18. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry.—A more detailed treat-ment of chemistry of the metals than is possible in Chemistry 1,together with the Chemistry of the Rare Elements.

Prerequisites : Chemistry 2 and 4.Two lectures a week. First Term.^ 1 unit.


19. Biochemistry.—This course will deal with such topics as,some special applications of colloid chemistry to Biology, thedetermination of hydrogen-ion concentration, the chemical andphysical processes involved in the digestion, absorption and assimi-lation of foodstuffs in the animal body, the intermediate and ulti-mate products of metabolism, and nutrition.

Prerequisites: Chemistry 3 and 9 (a). Chemistry 9 (a) and19 may, on permission, be taken conjointly.

Two lectures a week. Second Term.^1 unit.(Given in 1936-37.)

20. Methods in Teaching High School Chemistry.—This courseis offered primarily for students in the Teacher Training Courseand does not carry undergraduate credit.

1936

-37


References : Black and Conant, Practical Chemistry, The Mac-millan Company. Smith's College Chemistry, revised by Kendall,1935 Edition. The Century Company.

Two lectures a week. First Term.

21. Chemical Kinetics.—The applications of statistical mechan-ics to chemical problems, such as the rates of thermal and photo-chemical reactions, and the emission and absorption of radiationby molecules. The Quantum theory as applied to molecular pro-cesses and band spectra.

Reference : Tolman, Statistical Mechanics with Applications toPhysics and Chemistry.

Two lectures a week. Second Term.^1 unit.(Given in 1936-37 and alternate years.)

22. Surface Chemistry.—Thermodynamics of surfaces, adsorp-tion equations, heats of adsorption, theory of combustion, clean-upof gases in vacuum tubes, reactions on hot filaments, theory ofcontact catalysis, industrial uses of adsorption phenomena.

References : McBain, The Sorption of Gases by Solids, Rout-ledge; Adam, The Physics and Chemistry of Surfaces; ClarendonPress, Oxford; Rideal, Surface Chemistry, University Press; Cam-bridge.

Prerequisite : Chemistry 7.One lecture per week.^ 1 unit.


Department of ClassicsProfessor: Lemuel Robertson.Professor: 0. J. Todd.Professor: H. T. Logan. (On leave of absence.)Instructor: Jean Auld.Instructor: Geoffrey Riddehough.

GreekBeginners' Greek.—White, First Greek Book, Chap. I-XLVIII,

Copp Clark.Four hours a week.^ 3 units.1. Lectures.—White, First Greek Book, Chap. XLIX-LXXX;

Xenophon, Anabasis IV, Marshall, Clarendon Press.Composition.—North and Hillard, Greek Prose Composition,

Rivington, exercises 1-21.History.—Robertson and Robertson, The Story of Greece and

Rome, Dent, Chap. I-XXXII.Four hours a week.^ 3 units.

1936

-37

CLASSICS^ 101

2. Lectures.—Homer, Iliad I, 304-611; Plato, Apology, Adam,Cambridge Elementary Classics.

Composition.—North and Hillard, Greek Prose Composition,Rivington, the "A" exercises through 31A. Selected passageswill occasionally be set for Unseen Translation.

Literature.—Norwood, The Writers of Greece.Four hours a week.^ 3 units.3. Lectures.—Thucydides, History, Book VII, Marchant, Mac-

millan; Sophocles, Antigone, Jebb and Shuckburgh, Cambridge;Euripides, Iphigenia at Aulis, Headlam, Cambridge.

Three hours a week.^ 3 units.(Given in 1936-37 and alternate years.)

5. Lectures.—Homer, Iliad (Selections), Monro, Iliad, 2 Vols.,Oxford; Greek Elegiac, Iambic, and Lyric Poets, Harvard; Demos-thenes, Third Olynthiac and Third Philippic, Butcher, Oxford(Vol. I ) .

Three hours a week.^ 3 units.(Given in 1937-38, and alternate years.)

6. Lectures.—Herodoti Historiae (selections), Hude, Oxford ;Lysiae Orationes XVI (selections), Shuckburgh, Macmillan; Aris-tophanes, The Birds, Hall and Geldart, Oxford. (Open only tothose who have taken or are taking Greek 3 or 5.)


7. Lectures.—Aristotle, Ars Poetica, Bywater, Oxford; Plato,The Republic (selections), Burnet, Oxford. (Open only to thosewho have taken or are taking Greek 3 or 5.)


8. Composition.—Obligatory for Honour students; to be takenin both Third and Fourth Years.^ 1 unit.

9. Greek History to 14 A.D.—The course will begin with abrief survey of contributory civilizations of pre-Hellenic timesand will include a study of social and political life in the Greekworld during the period. Knowledge of Greek is not prerequisite.

Text-book : M. L. W. Laistner, Greek History, Heath.Three hours a week.^ 3 units.


LatinBeginners' Latin.—This course is intended for students who have no previous

knowledge of Latin. It is open for credit only to students whohave not offered Latin for credit in Matriculation.

1936

-37


The aims of the course include : (1) a mastery of what is funda-mental in Latin Grammar and Composition and the learning of abasic Latin vocabulary ; and (2) a continuous correlation withEnglish—in a careful study of the origins and meanings of Englishwords derived from Latin and of the structure of the Englishsentence. Throughout the year frequent practice will be given intranslating from Latin to English selected passages of a progressivenature dealing with Rome and the Romans. During the latterpart of the year selections from Latin poetry will be read.

Texts: Collar and Daniell, First Year Latin, revised by Jenkins,Ginn ; Selections from Horace, Ullman, MacMillan.

Four hours a week.^ 3 units.(Not given in 1936-37.)

1. Lectures.—Cicero, Pro Lege Manilia, King, Clarendon Press ;Horace, Odes II, Page, MacMillan.

Composition. — Pilsbury, Latin Prose Composition, Chap.I-XXIV, Clarendon Press.

History.—Robertson and Robertson, The Story of Greece andRome, Dent, Chap. I-XXXII

Three hours a week.^ 3 units.

2. (a) Lectures.—Cicero, Catilinarian Orations, Upcott, Clar-endon Press; Virgil, Aeneid VI, Page, MacMillan.

History.—Robertson and Robertson, The Story of Greece andRome, Dent, Chap. XXXIII-LIV.


2. (b) Lectures.—Cicero, Catilinarian Orations, Upcott, Clar-endon Press; Virgil, Aeneid VI, Page, MacMillan.

History.—Robertson and Robertson, The Story of Greece andRome, Dent, Chap. XXXIII-LIV.

Composition.—Pilsbury, Latin Prose Composition, Chap XXV-XXXVIII, Clarendon Press.

All students are advised to provide themselves with Allen andGreenough, New Latin Grammar.


2 (a) and 2 (b) are alternate courses; students intending toread for Honours in the Third and Fourth Years are expected,and students intending to offer Latin as a subject in the Educationcourse, are advised to take Latin 2 (b).

3. Lectures.—Terence Phormio, Bond and Walpole, Mac-millan ; Virgil, Bucolius and Georgics, Page, Macmillan.


1936

-37

CLAssics^ 103

4. Lectures.—Tacitus, Histories, I, II, Godley, Macmillan;Horace, Epistles, Wilkins, Macmillan.

Literature.—Duff, Writers of Rome, Oxford.Three hours a week.^ 3 units.

(Given in 1937-38 and alternate years.)5. Lectures.—Cicero, Selected Letters, Pritchard and Bernard,

Clarendon Press; Juvenal, Satires, Duff, Cambridge.Three hours a week.^ 3 units.


6. Lectures. — Seneca, Select Letters, Summers, Macmillan;Garrod, Oxford Book of Latin Verse (selections), Oxford.


7. Lectures.—Roman History from 133 B.C. to 180 A.D.Text-books : A Short History of the Roman Republic, Heitland,

Cambridge; A Short History of the Roman Empire, Wells andBarrow, Methuen.

A knowledge of Latin is not prerequisite for this course.Three hours a week.^ 3 units.


8. Composition.—Obligatory for Honour students; to be takenin both Third and Fourth Years.

One lecture a week; individual conferences at the pleasure ofthe instructor.^ 1 unit.

9. Methods in High School Latin. Spring term only. Thiscourse is offered primarily for students in the Teacher TrainingCourse, and does not carry undergraduate credit. Readings to beassigned.

Two hours a week.

Department of Economics, Political Science,Commerce and Sociology

Professor: H. F. Angus.Professor: W. A. Carrothers. (On leave of absence.)Associate Professor: J. Friend Day.Associate Professor: C. W. Topping.Associate Professor: G. F. Drummond.Associate Professor: Robert England.Lecturer in Accountancy: Frederick Field.Lecturer in Commercial Law: F. K. Collins.Lecturer: John S. Allely.Assistant: Donald K. Bell.Assistant: Cecil N. Brennan.Assistant: Netta Harvey.

1936

-37


HONORARY LECTURERS :Mabel Blackley, Y.W.C.A. Training School, Part-time Lecturer

(Social Service Course).H. M. Cassidy, B.A. (U.B.C.), Ph.D. (Brookings), Part-time Lec-

turer (Social Service Course).Laura Holland, C.B.E., R.N., Cert. School of Social Work (Simmons

College), Part-time Lecturer (Social Service Course).Elizabeth King, B.A., M.A. (Acadia), Part-time Lecturer (Social

Service Course).Mary McPhedran, Diploma, Social Science Department (Toronto

University), Part-time Lecturer (Social Service Course).Miss Zella Collins, Diploma, Social Service Department (Toronto),

Part-time Lecturer (Social Service Course).

Economics1. Principles of Economics.—An introductory study of general

economic theory, including a survey of the principles of value,prices, money and banking, international trade, tariffs, monopoly,taxation, labour and wages, socialism, the control of railways andtrusts, etc.

Readings to be assigned.Additional readings will be assigned for students offering this

course for credit in the Third or Fourth Year.Economics 1 is the prerequisite for all other courses in this

department except Economics 2, but may be taken concurrentlywith Sociology 1, or with Government 1.


2. Economic History. — A survey of the factors of economicsignificance from earliest recorded times, leading to considerationof the more important phases of European organisation, withspecial reference to the Industrial Revolution, the progress ofagriculture, and resultant social conditions.

Southgate, English Economic History, Dent ; Toynbee, Indus-trial Revolution, Longmans ; Knowles, Industrial and CommercialRevolutions, Dutton; and assigned readings.

Three hours a week. Mr. Day.^ 3 units.

3. Labour Problems and Social Reform.—A study of the riseof the factory system and capitalistic production, and of the moreimportant phases of trade unionism in England, Canada and theUnited States. A critical analysis of various solutions of the labourproblem attempted and proposed ; profit-sharing, co-operation, arbi-tration and conciliation, scientific management, labour legislationand socialism.

Patterson, Social Aspects of Industry, McGraw-Hill ; and as-signed readings. Beveridge, Unemployment., Longmans.


1936

-37

ECONOMICS^ 105

4. Money and Banking. — The origin and development ofmoney. Banking principles and operations, laws of coinage, credit,price movements, foreign exchange. Banking policy in the leadingcountries, with particular reference to Canada.

Text : Rufener, Money and Banking in the United States,Houghton Mifflin.

Readings : G. D. H. Cole, What Everybody Wants to KnowAbout Money, London, Gollanez, 1933; L. D. Edie, Money, BankCredit and Prices, Harpers, New York, 1928; and Report of theRoyal Commission on Banking and Currency in Canada, Ottawa,1933.

Three hours a week. 3 units.

5. Government Finance.—An outline course dealing with theprinciples and methods of taxation, and administration of publicfunds. Topics examined include : Growth of taxation methods ;theories of justice in taxation, classification, increase, economiceffects and control of expenditures; property, business, personal,commodity and inheritance taxes, with reference to Canada,Britain and other countries ; the single tax ; double taxation ;shifting, incidence and economic effects of taxation; flotation,administration, conversion and redemption of government loans.

Text : To be assigned. H. L. Lutz, Public Finance.Readings : E. R. A. Seligman, Essays in Finance, 1925 ; H.

Dalton, Principles of Public Finance, 1929; A. Comstock, Taxationin the Modern State, 1931.

Three hours a week. 3 units.(May not be given in 1936-37.)

6. International Trade and Tariff Policy.—A survey of thetheory of international trade and the foreign exchanges; the bal-ance of trade, foreign investments and other fundamental factors ;the problem of Reparations and of War Debts ; the protectivetariff and commercial imperialism ; the commercial policy of theleading countries, with considerable attention to Canada

Taussig, International Trade, Macmillan ; Griffin, Principles ofForeign Trade, Macmillan ; Taussig, Selected Readings in Inter-national Trade and Tariff Problems, Ginn ; and assigned readings.

Three hours a week. Mr. Drummond. 3 units.

7. Corporation Economics. — Historical development of thedifferent forms of industrial organization, including the partner-ship, joint stock company and the corporation, and the laterdevelopments, such as the pool, trust, combination and holdingcompany. Methods of promotion and financing, over-capitalization,stock market activities, the public policy toward corporations, etc.

1936

-37


Readings to be assigned.Three hours a week.^ 3 units.

(Not given in 1936-37.)

9. History of Economic Thought.—A study of the developmentof modern economic theory, with special reference to the Mer-cantilists ; the Physiocrats ; Adam Smith ; the Classical School andits critics; the Historical School ; Jevons and Austrian School ;Marshall ; together with a study of recent trends in economicthought.

Text : W. A. Scott, The Development of Economics, New York,Century Co., 1933.

Readings : C. Gide & C. Rist, A History of Economic Doctrines,New York, D. C. Heath & Co., n.d. ; A. Gray, The Development ofEconomic Doctrine, London, Longmans, Green & Co., 1931; T.Veblen, The Place of Science in Modern Civilization, New York,Viking Press, 1930.


10. Economic Geography (formerly Geography 5).—A generalsurvey of the principal resources and industries of the world, withemphasis on those entering into international trade, leading to astudy of the principles and problems of transportation by sea.

MacFarlane, Economic Geography, latest edition, Pitman ; Chis-holm, Handbook of Commercial Geography, Longmans & Co. ; andassigned readings.

Three hours a week. Mr. Day. 3 units.

11. Transportation. — A comprehensive study of the funda-mentals of railroad development and organization, with the legaland economic problems involved; theory and practice of rate-making ; discriminations; factors in public control, etc.

Acworth, Elements of Railway Economics, Clarendon Press,Oxford; Jackman, Economics of Transportation, University ofToronto Press ; and assigned readings.

Three hours a week. 3 units.(Given in 1937-38 and alternate years.)

12. Statistics 1.— Statistical methods in relation to economicand social investigations. Statistical groups; types of average.Statistical series in time ; trend and fluctuation. Index numbers.Methods of measuring correlation. Elementary probabilities andthe normal curve of error. Problem of sampling.

Mills, F. C., Statistical Methods; Mills, F. C., and Davenport,D. H., A Manual of Problems and Tables in Statistics, Henry Holtand Company.

1936

-37

ECONOMICS^ 107

Prerequisite : Mathematics 2 or 3.One lecture and two hours laboratory work a week. Mr. Drum-

mond.^ 3 units.

13. Statistics 2.—This course is a continuation of Statistics 1,and aims at giving an understanding of statistical technique inits application to problems of business and economic research.It involves a study of more advanced methods of correlationanalysis, cyclical fluctuations and business forecasting. In additionto covering a wide course of reading, students will be required toconstruct tables, diagrams, etc., based on original data (officialor private) of the statistics of trade, production, sales, prices,wages, etc., and to write reports and précis.

Texts: Ezekiel, Methods of Correlation Analysis, John Wiley& Sons ; Riggleman and Frisbee, Business Statistics, McGraw-Hill ;Haney, Business Forecasting, Ginn & Co. ; Persons, The Problemof Business Forecasting, Houghton Mifflin ; Warren-Pearson, Prices,Wiley.

Brown, Bingham and Temnomeroff, Laboratory Hand Book ofStatistical Methods, McGraw-Hill.

Mills, Economic Tendencies in the United States, NationalBureau of Economic Research.

Assigned readings.Three hours a week. Mr. Drummond.^3 units.

Courses Open Only to Candidates for the Degreeof B.Com.

14. Accountancy 1.—An introductory course to give a broadperspective of accounting principles and methods, and to promotean intelligent appreciation of business transactions in their relationto the balance sheet and income account. Consideration is givento single , proprietorships and partnerships, with attention to thebasis of corporation organization from which the study of the finalyear in accounting can be developed.

Kester, Accounting Theory and Practice, Vol. I, Ronald Press;and assigned readings.

Prerequisites: Economics 2, Economics 10, Mathematics 3.Three hours a week. Mr. Day.^ 3 units.

15. Accountancy 2.—More advanced work in connection withthe accounting and financial problems of corporations, includingconsolidations; special reference to depreciation ; and the miscel-laneous details connected with balance sheet valuations in general.

Kester, Accounting Theory and Practice, Vol. II, Ronald Press;and assigned readings.

Prerequisite : Accountancy 1.Three hours a week. Mr. Field.^ 3 units.

1936

-37

108^FACULTY 010 ARTS AND SCIENCE

16. Accountancy 3.—A study of the principles involved in costaccounting, including the practical working through a model setof accounts and a consideration of the managerial use of costrecords.

Prerequisite : Accountancy 1.Three hours a week.^ 3 units.

(Not given in 1936-37.)17. Commercial Law 1.—The formation, operation, construc-

tion and discharge of contracts; bills and notes; agency; and com-pany law. If time permits, consideration will be given to theprinciples of bankruptcy law.


18. Commercial Law 2.—Sale of goods; fraudulent convey-ances; fraudulent preferences; bills of sale; assignment of bookaccounts; bulk sales; partnership ; trusts; certain principles inthe law of real property; mortgages, and landlord and tenant.


19. Marketing and Problems in Sales Management.—A detailedstudy of marketing functions, leading up to the analysis of prob-lems which have to be solved by sales executives.

Three hours a week. Mr. Day.^ 3 units.(Given in 1936-37 and alternate years.)

Agricultural Economics1. Agricultural Economics.—The principles of Economics as

applied to Agriculture; historical background, the agriculturalproblem; and some special topics, such as the agricultural surplus,production in relation to population growth, the farm income andthe share of Agriculture in the national income.

Taylor, Agricultural Economics, Macmillan.References and assigned readings from Gray, Carver, Nourse

and others.Three lectures a week. Mr. Clement.^3 units.

2. Marketing.—The principles of Marketing as applied to theindividual farm and to Agriculture as a whole. The general prin-ciples of Marketing, the marketing of agricultural products ascompared to wholesale and retail distribution of manufacturedgoods, the contributions of national Farmer Movements, co-oper-ative marketing as illustrated by the marketing of wheat, fruitand milk in Canada.

1936

-37

ECONOMICS^ 109

Hibbard, Marketing Agricultural Products, Appleton ; Mackin-tosh, Agricultural Co-operation in Western Canada, Ryerson Press,Toronto ; references and assigned readings from Macklin, Boyle,Benton, Black, Patton and others.

Three lectures a week. Mr. Clement.^3 units.

Government1. Constitutional Government. — This course deals with the

nature, origin and aims of the State ; and with the organization ofgovernment in the British Empire, the United States of America,France and Germany.

Readings to be assigned.Three hours a week. Mr. Angus.^ 3 units.2. Introduction to the Study of Law.—(a) A rapid survey of

Legal History. (b) Outlines of Jurisprudence.Readings to be assigned.Three hours a week. Mr Angus.^ 3 units.3. Imperial Problems. — A course on problems of government

within the British Empire.Readings to be assigned.Three hours a week. Mr Angus.^ 3 units.


4. Problems of the Pacific.—A course on the problems of thePacific Area discussed at the Conference of the Institute of PacificRelations in 1933. Each problem will be related to its economicand political background.

Readings to be assigned.Three hours a week. Mr. Angus.^ 3 units.

Sociology1. Introduction to Sociology.—The approach to the study of

society is by way of the local community and its institutions. Anevaluation of the importance of the geographic, the biological, thepsychological and the cultural factors in the determination ofthe rise, growth and functioning of groups will be undertaken.There will be an attempt to discover fundamental principles andto trace these principles in their interrelationships. Several of theproblems resulting from group contacts will be studied.

Texts: Davis and Barnes, Introduction to Sociology, Heath ;Dawson, Gettys, Introduction to Sociology (Revised Ed.), Ronald.

The rule that Economics 1 must be taken prior to this courseor concurrently with it may be waived in the case of students inNursing.

Three hours a week. Mr. Topping.^ 3 units.

1936

-37


2. Social Origins and Development. — The different viewsrelating to the origin and evolution of human society ; thegeographic factor and economic methods in their bearing uponsocial life; primitive mental attitudes; the development of ethical,etc., ideas among primitive peoples; primitive institutions, tools,art and their modern forms; the growth of cardinal social ideasthrough the ancient and classical period to the present time.

Texts : Lowie, Introduction to Cultural Anthropology, Farrarand Rinehart, 1934; Wissler, The American Indian, Oxford, 1922.

Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units.(Not given in 1936-37.)

3. The Urban Community.—The structural characteristics ofthe modern city will be outlined and the sociological significanceof the functions performed by its inhabitants discussed. A factualstudy will be made of urban personalities, groups and culturalpatterns. Methods of urban social control will be investigated andsolutions for urban problems will be evaluated.

Texts: Anderson, Lindeman, Urban Sociology, Knopf, 1928;Carpenter, The Sociology of City Life, Longmans, 1931.

Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units.(Given in 1937-38 and alternate years.)

4. Social Problems and Social Policy.—A detailed study ofsignificant modern social problems, together with a statement andevaluation of the more promising suggested solutions for theseproblems.

Texts : Gillett and Reinhardt, Current Social Problems,American Book Co., 1933 ; Elliott and Merrill, Social Disorganiza-tion, Harpers, 1934.

Three hours a week. Mr. Topping. 3 units.(Given in 1936-37 and alternate years.)

Courses Open Only to Candidates for the Diplomaof Social Service

NOTE :—A student must be a University graduate or be of thefull age of twenty-one years for admission to any of these courses.

1. Introduction to Social Service.—An introductory course inwhich is presented a general view of the entire field of social serviceas illustrated by its present scope and methods.

Two hours a week. Mr. Topping. 2 units.2. Social Organization and Case Work Methods.—An intro-

ductory course in which the general principles of the socialtreatment of unadjusted individuals and disorganized families areelucidated.

One hour a week. Miss McPhedran.^2 units.

1936

-37

ECONOMICS^ 111

3. Child Welfare.—An introductory course in which methodsof caring for dependent, neglected, and delinquent children arepresented and discussed.

One hour a week. Miss Holland. 1 unit.

4-8. Hygiene and Public Health.—An introduction to the un-derlying factors relating to health and disease as a basis forforming rational health habits and attitudes ; and a discussion ofthe social problems arising from the common communicable anddegenerative diseases.

Two hours a week. Miss Kerr. 2 units.

5. Case Work Methods.—Selected case records which presentcomplex or difficult situations are studied with a view to determin-ing the principles of diagnosis and treatment involved.

One hour a week. Miss McPhedran. 1 unit.

6. Child Welfare Case Studies. — An intensive study of theproblems met by a child welfare organization through discussionof specific records.

One hour a week. Miss Collins. 1 unit.

7. Group Work.—The course covers the principles of groupand community organization and provides an opportunity tounderstand the educational processes of group work.

Two hours a week, Second Term. Miss Blackley 1 unit.

9 and 10. Field Work Seminar. — The problems met by thestudents in connection with field work are discussed, as well uscertain other selected problems. The object of the seminar is tounify and integrate the whole course.

Two hours a week. Mr. Topping, Miss Collins. 3 units.11. Administration.—Elements of administrative organization

in social agencies ; functions and inter-relationships of boards ofdirectors, executives, and staff; principles involved in formulationand administration of finance policy, budgeting and accounting,office management ; principles of executive efficiency.

Two hours a week, First Term. 1 unit.12. Social Legislation.—An outline of the background and un-

derlying principles of British Columbia social legislation and itsrelation to similar legislation in European and other countries.

One hour a week. Miss King. 1 unit.13. Public Welfare Seminar.—The object of the course is to

bring out the major characteristics of public welfare organization,particularly in British Columbia, and to raise for discussion andstudy certain pressing problems in this field.

Two hours a week, Second Term. Mr. Cassidy.^1 unit.

1936

-37


Department of EducationProfessor: G. M. Weir. (On leave of absence.)Acting Head: Daniel Buchanan.Associate Professor: Jennie Wyman Pilcher.Associate Professor: W. G. Black.Special Lecturer: C. B. Wood.Lecturers in High School Methods: The following professors:

R. H. Clark, A. C. Cooke, J. G. Davidson, Janet T. Greig,A. H. Hutchinson, L. Richardson, L. Robertson, G. G. Sedge-wick.

NOTES

1. Registration for the Teacher Training Course is limited tosixty (60). Applications for admission should be made to theRegistrar on or before September 1st.

2. Philosophy 7 and Psychology 4 may be counted as coursesin Education.

3. Undergraduates who intend to proceed to the Teacher Train-ing Course are required to take Psychology 1 and are advisedto select at least one of the following : Philosophy 1, 7, Psychology 4.

4. Two of the three courses, Education 10, 11, 12, may be takenfor undergraduate credit, but only by students who have com-pleted their Normal Training.

TEACHER TRAINING COURSES10. Educational Psychology.Text to be announced.Prerequisite : Psychology 1.

11. History of Education.(a) A study of educational leaders and movements and of

school practices, with special attention to the periodsince 1800.

(b) Modern educational systems : Canada, with specialreference to British Columbia ; England ; France ; Ger-many; the United States.

Text-books : Cubberley, A Brief History of Education , Hough-ton Mifflin ; Kandel, Comparative Education, Houghton Mifflin.

12. School Administration and Law.—The organization of theschool system. The aims and characteristics of the Elementary,Junior High, and Senior High Schools. Principles of curriculumconstruction. Fundamentals of school administration and classmanagement. The supervision of instruction. The school law ofBritish Columbia.

1936

-37

ENGLISH^ 113

Texts: Douglass, Organization and Administration of SecondarySchools, Ginn & Co. ; Koos, The Junior High School, Ginn & Co. ;Manual of the School Law of British Columbia; Report of theSchool Survey Commission of British Columbia; King, SchoolFinance in British Columbia.

13. Tests and Measurements.

14. Methods, Observation and Practice.(a) General Methods. First Term.(b) Elementary School Subjects. First Term.(c) High School Subjects.—English, Social Studies, Latin,

French, German, Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry,Physics, Art, Physical Education, Agriculture.

Two hours a week in each course. Second Term.Two courses are required under (c), but students are

advised to attend a third course.(d) Observation and Practice.

(1) First Term : At least forty (40) hours in theelementary schools of the Province.

(2) Second Term : At least sixty (60) hours in thehigh schools of the Province.

15. Seminar.—A special study, with an essay or report, in oneof the three fields, Education 11, 12, 13.

One hour a week.

GRADUATE COURSES

20. History of Education. (Not given in 1936-37.)21. Educational Psychology. (Not given in 1936-37.)22. Philosophy of Education. (Not given in 1936-37.)23. Problems in Education. (Given in 1936-37.)Course 23 will be limited to those having experience in teaching

or administration.

Department of EnglishProfessor: G. G. Sedgewick.Professor: W. L. MacDonald.Professor: F. G. C. Wood.Professor: Thorleif Larsen.Associate Professor: Ira Dilworth.Assistant Professor: M. L. Bollert.Assistant Professor: H. C. Lewis.Instructor: Dorothy Blakey.

1936

-37


FIRST YEAR1. (a) Literature.—Elementary study of a number of literary

forms to be chosen from the short story, the play, the novel, theessay, the simpler sorts of poetry.

Texts for 1936-37: Bates, Twentieth Century Short Stories,Houghton-Mifflin. Euripides, Bacchae, in Gilbert Murray's para-phrase. Shakspere, Julius Caesar. Sheridan, The School forScandal, Everyman. Ibsen, A Doll's House, Everyman. Monro,Twentieth Century Poetry, Chatto and Windus.

Two hours a week.(b) Composition.—Elementary forms and principles of com-

position.Text : Thomas, Manchester and Scott, Composition for College

Students, MacmillanTwo hours a week. 3 units.The work in composition consists of (i) themes and class

exercises, and (ii) of written examinations. Students will berequired to make a passing mark in each of these two parts ofthe work.

SECOND YEAR2. Literature.—Studies in the history of English Literature.Lectures and texts illustrative of the chief authors and move-

ments from Tottel's Miscellany to Shelley. Legouis, A Short His-tory of English Literature, Oxford.


THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS9. Shakspere.—This course may be taken for credit in two

successive years. In 1936-37, 9 (b) will be given as follows:i. A detailed study of the text of A Midsummer Night's

Dream, Henry IV, part 1, Othello, Antony and Cleo-patra, The Tempest.

ii. Lectures on Shakspere's development, on his use ofsources, and on his relation to the stage and the dramaticpractice of his time.

Students will provide themselves with annotated editions of thefive plays named above, and with The Facts About Shakespeare,by Neilson and Thorndike, Macmillan. They are advised to get theCambridge Shakespeare, ed. Neilson, or the Oxford Shakespeare,ed. Craig.

Three hours a week. Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units.9. (a) (Given in 1937-38 and alternate years.)

1936

-37

ENGLISH^

115

10. The Drama to 1642.—The course begins with a study of theTheban plays of Sophocles and of Aristotle's Theory of Tragedy.The main subject of the course is Elizabethan Drama : (1) itsbeginnings in the Miracle and Morality Plays and in theInterludes ; (2) its development in Shakspere's predecessors-Lyly, Peele, Greene, Kyd and Marlowe; (3) its culmination inShakspere; (4) and its decline in Jonson, Beaumont and Fletcher,Middleton, Webster, Massinger, Shirley and Ford.

Texts: Lewis Campbell, Sophocles in English Verse, World'sClassics, Oxford ; Everyman and Other Interludes, Dent; Eliza-bethan Dramatists, other than Shakespeare, ed. Oliphant, Prentice-Hall; Shakespeare, Shakespeare Head Press, or the CambridgeShakespeare, ed. Neilson, Houghton-Mifflin.

Three hours a week. Mr. Larsen. 3 units.

13. The English Novel from Richardson to the present Time.—The development of English fiction will be traced from Richardson,Fielding, Smollett, and Sterne through Goldsmith, Mrs. Radcliffe,Jane Austen, Scott, C. Brontë, Dickens, Thackeray, and GeorgeEliot to Trollope, Meredith, Stevenson, Hardy and a few repre-sentative novelists now living.

A fair knowledge of the works of Jane Austen, Scott, Dickens,Thackeray and George Eliot is a prerequisite for those taking thiscourse.

Three hours a week. Mr. Wood. 3 units.

14. Eighteenth Century Literature.—This course aims to givea view, as comprehensive as possible, of the main currents ofEnglish thought and literature during the period 1660-1800. It ismainly concerned with the work of such men as Dryden, Pope,Swift, Addison, Steele, Johnson, Goldsmith, Burke and Burns.

Three hours a week. Mr. MacDonald. 3 units.

16. Romantic Poetry, 1780-1830. — Studies in the beginningsand progress of Romanticism, based chiefly on the work of Words-worth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, Shelley, Scott.

Text : Bernbaum, Guide Through the Romantic Movement.For reference: Elton, A Survey of English Literature, 1780-

1830.Three hours a week. Mr. Dilworth. 3 units.

17. Victorian Poetry.—This course is concerned chiefly withthe work of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold. A few weeks at theclose of the term will be devoted to a survey of the developmentof later poetry.

Texts : Browning, Complete Poetical Works, CambridgeEdition ; Arnold, Poems, Oxford Edition ; Tennyson, Poems, Globe

1936

-37


Edition; Pierce, Century Readings in the Nineteenth CenturyPoets, The Century Co.

For reference : Elton, A Survey of English Literature, 1830-1880.

Three hours a week. Mr. Dilworth.^3 units.(Not given in 1936-37.)

19. Contemporary Literature. — Some tendencies of EnglishLiterature of the present generation, in poetry and the essay andthe novel, will be studied in this course.

Texts: Brown, Essays of Our Times, Scott, Foresman Com-pany; Sanders and Nelson, Chief Modern Poets, MacmillanCompany. Three novels, to be assigned.

Three hours a week. Mr. Lewis. 3 units.25. (a) Private Reading.—Students who are candidates for an

Honours degree in English may elect a course of private readingin their Third Year. 3 units.

25. (b) Private Reading.—Students of the Fourth Year maypursue, with the consent and under the direction of the Depart-ment, a course of private reading. 3 units.

In such courses examinations will be set, but no class instructionwill be given.

20. Chaucer and Middle English.—(a) Middle English gram-mar with the reading of representative texts. (b) The CanterburyTales.

Texts : A Middle English reader ; Chaucer, The CambridgePoets, ed. Robinson, Houghton Mifflin; Manly, The CanterburyTales, Holt.

Three hours a week. Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units.(Given in 1936-37 and alternate years.)

21. (a) Anglo-Saxon.—Moore & Knott, The Elements of OldEnglish, George Wahr ; Bright, Anglo-Saxon Reader, Holt.

Two hours a week. Mr. MacDonald.^ 2 units.21. (b) Anglo-Saxon.—Beowulf.Two hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Dilworth.^1 unit.22. Studies in Linguistic History.—Origins, growth, and devel-

opment of the English language. A brief introduction to Germanicphilology ; the Indo-European language group ; Grimm's Law ; theAnglo-Saxon period ; Norman, French, and Latin influences; studyof the gradual evolution of forms, sounds and meanings.

Two hours a week. First Term. Mr. Dilworth. 1 unit.24. Seminar.—In this class advanced students will get practice

in some of the simpler methods of criticism and investigation. Thesubject for 1936-37 will be the criticism of poetry.

Two hours a week. Mr. Larsen.^ 2 units.

1936

-37

GEOLOGY^ 117

TEACHER TRAINING COURSE26. Methods in High School English. — This course does not

carry undergraduate credit.Two hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Sedgewick.

Department of Geology and GeographyProfessor: M. Y. Williams.Professor of Physical and Structural Geology: S. J. Schofield.Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: Clarence Otto Swanson.Lecturer in Mineralogy and Petrography: H. V. Warren.Lecturer: Victor Dolmage.Instructor: Gordon Davis.Assistant: Roy Graham.Assistant: J. M. Cummings.

Geology1. General Geology.—This course serves as an introduction to

the science of Geology. The following subjects are treated in thelectures and laboratory.

(a) Physical Geology, including weathering, the work of thewind, ground water, streams, glaciers, the ocean and its work,the structure of the earth, earthquakes, volcanoes, and igneousintrusions, metamorphism, mountains and plateaus and oredeposits.

Two lectures a week. First Term. Mr. Williams.(b) Laboratory Exercises in Physical Geology, include the

study and identification of the most common minerals and rocks,the interpretation of topographical and geological maps, and thestudy of structures by the use of models.

Two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Warren, Mr. Davis and Mr.Graham.

(c) Historical Geology, including the earth before the Cam-brian, the Palaeozoic, the Mesozoic, the Cenozoic and Quaternaryeras.

Two lectures a week. Second Term. Mr. Williams.

(d) Laboratory Exercises in Historical Geology, consist ofthe general study of fossils, their characteristics and associations,their evolution and migration as illustrated by their occurrencein the strata.

Two hours laboratory a week. Second Term. Mr. Williams,Mr. Graham and Mr. Davis.

Field Work will replace laboratory occasionally, and will takethe form of excursions to localities, in the immediate neighborhoodof Vancouver, which illustrate the subject matter of the lectures.

1936

-37


Prerequisite : Matriculation Chemistry or Physics, or Chem-istry 1 or Physics 1, taken either before or concurrently.

Text-book : Longwell, Knopf, Flint and Schuchert, Outlines ofPhysical and Historical Geology, Wiley.

Students will be required to make passing marks both in thecombined written and the combined practical divisions of thecourse. 3 units.

2. (a) General Mineralogy. — A brief survey of the field ofMineralogy.

Lectures take the form of a concise treatment of (1)Crystallography, (2) Physical Mineralogy, and (3) DescriptiveMineralogy of 40 of the most common mineral species, with specialreference to Canadian occurrences.

Laboratory Work consists of the study of the common crystalforms and of 40 prescribed minerals, accompanied by a briefoutline of the principles and methods of Determinative Mineralogyand Blowpipe Analysis.

Text-book : Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,Wiley.

Prerequisite : Chemistry 1. Physics 1 or 2 should precede oraccompany this course.

Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. First Term.Mr. Warren.^ 11/2 units.

2. (b) Descriptive and Determinative Mineralogy. — Thiscourse supplements 2 (a) and consists of a more complete surveyof Crystallography, Physical and Chemical Mineralogy, with acritical study of about 50 of the less common minerals, specialemphasis being laid on their crystallography, origin, associationand alteration.

Text-book : Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,Wiley.

Prerequisite : Geology 2 (a).Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Second Term.

Mr. Warren.^ 11/2 units.

4. Structural and Physiographical Geology. — The followingsubjects are treated in the lectures : Fractures, faults, flowage,structures common to both fracture and flow, mountains, majorunits of structure, forces of deformation, the origin and develop-ment of land forms, with special reference to the physiography ofBritish Columbia.

Text-book : Leith, Structural Geology, 2nd Ed., Holt.Prerequisite : Geology 1.Three hours a week. Mr. Schofield.^ 3 units.

1936

-37

GEOLOGY^ 119

5. (a) History of Geology.—A brief history of the study of theearth and the development of the geological sciences. Mr. Graham.

(b) Geology of Canada.—The salient features of the geologyand economic minerals of Canada. Mr. Williams, Mr. Schofield,Mr. Swanson, Mr. Davis.

(c) Regional Geology.—The main geological features of thecontinents and oceanic segments of the earth's crust, and theirinfluence upon life. Mr. Williams, Mr. Davis.

Prerequisite : Geology 1.Three lectures and one hour laboratory a week.^3 units.

6. Palaeontology. — A study of invertebrate and vertebratefossils, their classification, identification and distribution, bothgeological and geographical.

Text-book: Twenhofel and Shrock, Invertebrate Palaeontology,McGraw-Hill.

Reference books : Grabau and Shimer, North American IndexFossils; Zittel-Eastman, Text-book of Palaeontology.

Prerequisite : Geology 1.Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Williams,

Mr. Graham.^ 3 units.

7. Petrology.—This course consists of systematic studies of (i)optical mineralogy and (ii) petrography, with an introduction topetrogenesis.

The laboratory work deals with the determination of rocks, firstunder the microscope and then in hand specimen.

Text-books : Harker, Petrology for Students, CambridgeUniversity Press ; Johannsen, Essentials for the MicroscopicalDetermination of Rock-forming Minerals and Rocks, University ofChicago Press; Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,Wiley.

Prerequisites: Geology 1 and 2.Two lectures and two laboratory periods of 2 hours a week.

Mr. Swanson.^ 4 units.

8. Economic Geology.—A study of the occurrence, genesis, andstructure of the principal metallic and non-metallic mineral de-posits with type illustrations ; and a description of the ore depositsof the British Empire, special stress being placed on those inCanada.

Text-book: Ries, Economic Geology (6th edition), Wiley.Prerequisite : Geology 1 and 2. Geology 7 must precede or

accompany this course.Four hours a week. Mr. Williams, Mr. Schofield, Mr. Swanson,

Mr. Warren.^ 4 units.

1936

-37


9. Mineralography. — Principally a laboratory course dealingwith the study and recognition of the opaque minerals by meansof the reflecting microscope.

The work consists of practice in cutting, grinding and polishingof ore specimens, accompanied by training in microchemicalmethods of mineral determination.

During the second terra each student is assigned a suite of oresfrom some mining district for a critical examination and report.

Text-book : Davy and Farnham, Microscopic Examination ofthe Ore Minerals, McGraw-Hill.

Prerequisite : Geology 7 and 8 must precede or accompany thiscourse.

Two hours laboratory a week. Mr. Warren.^1 unit.

COURSES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS

(To be arranged in consultation with the Instructors and theHead of the Department.)

Geology 20.—Sedimentation.Text-book : Twenhofel, Treatise on Sedimentation, Williams

and Wilkins, Second Edition.Prerequisites : Geology 1, 2, and 5.One lecture or seminar and 6 hours of reading or laboratory

per week. Mr. Williams.^ 3 units.

Geology 21.—Problems in Palaeontology.Prerequisite : Geology 6.One seminar and 6 hours laboratory per week. Mr. Williams.

3-5 units.

Geology 22.—Physiography.—General principles of Physiog-raphy, illustrated by examples from British Columbia

Reference : Davis, Geographical Essays, Ginn & Co.Two lectures and one seminar per week. Mr. Schofield. 3 units.

Geology 23.—Advanced Mineralogy.—A systematic study ofsome of the rarer minerals, the determination of some of the moreimportant gem stones, together with an elementary study of crystalmeasurements.

Text-books : Dana, Text Book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,Wiley ; Brush and Penfield, Determinative Mineralogy and BlowPipe Analysis, Wiley.

Prerequisites: Geology 2, 7, and 8.One lecture or seminar and four or six hours laboratory work

per week. Mr. Swanson and Mr. Warren. 3 or 4 units, dependenton amount of laboratory work.

1936

-37

GEOLOGY^ 121

Geology 25 (a)^Metamorphism. — A reading and seminarcourse, supplemented with occasional laboratory work.

Text : Harker, Metamorphism.Mr. Swanson.^ 2 to 3 units.Geology 25 (b)—Minor Intrusives.—A laboratory course, sup-

plemented with occasional seminars.Mr. Swanson.^ 2 units.

Geography1. Principles of Geography.—This introductory course aims to

develop in the student the point of view of modern geography andto furnish a foundation or background that will be useful notalone to those who may intend to continue a study of geographyor to teach it in the schools, but also to those who intend to studyhistory, economics and other subjects, or to enter business or pro-fessional careers, into which geographical considerations enter.

Since geography is a study of the surface of the earth and itsrelation to man, the course involves consideration of earth rela-tions ; weathering and soils ; land forms and oceans ; climates;natural resources; and a brief introduction to the study of manand his response to the geographical environment.

Text-book: Peattie, New College Geography, Ginn & Co.An Atlas—failing a large, comprehensive atlas, one of the

following cheap ones will serve : Philip's Senior School Atlas,Geo. Philip & Son ; Canadian School Atlas, J. M. Dent; Goode'sSchool Atlas, Rand McNally Co.

Three hours a week. Mr. Davis, Mr. Warren.^3 units.

2. Meteorology and Climatology.—A course covering in a gen-eral way the whole field, with practice in using instruments,constructing and using weather charts, and weather predicting.

Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours a week.Second Term. Mr. Schofield, Mr. Davis.^11/2 units.

3. Human and Regional Geography.—A study of man and hisphysical environment treated regionally. The characteristics ofman and the influence of geographical environment are most easilydiscerned in primitive societies ; consequently these are examinedin some detail. From these as a starting point, the relationshipsbetween man and his environment in complex western civilizationis investigated.

Reference : Pomfret, The Geographic Pattern of Mankind,Students' Edition, Appleton Century.

Prerequisite : Geography 1.Three hours a week. Mr. Davis, Mr. Schofield.^3 units.

1936

-37


Department of HistoryProfessor: W. N. Sage.Professor: F. H. Soward.Assistant Professor: A. C. Cooke.Instructor: Sylvia Thrupp.Assistant: Margaret Ormsby.

Students who intend to specialize in history or who are prepar-ing for the Teacher Training Course are advised to associate withit such allied subjects as Economics, Government, Sociology andGeography. Economics 1, 2, 9, 10; Government 1, 3, 4; Sociology1 and Geography 1 will be found especially helpful. Attention,however, is called to the regulation in paragraph 3, page 83.

A reading knowledge of French and German will be foundextremely valuable in Third and Fourth Year courses, while incertain classes of more advanced work Latin is indispensable.

French, at least, will be required for Honour work, and thestudy of German is strongly recommended.

FIRST AND SECOND YEARS1. Main Currents in Twentieth-Century History.—This course

completes the study of World history in the High Schools andoffers a background for contemporary World problems. The fol-lowing topics are discussed : The Great Powers at the Opening ofthe Century, Alliance and Entente, The Coming of the World War,The World War, The Peace Treaties, The New Map of Europe,Reparations and War Debts, Security and Disarmament, TheLeague of Nations, The Russian Revolution and the U.S.S.R., Italyand Fascism, Germany from Empire to Third Reich, Post-WarBritain and Democratic Europe, The New Balkans, The LittleEntente and Poland, Nationalism and Imperialism in the Far East,The United States and World Peace.

Text-books Benns, Europe Since 1914; Langsam, The WorldSince 1914; Cole, The Intelligent Man's Review of Europe Today;Schmitt, The Triple Alliance and Triple Entente; J. F. Horrabin,Atlas of Current Events.

Essays will be assigned throughout the Session.Three hours a week. Mr. Soward.^3 units.

2. The History of Canada.—Geographical factors; Explorationand early settlements; The French Regime ; Constitutional devel-opment, 1759-1867; Economic and social progress to Confederation;Development of the Dominion of Canada since 1867; Canada inthe Commonwealth; Canada in the World.

Text-books : Wittke, A History of Canada; Trotter, CanadianHistory: A Syllabus.

1936

-37

HISTORY^ 123

Essays will be assigned throughout the Session.Three hours a week. Mr. Sage.^ 3 units.


3. Canada West of the Great Lakes.—The place of WesternCanada in Canadian development ; Anglo-French rivalry in theWest ; Struggle for supremacy between the Hudson's Bay Com-pany and the North West Company ; The Selkirk Settlement ;Discovery and exploration of the Pacific Coast ; The Maritime furtrade; The North West Company in British Columbia; The West-ern Department of the Hudson's Bay Company, 1821-70 ; Rivalriesin Old Oregon ; The Colonial period of British Columbia ; Con-federation ; The Riel rebellion ; The rise of the new West ; Theagrarian movement on the prairies; Development of the Provinceof British Columbia.

Text-books: Wittke, A History of Canada; Howay, BritishColumbia, the Making of a Province; Sage, Sir James Douglas andBritish Columbia.

Essays will be assigned throughout the Session.Three hours a week. Mr. Sage.^ 3 units.


4. Mediaeval Europe.—This course aims to present a pictureof Western Christendom as a whole from the fall of the RomanEmpire to the 15th century. It covers the following aspects ofmediaeval history : background—the Mediterranean world underRome, rise of the Church, establishment of barbarian rule ; con-tacts with the East—the Byzantine Empire, Islam; social and eco-nomic change—rise and decline of feudalism, revival of trade—the towns; cultural elements—beliefs and customs of the people,learning, literature, art ; political history--contest between Empireand Papacy, growth of national monarchies.

Text-books: Thorndike, History of Medieval Europe, orCollins, A History of Medieval Civilization in Europe.

Additional reading for Third and Fourth Year students willbe required. Essays will be assigned throughout the Session.

Three hours a week. Miss Thrupp.^ 3 units.

THIRD AND FOURTH YEARSHistory 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 and 18 are intended primarily for

Third Year students; History 15, 19 and 20 for Fourth Year.History 10 must be taken by all candidates for Honours.

All Honours students (whether in History alone or in a com-bined course) must take the History Seminars in their Third andFourth Years. The Seminar is offered as a training in intensivework and carries no credits.

1936

-37


If the graduating essay be written in History it will countas 3 units.

10. British History to 1485. — This course aims at an in-terpretation of the political, constitutional, economic and religiousdevelopment of the British Isles from the earliest times to theclose of the Middle Ages.

Text-books : Trevelyan, A History of England; Williamson,The Evolution of England; Lunt, History of England; Adams andStephens, Select Documents of English Constitutional History;Adams, English Constitutional History.

Essays will be assigned throughout the Session.Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units.

11. The Development and Problems of the British Empire-Commonwealth.

This course is given in two parts, and may be taken for creditin two successive years.

(a) The Development and Problems of the British Common-wealth.

(b) The Development and Problems of the British DependentEmpire.

In the session 1936-37, and alternate years, 11 (a) will be givenas follows :

The first two centuries of Empire—the age of discovery andcolonization ; the Old Colonial System in its political, economicand international aspects. Effects on the Empire of the American,French, and Industrial Revolutions. From Empire to Common-wealth—development and problems of Canada, Australia, NewZealand, South Africa, Ireland. Problems of the Commonwealth,economic, constitutional, international.

Text-books : J. A. Williamson, Short History of British Expan-sion, or D. C. Somervell, The British Empire; A. B. Keith (ed.),Speeches and Documents on the British Dominions, 1918-1931;R. G. Trotter, The British Empire -Commonwealth.

Readings and reports will be assigned throughout the Session.Bibliographies for voluntary summer reading will be supplied onapplication to the instructor in charge.

Three hours a week. Mr. Cooke. 3 units.

12. History of the United States of America. — This coursebegins with a sketch of the American colonies at the outbreak ofthe Revolution and traces the history of the United States from thecommencement of the War of Independence to the close of theWorld War.

Text-books: Charles and Mary Beard, The Rise of AmericanCivilisation; J. T. Adams, The Epic of America; H. Faulkner,

1936

-37

HISTORY^ 125

American Economic History; F. J. Turner, The Frontier inAmerican History.

Essays will be assigned throughout the session.Three hours a week. Mr. Soward. 3 units.

13. The Age of the Renaissance and Reformation.—The Cul-tural Development of Europe from the 14th to the 17th Centuries.The transition from the medieval to the modern world ; humanism ;Renaissance art ; overseas exploration and expansion ; the rise ofmodern capitalism and national states ; the Reformation; thecounter-Reformation ; the scientific revolution and intellectualdevelopments.

Text-books : H. S. Lucas, The Renaissance and the Reforma-tion; E. M. Hulme, Renaissance and Reformation.

Essays will be assigned throughout the session.Three hours a week. Mr. Cooke. 3 units.

14. The Age of Louis XIV; The Revolutionary and NapoleonicEra.—Europe in the 17th and 18th centuries; the establishmentof absolutism ; the ascendancy of France ; expansion and conflictoverseas; the enlightened despots; the age of reason ; the FrenchRevolution ; Napoleon; the Congress of Vienna.

Text-books : S. Benians, Renaissance to Revolution; L. B.Packard, The Age of Louis XIV; G. Bruun, The EnlightenedDespots; L. R. Gottschalk, The Era of the French Revolution, orLeo Gershoy, The French Revolution and Napoleon; C. Brinton,A Decade of Revolution; J. H. Rose or F. M. Kircheisen, Napoleon.

Essays will be assigned throughout the session.Three hours a week. Mr. Cooke. 3 units.

15. Europe, 1815-1919. — The political, social and economichistory of the chief countries of continental Europe, with especialattention to international relations.

Text-books : Schapiro, Modern and Contemporary EuropeanHistory; Carleton Hayes, A Political and Cultural History ofModern Europe, Vol. 2; Moon, Imperialism and World Politics;Buell, International Relations.

Essays will be assigned throughout the session. Mr. Soward.3 units.

16. Social and Economic History of Mediaeval Europe.—Theobject of this course is to study the origins of our commercialculture as it arose in the mediaeval town of the 11th century, andto trace the gradual transition from feudal to commercial idealsin the four centuries following. The course deals with the cultureof the various classes of mediaeval society, the contribution of theChurch to economic development, avenues of social opportunity,

1936

-37


industrial inventions, social conflict in the later middle ages,the birth of the modern state and national economy.

Text-books : Pirenne, Economic and Social History of theMiddle Ages, and Mediaeval Cities and the Revival of Trade;Boissonnade, Life and Work in Mediaeval Europe. Further read-ing assigned.

Essays will be assigned throughout the session.Three hours a week. Miss Thrupp. 3 units.

18. British History, 1485-1760.—This course offers a generalsurvey of political, economic, social and cultural change in theTudor and Stuart periods and the early 18th century. Someknowledge of contemporary literature in any of the three periodswill be helpful.

Text-books : Trevelyan, History of England; Adams andStephens Select Documents of English Constitutional History;Bland, Brown and Tawney, English Economic History, SelectDocuments.

Essays will be assigned throughout the session.Three hours a week. Miss Thrupp. 3 units.

19. Great Britain Since 1760.—This course aims at an inter-pretation of the constitutional, political, economic and religiousdevelopment of the British Isles since 1760.

Text-books : Grant Robertson, England Under the Hanoverians;Williamson, The Evolution of England; Fay, Life and Labour inthe Nineteenth Century; Trevelyan, British History in theNineteenth Century.

Essays will be assigned throughout the session.Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units.

20. The Evolution of Canadian Self-Government.—A survey ofthe period from the Peace of Utrecht to the present day. Thefollowing subjects will be dealt with : French and British ColonialSystems; British experience in Acadia ; British policy after theTreaty of Paris; the Quebec Act ; the effect of the American Revo-lution; the Constitutional Act ; the opening of the West ; the Warof 1812; the formation of parties and the struggle for Reform ;Durham's Report ; the achievement of Responsible Government ;Confederation and the completion of the Dominion, the develop-ment of Responsible Government and the growth of nationhood.

Text-books : Martin, Empire and Commonwealth; Kennedy,The Constitution of Canada; Kennedy, Statutes, Treaties andDocuments of the Canadian Constitution, 1713-1929.

Essays will be assigned throughout the session.Three hours a week. 3 units.

(Given in Session 1937-38.)

1936

-37

MATHEMATICS^ 127

21. Methods in High School Social Studies.—This course isoffered primarily for students in the Teacher Training Course anddoes not carry undergraduate credit.

Readings to be assigned.Two hours a week in Spring term only. Mr. Cooke.

22. Honours Seminars:(a) Third Year : Historical Method. Mr. Soward.(b) Fourth Year : Queen Victoria and Her Ministers of

State. Mr. Sage.23. M.A. Seminar: The History of British Columbia. Mr.

Sage.(Time of Seminars to be arranged.)

Department of MathematicsProfessor: Daniel Buchanan.Professor: F. S. Nowlan.Professor: L. Richardson.Associate Professor: Walter H. Gage.Assistant Professor: F. J. Brand.Instructor: May L. BarclayAssistant: Ivan Niven.

Mathematics 2 is a prerequisite for all the Honour Courses.

GENERAL COURSES

1. (a) Algebra.—An elementary course, including ratio, pro-portion, variation, interest and annuities, theory of quadratic equa-tions, simple series, permutations, combinations, the binomialtheorem, logarithms.

Text-book : Wilson and Warren, Intermediate Algebra, Chap-ters I to XV, Oxford.

Two hours a week. Second Term.(b) Analytical Geometry. — Fundamental concepts, loci, the

straight line, the circle, and an introduction to the study of theparabola, ellipse and hyperbola.

Text-book : Nowlan, Analytical Geometry, McGraw-Hill.One hour a week, First Term, and two hours a week, Second

Term.(c) Trigonometry.—An elementary course involving the use

of logarithms.Text-book : Brink, Plane Trigonometry, Appleton-Century Co.Wentworth and Hill, Tables, Ginn.Three hours a week. First Term.2. (a) Algebra. — The binomial theorem, complex numbers,

induction, remainder theorem, Horner's method, exponential, logar-

1936

-37


ithmic and other series, undetermined coefficients, partial fractions,convergence and divergence, determinants

Text-book : Wilson and Warren, Intermediate Algebra (LargerEdition), Oxford.

Two hours a week. Mr. Nowlan.^ 2 units.(b) Calculus. — An introductory course in differential and

integral calculus, with various applications.Text-book : Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus (Revised

E dition ) , Ginn.One hour a week. Mr. Buchanan.^ 1 unit.3. The Mathematical Theory of Investments.—This course deals

with the exponential law, the power law, curve fitting, the theoryof interest, annuities, debentures, valuation of bonds, sinking funds,depreciation, probability and its application to life insurance.

Text-books : Bauer, Mathematics Preparatory to Statistics andFinance, Macmillan ; Hart, Mathematics of Investment (Revised),Heath.

Three hours a week. Mr. Brand.^ 3 units.

4. Descriptive Astronomy. — An introductory course dealingwith the solar system, stellar motions, the constitution of the stars,and nebulae.

Text-book : Duncan, Astronomy, Harper, latest edition.Two hours a week. Mr. Gage.^ 2 units.Students desiring credit for an additional unit in connection

with this course may register for Mathematics 18. They will berequired to write essays on prescribed subjects dealing with variousphases of Astronomy. 1 unit.


HONOUR COURSES10. Calculus.—The elementary theory and applications of the

subject.Text-book : Granville, Differential and Integral Calculus, Ginn.Three hours a week. Mr. Nowlan.^ 3 units.

11. Plane and Spherical Trigonometry.—The work in planetrigonometry will deal with the following : Identities and trigo-nometrical equations, the solution of triangles with various applica-tions, circumscribed, inscribed and escribed circles, De Moivre'stheorem, expansions of sin nO, etc., hyperbolic and inverse func-tions. The work in spherical trigonometry will cover the solutionof triangles with various applications to astronomy and geodesy.

Text-hook: Durell and Robson, Advanced Trigonometry, Bell.Two hours a week. Mr. Brand.^ 2 units.


1936

-37

MATHEMATICS^ 129

12. Differential Equations.—Ordinary and partial differentialequations with various applications to geometry, mechanics, physicsand chemistry.

Text-book : Miller, Differential Equations, Macmillan.Two hours a week. Mr. Buchanan.^2 units.This course may be taken concurrently with Mathematics 10.

13. Plane and Solid Analytical Geometry.—A general studyof the conics and systems of conics, and elementary work in threedimensions.

Text-book: Nowlan, Analytical Geometry, McGraw-Hill.Three hours a week. Mr. Nowlan.^ 3 units.

14. Theory of Equations, Determinants and Matrices. — Acourse covering the main theory and use of these subjects. Intro-duction to Matrices.

Text-book: Dickson, Elementary Theory of Equations, Wiley.Three hours a week. Mr. Nowlan.^ 3 units.

(Given in 1936-37 and alternate years.)15. Higher Algebra.—Selected topics in higher algebra, includ-

ing infinite series, continued fractions, the theory of numbers,probability.

Text-book: Hall and Knight, Higher Algebra, Macmillan ;Chrystal, Text-book of Algebra, Part II.

Two hours a week.^ 2 units.(Given in 1937-38 and alternate years.)

16. Advanced Calculus.—A continuation of the previous coursein calculus, treating partial differentiation, expansions of functionsof many variables, singular points, reduction formulte, successiveintegration, elliptic integrals, and Fourier series.

Two hours a week. Mr. Buchanan.^ 2 units.

17. Applied Mathematics.—A course dealing with the applica-tions of mathematics to dynamics of a particle and of a rigid body,and to the two body problem in celestial mechanics.

Prerequisite : Physics 6.Text-book : Loney, A Treatise on Dynaniics of a Particle and

Rigid Bodies, Cambridge.Three hours a week. Mr. Richardson.^3 units.This course may be taken either as an undergraduate or a

graduate course.(Given in 1936-37 and alternate years.)

18. History of Mathematics.—A course covering the historicaldevelopment of the elementary branches of mathematics from theearliest times to the present. Essays will be assigned.

Mr. Gage.^ 1 unit.

1936

-37

130^FACULTY OP ARTS AND SCIENCE

19. Methods in High School Mathematics.This course is offered primarily for students in the Teacher

Training Course and does not carry undergraduate credit.Readings to be assigned.Two hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Richardson.

GRADUATE COURSES

20. Vector Analysis.—Weatherburn, Vector Analysis.21. Theory of Functions of a Real Variable.22. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable.23. Differential Geometry.—Weatherburn, Differential Geom-

etry.24. Projective Geometry. — Veblen and Young, Projective

Geometry, Vol. I.25. Celestial Mechanics.—Moulton, An Introduction to Celestial

Mechanics.26. Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations.27. Theory of Numbers and Algebraic Numbers.28. Linear Algebras. — Dickson, Algebren and ihre Zahlen-

theorie.29. Modern Algebraic Theories. — Dickson, Modern Algebraic

Theories.30. Harmonic and Elliptic Functions.—Byerly, Integral Cal-

culus; Whittaker and Watson, Modern Analysis; Gray, Mathewsand MacRobert, Bessel Functions.

Department of Modern LanguagesProfessor: D. 0. Evans.Professor: A. F. B. Clark.Associate Professor: Isabel Maclnnes.Assistant Professor: Janet T. Greig.Instructor: Joyce Hallamore.Instructor: Wessie Tipping.Instructor: Dorothy Dallas.Instructor: Madame G. Barry.Instructor: Madame D. Darlington.Assistant in German: Alice Roys.

With the consent of the Professor in charge of the course, astudent taking a General Course B.A. Degree may be admitted toany course in the Third and Fourth Years in addition to, but notin lieu of, 3 (a) and 4 (a) ; and a student taking a B.Com . degree maybe admitted to French 3 (b) in lieu of French 3 (a). Students from

1936

-37

MODERN LANGUAGES^ 131

other universities who have already taken the work of 3 (a) and4 (a) may be given special permission by the Head of the Depart-ment to substitute other courses.

French1. Moliere, Le Bourgeois gentilhontme, Didier ; Maupassant,

Contes (Nelson) ; Mills, Free Composition in French (Nelson),Part I; Ashton, A Preface to Moliere, Longmans, Toronto, (Chaps.I to VII, and XI) ; Ritchie, Third French Course (Nelson).

3 units.Prerequisite: Junior matriculation French or its equivalent.

2. La Fontaine, Fables (Dent) ; Balzac, Gobseck (OxfordUniversity Press) ; Gautier, Le capitaine Fracasse (Dent). Inde-pendent reading will be required.

Conversation in French on the above. Written résumés.3 units.

Summer Reading: See the announcement after the FourthYear Courses.

Prerequisite : French 1 or its equivalent.

3. (a) The Literature of the Age of Louis XIV. Lectures onthe history and social conditions of the period, and on the develop-ment of the literature. Careful reading and discussion of thefollowing texts: Schinz and King, Seventeenth Century FrenchReadings (bolt) ; Corneille, Le Cid (Didier) ; Racine, Iphigenie(American Book Co.) or Phedre (Heath) ; Moliere, Le Misanthrope(Didier), or L'Avare (Manchester Univ. Press) ; Le Tartuffe(Heath).

Conversation and written resumes based on the above.This course is obligatory for all students taking Third Year

French. French 2 is a prerequisite. Students who cannot writeFrench with some facility are advised not to attempt 3 (a).

Students who intend to take French throughout the four yearsor who wish to teach this subject should also take 3 (c). 3 units.

3. (b) The Literature of the XIXth Century (Verse andNovel). Nine French Poets (Macmillan) ; Hugo, Poemes choisis(Manchester University Press) ; Balzac, Eugónie Grandet (Ox-ford). Independent readings will be specified. This course isintended for Honours students.

3. (c) French Composition. Phonetics. 1 hour a week. Com-position and oral practice, 2 hours. French Intonation Exercises,by Klinghardt and De Fourmestraux ; Exercises de prononciationfrancaise, by Nicolette Pernot. 3 units.

Summer Reading: See the announcement after the FourthYear Courses.

1936

-37


4. (a) The Romantic Drama.—Lectures on the evolution ofthe drama during the XIXth Century. Hugo, Hernani (Nelson) ;Alfred de Vigny, Chatterton (Oxford) ; Musset, Three Plays(Nelson) ; Rostand, Cyrano de Bergerac (Holt) ; Stewart andTilley, The Romantic Movement in French Literature (Cam-bridge). Extensive independent reading will be expected.

3 units.French 3 (a) is a prerequisite. Students who cannot write

accurate French with facility and understand spoken French areadvised not to attempt 4 (a).

4. (b) The Literature of the Eighteenth Century. — Lectureson the history and social conditions of the period, with specialemphasis on the philosophe movement, and the beginnings ofromanticism. The inter-relations of French and English thoughtand literature will be touched upon. Careful reading and dis-cussion of the following texts: Selections from Voltaire (Havens),Century Co.; Rousseau, Morceaux choisis (Mornet), Didier; Did-erot, Extraits (Fallex), Delagrave ; Beaumarchais, Le Barbier deSeville, Macmillan

French 3 (a) and 3 (b) are prerequisites.

4. (c) French Composition. Practice in oral French, readingsand discussion, free composition and translation. Lectures onFrench institutions, one hour. This course should be taken in con-junction with French 4 (a) and French 4 (b).^3 units.

Prerequisite : French 3 (c).

5. (a) Methods in High School. Modern Languages. Studyand analysis of the methods of teaching Modern Languages, withspecial reference to French and German; discussion of classroomproblems and practical demonstrations. This course is providedfor students in the Teacher Training Course and does not carryundergraduate credit.

5. (b) Old French and XVIth Century. Texts: Aucassin etNicolette (Classiques frangais du Moyen Age) ; Rabelais, Gar-gantua (Jouaust) ; Ronsard, Oeuvres choisies (Larousse) ; Mon-taigne, Essais (Gamier). (For M.A. candidates only.)

5. (c) The History of French Literary Criticism and Theory,from the Plgiade to the Present Day.—Vial-Denise, Idges et doc-trines litteraires du XVIIe siecle, Idees et doctrines litteraires duXVIIle siecle, Idees et doctrines litteraires du XIXe siecle (threevols., Delagrave).

1936

-37

MODERN LANGUAGES^ 133

Summer ReadingUpon entering the courses for the years stated, the student

must satisfy the instructor that he has read the books mentionedbelow.

Second Year:1. Balzac, Le Pêre Goriot.2. Saintine, Picciola; or Vigny, Poósies choisies.

Third Year:1. Chateaubriand, Atala.*2. Moliêre, Les Femmes Savantes, Les PrOcieuses Ridicules.3. Vigny, Servitude et grandeur militaires.*4. Musset, Poêsies choisies.

Fourth Year:1. Marivaux, Le Jeu de l'amour et du hasard.2. Voltaire, Contes.3. Voltaire, Zaire.4. Sedaine, Le philosophe sans le savoir.*5. Bernardin de Saint-Pierre, Paul et Virginie.•6. Musset, Fantasio.7. Banville, Gringoire,The above have all been chosen from the series Les Classiques

pour tous so as to lighten the cost of buying books for vacationreading. At the present rate of exchange they can be bought atthe University Bookstore for ten or fifteen cents each. As thesebooks can be carried in the pocket and read at odd moments, noexcuse will be accepted for failure to do summer reading.

NOTE :—Those books marked with an asterisk (*) are expectedto be read by Honours students only.

GermanBeginners' Course. — Evans and Riiseler, College German,

^Crofts ; Koischwitz, Bilderlesebuch, Crofts.^3 units.

1. Pope, Writing and Speaking German (New Series), Holt.Composition and conversation based on texts read. Kastner, Emiland die Detektive, Holt ; Vesper, Sam in Schnabelweide, Crofts;Bruns, Book of German Lyrics, Heath.

^

Science Section with alternate reading.^3 units.Junior Matriculation or Beginners' German is prerequisite for

this course.

1936

-37


2. Whitney and Stroebe, Easy German Composition, Holt.Composition and conversation based on texts read.

Diamond and Schomaker, Lust and Leid, Holt ; Raseler,Moderne Deutsche Erziihler, Norton ; Bruns, Book of GermanLyrics. 3 units.

German 1, or its equivalent, is prerequisite for German 2.

3. (a) The Classical Period.Lectures on the development of Eighteenth Century literature.

Texts for special study : Lessing, Emilia Galotti, Heath ; Goethe,Faust I, Heath ; Schiller, Die Jungfrau von Orleans, Holt. Someknowledge will also be required of Lessing's Minna von Barnhelm,Gothe's Iphigenie and Schiller's Maria Stuart. Composition text :Whitney and Stroebe, German Composition, Holt.

3 units.Summer Reading: Before entering German 3 students must

read : Fleissner, Deutsches Literatur-Lesebuch, Crofts, to page92. (J. G. Robertson, The Literature of Germany, Home Uni-versity Library, is also recommended.)

3. (b) The Novelle. — Lectures on the development of theGerman Novelle, with special emphasis on the XIXth Century.

Text : Deutsche Erzeiltler, Insel Verlag. Extensive independentreading will be expected.^ 3 units.

4. (a) Nineteenth Century German Drama.—Text : Campbell,German Plays of the Nineteenth Century, Crofts.^3 units.

4. (b) Nineteenth Century German Fiction.^3 units.Courses 4 (a) and 4 (b) are given alternately.

Department of Philosophy and PsychologyProfessor: H. T. J. Coleman.Associate Professor of Psychology and Education:

Jennie Wyman Pilcher.Lecturer: Joseph E. Morsh.

Philosophy(It may be found necessary to make adjustments in the courses

for the session 1936-37.)1. Introduction to Philosophy.—This course is intended for

two classes of students: first, those who contemplate specializ-ing in Philosophy either as Honour or Pass students in their Thirdand Fourth Years; and second, those who wish a single coursewhich will give in an untechnical way a statement and discussionof fundamental philosophical problems and thus assist them intheir special studies in other departments.

1936

-37

PHILOSOPHY^ 135

Text : Patrick, Introduction to Philosophy, Houghton-Mifflin,revised ed.

References : Brightman, An Introduction to Philosophy; Cun-ningham, Problems of Philosophy; Drake, An Invitation to Phil-osophy; Alexander, A Short History of Philosophy; Perry, TheApproach to Philosophy.


2. Ethics.Text-book: Urban, Fundamentals of Ethics, Holt.A special study will be made of selected portions of Aristotle's

Ethics, Mill's Utilitarianism, and Kant's Metaphysic of Morals.Three hours a week.^ 3 units.

3. History of Greek Philosophy from Thales to Plato (in-clusive).

Text-books : Bakewell, Source Book in Ancient Philosophy,Scribners. Burnet, Greek Philosophy (Part I), Macmillan. Inconnection with this course a special study will be made of Plato'sRepublic, Phaedo, and Philebus.


4. The history of Philosophy from the Renaissance to thePresent Time.

Text-book: Alexander, A Short History of Philosophy, Mac-millan.

References : Rand, Modern Classical Philosophers, and the var-ious Histories of Philosophy.


5. The Philosophy of Kant, with special study of the Critiqueof Pure Reason.


6. Philosophic Movements Since the Time of Kant. Post-Kantian Idealism, Pragmatism, Modern Realism, Bergson andothers.


7. Philosophy of Education.—A course of lectures and dis-cussions dealing with educational movements since the beginningof the 19th century, and with the theories of life and of mindwhich are implicit in these movements.

1936

-37


Texts: Spencer, Education, Everyman Edition. Dewey, De-mocracy and Education, Macmillan.

References: Butler, The Meaning of Education; Rousseau,Emile; Locke, The Conduct of the Understanding; Froebel, TheEducation of Man; Dewey, The School and Society; Articles in theCyclopedia of Education, Macmillan.

Psychology 1 or Philosophy 1 is recommended as preparatoryto this course.


8. Logic.—A course in formal logic, both deductive and in-ductive, followed by a study of the newer developments in logicaltheory.


Psychology1. Elementary Psychology.Text-book : Warren, Elements of Human Psychology, revised

edition, Houghton-Mifflin.Three hours a week. Mr. Morsh.^ 3 units.

2. Elementary Experimental Psychology.Text-book : Seashore, Elementary Experiments in Psychology,

Henry Holt.Prerequisite : Psychology 1.Three hours a week. Mr. Morsh.^ 3 units.


3. Social Psychology.—A study of those particular phases ofmental life and development which are fundamental in socialorganization and activity.

Texts: McDougall, Social Psychology, The Group Mind,Methuen, London ; Ginsberg, Psychology of Society, Methuen,London. Collateral reading will be prescribed from the following :Hobhouse, Mind in Evolution, Morals in Evolution; Sutherland,Origin and Growth of the Moral Instinct; Cooley, Human Natureand the Social Order; Wallas, Human Nature in Politics, The GreatSociety; Ross, Social Psychology; Trotter, Instincts of the Herd inPeace and War; Bernard, Introduction to Social Psychology.

Psychology 1 or Philosophy 1 is recommended as preparatoryto this course.

Three hours a week. Mr. Morsh.^ 3 units.

4. Psychology of Personality. — Development of personality ;heredity and environment ; history of mental measurement ;current theories of the value and growth of intelligence ; measure-ment of intelligence ; subnormal, normal and gifted children ;

1936

-37

PHYSICS^ 137

development from birth to maturity ; nature and causes of mentaldefects and peculiarities; juvenile delinquency ; psychology ofadjustment.

Text-book : Schaffer, The Psychology of Adjustment, Houghton-Mifflin.

Prerequisite : Psychology 1.Three hours a week. Mrs. Pilcher.^ 3 units.

5. Abnormal Psychology.Prerequisite: Psychology 4.Three hours a week. Mr. Morsh.^ 3 units.


6. Clinical Psychology.Text-book : Terman, Measurement of Intelligence, Houghton-

Prerequisite: Psychology 4.Three hours a week. Mrs. Pilcher.^ 3 units.

Department of PhysicsProfessor: T. C. Hebb.Professor: A. E. Hennings.Associate Professor: J. G. Davidson.Associate Professor: G. M. Shrum.Assistant: George Volkoff.Assistant: Robert Christy.Assistant: George Mossop.Assistant: Kenneth R. McKenzie.Assistant: Henry H. Clayton.

PRIMARILY FOR FIRST AND SECOND YEAR STUDENTS

1. Introduction to Physics.—A general study of the principlesof mechanics, properties of matter, heat, light, sound and elec-tricity, both in the lecture room and in the laboratory. The coursehas two objects : (1) to give the minimum acquaintance withphysical science requisite for a liberal education to those whosestudies will be mainly literary ; (2) to be introductory to thecourses in Chemistry, Engineering and Advanced Physics. Stu-dents must reach the required standard in both theoretical andpractical work. Open only to students who have not matriculatedin Physics.

Text-book : Millikan, Gale and Edwards, A First Course inPhysics for Colleges.

Three lectures and two hours laboratory a week.^3 units.

2. Elementary Physics.—This course consists of a general coursein Physics suitable for those students who have obtained standingin Junior Matriculation Physics or its equivalent. It covers me-

1936

-37


chanics, properties of matter, heat, light, sound, electricity andsome of the more recent developments and theories.

Text-book : Knowlton, Physics for College Students, secondedition, McGraw-Hill.

Prerequisite: High School Physics.Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week.

3 units.References : Watson, A Text-book of Physics, Longmans ; Kaye

and Laby, Physical and Chemical Constants, Longmans

3. Mechanics, Molecular Physics and Heat.—A study of staticsand dynamics of both a particle and a rigid body, the laws ofgases and vapors, temperature, hygrometry, capillarity, expansion,and calorimetry.

Text-books: Reynolds, Elementary Mechanics, Prentice-Hall ;Edser, Heat for Advanced Students, Macmillan

Prerequisite: Physics 1 or 2.Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week.^3 units.

4. Modern Physics.—This is a general course for students whoare not specializing in physics, but who are interested in the recentdevelopments in this branch of science. It includes descriptionsand discussions of many of the fundamental experiments whichare responsible for the present viewpoint in physics. Analyticaldemonstrations, such as are given, do not involve advanced mathe-matics. Among the topics treated are : The nature of light, thequantum theory, radioactivity, electronic phenomena, X-rays, rela-tivity, astrophysics, and cosmic rays.

Candidates for Honours in Physics receive no credit for thiscourse.

Text-books : Jauncey, Modern Physics, Van Nostrand ; Black-wood, Outline of Atomic Physics, Wiley ; Eldridge, The PhysicalBasis of Things, McGraw-Hill.

Prerequisite, Physics 1 or 2.Three lectures per week.^ 3 units.


PRIMARILY FOR THIRD YEAR STUDENTS

5. Electricity and Magnetism.—A study of the fundamentalsof magnetism and electricity, including alternating currents andelectron physics.

Text-book : Zeleny, Elements of Electricity, McGraw-Hill.Prerequisite : Physics 1 or 2.Two lectures and three hours laboratory a week.^3 units.

1936

-37

PHYSICS^ 139

6. Theoretical Mechanics.—A selected course in statics, dy-namics of a particle and of a rigid body.

Text-book : Edwards, Analytic and Vector Mechanics, Mc-Graw-Hill.

Two lectures a week.^ 2 units.

7. Introduction to Theoretical Physics.—A course of lecturesupon selected topics, including elasticity, viscosity, and hydro-mechanics.


8. Physical Optics.—A course of lectures accompanied by labor-atory work, covering optical instruments, interference, diffraction,polarisation, the nature of light and experiments on ether drift.

Text-book : Robertson, Introduction to Physical Optics, secondedition, Van Nostrand.

Reference : Meyer, The Diffraction of Light X-rays and Ma-terial Particles, University of Chicago Press.

Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week.3 units.

PRIMARILY FOR FOURTH YEAR STUDENTS10. Light.—A short lecture course for students who have not

taken Physics 8. A study of optical instruments, light sources andfilters, spectroscopy, photometry, energy measurements, refrac-tometers, interference, diffraction and polarised light.

Text-book : Robertson, Introduction to Physical Optics, VanNostrand.

One lecture a week.^ 1 unit.

11. Electricity and Magnetism.—In this course especial atten-tion is given to the theoretical phases of Electricity and Mag-netism.

Text-book : Page-Adams, Principles of Electricity, Van Nos-trand.

Prerequisites: Physics 3 and 5 and Mathematics 10.Two lectures a week.^ 2 units.

12. Introduction to Atomic Structure.—A course of lecturesdealing with the conduction of electricity through gases, cathodeand positive rays, elementary spectroscopy, X-rays, radioactivityand other atomic phenomena.

Text-book : Richtmyer, Introduction to Modern Physics, Mc-Graw-Hill.

Prerequisites: Courses 3 and 5, and Differential and IntegralCalculus.


1936

-37


13. Kinetic Theory of Gases.—A course of lectures giving anexposition of the classical deductions and an outline of recentexperimental advances of the subject.

Text-book : Loeb, Kinetic Theory of Gases.Two lectures a week. 2 units.

14. Thermodynamics.—A course of lectures covering the funda-mental principles of the subject.

Text-book : Birtwistle, The Principles of Thermodynamics.One lecture a week. 1 unit.

19. Experimental Physics.—This is chiefly a laboratory coursecovering work in thermionics, spectroscopy, high vacua and generallaboratory technique.

Carefully prepared reports, abstracts and bibliographies willconstitute an essential part of the course.

Six hours laboratory a week. 2 to 3 units.With the consent of the Head of the Department Fourth Year

students may select one or more units from the following graduatecourses :

PRIMARILY FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS

20. Spectroscopy.—A study of the methods of excitation andobservation of spectra, series in arc and spark spectra, multiplets,Zeeman and Stark effects, and band spectra.

One lecture a week. 1 unit.21. Radiation and Atomic Structure.—A study of the theories

of radiation and miscellaneous related topics selected from currentliterature.

One lecture a week. 1 unit.22. Advanced Electricity and Magnetism. — A study of the

Electromagnetic theory and its application, the theories of metallicconduction, and electrical oscillations.

One lecture a week. 1 unit.23. Vector Analysis.—A course of lectures upon the applica-

tions of Vector Analysis to problems in Physics.One lecture a week. 1 unit.24. X-rays and Crystal Structure.—A study of the modern

methods of production and observation of X-rays, the Comptoneffect, X-ray analysis, and the structure of crystals.

One lecture a week. 1 unit.25. The Theory of Sound.—A course of lectures covering the

propagation of sound, and the general phenomena associated withvibrating systems.

One lecture a week.^ 1 unit.

1936

-37

ZOOLOGY^ 141

26. The Theory of Potential.—A general course giving theapplications of the Theory of Potential to Physics.

One lecture a week.^ 1 unit.27. The Theory of Relativity.—An introductory course to the

Theory of Relativity.One lecture a week.^ 1 unit.28. Quantum Mechanics.—An introduction to the theory of

Quantum Mechanics, and the application of Wave Mechanics toatomic problems.

One lecture a week.^ 1 unit.40. Methods in High School Physics.—This course is offered

primarily for students in the Teacher Training Course and doesnot carry undergraduate credit. Readings to be assigned.

Two hours a week. Second Term.

Department of ZoologyProfessor: C. McLean Fraser.Associate Professor: G. J. Spencer.Assistant Professor: Gertrude M. Smith.Assistant: G. Morley Neal.Assistant: George P. Holland.

NOTE :—Biology 1 (a) is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology.1. General Morphology.—General morphology of animals. Com-

parative anatomy. The relationships of animal groups. Compara-tive life-histories.

Text-book : Parker and Haswell, Manual of Zoology, Mac-millan.

This course is prerequisite to other courses in Zoology.Two lectures and two hours laboratory a week.^3 units.2. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates.—A detailed compara-

tive study of a member of each of the classes of Vertebrates.Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term.

2 units.3. Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates.—A detailed com-

parative study of a member of each of the main classes of In-vertebrates.

Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.2 units.

4. Morphology of Insects.—General Entomology.A collection of insects is required.Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. First Term.

2 units.This course is prerequisite to other courses in Entomology.

1936

-37


5. Histology.—Study of the structure and development of ani-mal tissues. Methods of histology.

Ten hours a week. Second Term.^3 units.

6. Embryology.—A general survey of the principles of verte-brate embryology. Preparation and examination of embryologicalsections.

Ten hours a week. First Term.^ 3 units.

7. Economic Entomology.—A study of the insect pests of ani-mals and plants ; means of combating them.

Lecture and laboratory work, six hours a week. Second Term.2 units.

8. Private Reading.—A course of reading on Biological theories.In this course examinations will be set, but no class instructionwill be given.^ 2 units.

9. Advanced Entomology.—A course in (a) Insect Morphologyand wing venation, or (b) Internal Anatomy and Histology, or(c) Taxonomy.

Prerequisite : Zoology 4.Lecture and laboratory work seven hours a week. First Term.

2 units.Courses correlated with the work for the major thesis are given

to graduate students.

1936

-37

THE

FACULTYOF

APPLIED SCIENCE(ENGINEERING, NURSING AND HEALTH)

1936

-37

1936

-37


FOREWORDThe object of the courses in Applied Science is to train students

in exact and fertile thinking, and to give them a sound knowledgeof natural laws and of the means of utilizing natural forces andnatural products for the benefit of man and the advancement ofcivilization. Experience shows that such a training is the best yetdevised for a large and increasing proportion of the administrative,supervisory and technical positions.

The object, then, is to turn out, not finished engineers orindustrial leaders—these are the product of years of developmentin the school of experience—but young men with a special capacityand training for attaining these goals, and thus for helping todevelop the industries of the province. Consequently the under-graduate course is made broad and general rather than narrowand highly specialized.

Furthermore, such a course is not only better suited to theBritish Columbia conditions that the graduate will encounter inhis after-life, but also better for later specialization, for it furnishesa more solid foundation, a better background, a broader outlookand a more stimulating atmosphere, all necessary if the specialistis to achieve the maximum results of which he is capable.

The student is offered a full undergraduate course and anadditional year of graduate study. The First Year is intendedto increase the student's general knowledge and to broaden hisoutlook. It is hoped that enough interest will be aroused toencourage the student to continue some study of the humanitiesas a hobby or recreation.

The Second and Third years in Applied Science are spent in ageneral course that includes Mathematics and all the basic sciences.This gives not only a broad training, but enables the student todiscover the work for which he has special liking or aptitude andto select more intelligently the subjects in which to specializeduring the final two years. During these two years studentsacquire more detailed knowledge and get practice in applyingscientific principles and knowledge, in solving problems, in doingthings; and there is also training in Economics, Law and IndustrialManagement.

During the long period between sessions, the student is requiredto engage in some industrial or professional work that will affordpractical experience not obtainable in the laboratory or field classes,but that is a necessary supplement to academic study.

1936

-37

146^FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE

An engineering degree in the Applied Science Course of theUniversity is accepted by the Association of Professional Engineersof the Province of British Columbia in lieu of four of the sixyears' practical experience required by the Engineering Act ofthe Province for registration to practise engineering.

Students are advised to register with the Association of Pro-fessional Engineers of British Columbia in their third year ; andto associate themselves with the appropriate engineering societies.

ADMISSIONThe general requirements for admission to the University are

given on Pages 27-31.As for Arts, complete Junior Matriculation or its equivalent

is required for admission to Applied Science, and no student mayenter with any outstanding supplemental in Junior Matriculation.

No student with defective standing will be admitted either tothe Second or to the Third Year in Applied Science. The numberof students who may enter the Second Year is limited to 120, ex-clusive of Nursing and Health. The Faculty reserves the right ofselection and admission in accordance with this limit. Applicationsfor admission to the Second Year, except Nursing and Health, mustbe made to the Registrar on or before September 1st. Applicantswho are accepted will be notified and must make application forregistration at once or lose their priority of acceptance. Laterapplications will be considered as far as vacancies are available.

The number of students who will be admitted to the SecondYear in Nursing and Health is limited to 20. The Faculty re-serves the right of selection and admission in accordance with thelimit set. Applications for admission to the Second Year in Nurs-ing and Health must be made to the Registrar on or before August1st. See Page 166.

Candidates who expect to complete the requisite entrancestanding through University or Senior Matriculation supplementalexaminations, held in August or September, may apply for admis-sion as specified above and their applications will be consideredsubject to the results of these examinations.

Admission to the Second Year in Applied Science may begranted to students who have fulfilled the requirements of theFirst Year, as outlined below, by Senior Matriculation or similarwork taken outside of the University; but students who are con-sidering entering Applied Science are recommended to take theFirst Year at the University of British Columbia, if they can, for,while they may master the required subject matter as well outside,in the opinion of the Faculty it is highly desirable to have had a

1936

-37

COURSES IN APPLIED SCIENCE^147

year's experience at the University before entering Second YearApplied Science.

This experience includes special orientation lectures, contactwith Arts students, with Applied Science senior students, withspecialists, with college organizations, and generally with theUniversity methods and adjustments which prepare him to attackthe difficult and heavy work of the Second Year efficiently from theoutset, or to select another University course, if desired, on thebasis of a year's experience and without loss of time.

For requirements for admission to courses in Nursing andHealth, see Page 166.

DEGREESThe degrees offered students in this Faculty are :Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc.). (See below.)Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc.). (See Page 175.)

COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A.Sc.The degree of Bachelor of Applied Science is granted on the

completion of the work in one of the coursest given below:I. Chemical Engineering.

II. Chemistry.III. Civil Engineering.IV. Electrical Engineering.V. Forest Engineering.

VI. Geological Engineering.VII. Mechanical Engineering.

VIII. Metallurgical EngineeringIX. Mining Engineering.X. Nursing and Health.

A double course in Arts and Science and in Applied Science isoffered, leading to the degrees of B.A., and B.A.Sc. (See Page174.)

This course is strongly recommended to students who areyoung enough to afford the time and to students wishing to enterApplied Science, and who have to their credit some, but not all,of the requirements of First Year Applied Science as set forth on. The latter can select subjects in their Second Year Artsthat will satisfy the Arts requirements for the double degree, and

tThe curriculum described in the following pages may be changed fromtime to time as deemed advisable by the Senate.

1936

-37


at the same time complete the work of First Year Applied Science.Thus they may qualify for an Arts degree without expending anymore time than would be required to qualify them for entranceinto Second Year Applied Science.

PRACTICAL WORK OUTSIDE THEUNIVERSITY

In order to master professional subjects it is very importantthat the work done at the University should be supplemented bypractical experience in related work outside. Therefore studentsare expected to spend their summers in employment that will givesuch experience.

Before a degree will be granted, a candidate is required tosatisfy the Department concerned that he has done at least fourmonths' practical work related to his chosen profession. Fourthand Fifth Year Essays (see Page 151) should be based, as far aspossible, upon the summer work.

Upon approval of the Dean and the head of the Departmentconcerned, University credit may be granted for work done outsidethe University under the immediate supervision of the Universitystaff, during the University session.

Practical work such as Shop-work, Freehand Drawing, Mechan-ical Drawing, Surveying, etc., done outside the University, maybe accepted in lieu of laboratory or field work (but not in lieu oflectures) in these subjects, on the recommendation of the Headof the Department and approval of the Dean. Students seekingexemption as above must make written application to the Dean,accompanied by certificates indicating the character of the workdone and the time devoted to it.

OPENING OF SESSION

Lectures begin on Wednesday, September the 23rd, andit is essential to the success of the student that he should be inattendance at the opening of the session, for, in order to allow asmuch time as possible for practical work in the summer, the lengthof the session has been reduced to the minimum consistent with theground to be covered. Consequently a student requires the fullsession to master the work. A mere pass standing is a very unsatis-factory preparation for subsequent work or professional life.Further, from this standpoint, the opening work is the most im-portant of the whole session for the student, for in it are given thegeneral instructions necessary for the proper attack upon the work.

The only exception is when the summer employment affordsexperience necessary for the course in which the student is special-

1936

-37

COURSES IN APPLIED SCIENCE^

149

izing, and when it will lighten to some extent the work of thesession (such as in Geological Survey field work for geologicalstudents) and then only provided the nature of this work makesit impossible for the student to reach the University on the openingday. Under these circumstances, if the student furnishes a state-ment from his employer showing it was impossible for him torelease the student earlier, the Dean may allow the student to enterwithout penalty as to class attendance. The student must, how-ever, register at the opening of the session in accordance with theregulations in reference to registration.

SUPPLEMENTAL EXAMINATIONSA student with supplementals must write them off at the

regular time for supplemental examinations before the opening ofthe session, for he will need the entire session for the current year'swork. It is also necessary, for a successful year, to have a satis-factory knowledge of the foundational work of the preceding year.No exceptions to the above rule will be granted except as underParagraph 4, above, and with the exception of Nursing studentswho are about to enter upon their Hospital course in September ;for this group supplemental examinations will be held on or aboutAugust 15th.

GENERAL OUTLINE OF UNIVERSITY COURSESStudents in Nursing and Health register the First Year in

Arts and Science and take the special course outlined on Page 167.All other students of Applied Science have a general course commonto all for the first three years as under :

FIRST YEARThe students register in Arts and take the following classes

as Arts students:English 1 (a and b).Mathematics 1 (Algebra, Geometry, Trigonometry).Chemistry 1.Physics 1 or 2.Latin 1 or French 1 or *German B.The passing grade is 50 per cent. for English, Chemistry,

Physics, German B, and each of the Mathematics subjects, but inthe others a mark of 40 per cent. will be accepted provided anaverage of 60 per cent. has been obtained in the total work of theyear. No student with defective standing will be admitted toSecond Year Applied Science.

*Applied Science students are advised to take Beginners' German.

1936

-37


tBiology 1 (a), if taken as an optional extra subject, and passedwith a grade of at least 50 per cent., need not be repeated in theSecond Year. Economics 1, taken in Arts, is accepted in lieu ofEconomics in Applied Science.

A student who avails himself of either of these options willnevertheless be deemed to be taking a full year's course in the lateryear for the purpose of standing and competition for general pro-ficiency scholarships, but in awarding these scholarships the markobtained in the transferred subject in the earlier year may be usedas if it had been obtained in the later year.

A reading knowledge of French and German is desirable forstudents in Engineering.

Students who have passed First Year Arts and Science, butwho have failed to make the necessary entrance requirements forthe Second Year Applied Science, may take the September Sup-plemental Examinati'ins of Arts and Science.

First Year students are advised to attend the noon-hour talkson the choice of a profession and on the life and work in variouscallings likely to be selected by Applied Science graduates, asthese may assist the student in determining whether AppliedScience is the best course for him. If he finds it is not, he canproceed in Arts without any loss of time.

The work of the Second and Third Years is the same in allcourses, except those in Nursing and Health.

SECOND YEAR

Subject

,..T.imv4 46.

..d,2,5,)

First Term Second Term..u

. , 3,13.-, E.

ts'. c'...Ecl 4 t.. g3x

..hi2'..' g

,.a

t1,-;-. ".si'4 Ell4,Jx

IMath. I Trigonometry^ 202 2Math. 2 Solid Geometry^ 203 2Math. 3 Algebra^ 203 2 2Math. 4 Calculus^ 203 2 2M.E. 1 Drawing 1^ 204 6 6Physics 3 Mechanics^ 216 3 3Physics 4 Heat^ 216 3 3Chem. 2a Qual. Analysis ^ 181 1 3 1 3M.E. 2a Shop Practice^ 204 1^2 1 2Biology 1* Introductory^ 178 1^2 1^I 2C.E. 2 Surveying^ 184 Weld WorkC.E. 4 Graphics 184 2 2C.E. 30 Engineering Prob. 1^ 191 4 4

tApplied Science students are strongly recommended to take Biology 1 (a in theFirst Year.

*Biology 1, Arts, passed with a grade of at least 50 per cent, will beaccepted in lieu of this course.

1936

-37


THIRD YEARNo student with defective standing will be admitted to the

Third Year of Applied Science.

Subject

al,F, to'`1"3Pg'"ttr'''''

First Term Second Term

..hi^t't5i4ct^Z n,.E,^;...`1)?)^.S1'- k'^1z

..i.i2 I'

8&.-1 a

tlr,p..si64 r).PI,..1Z

Math. 6 Calculus^ 203 33Math. 7 Anal. Geom.^ 203 22Chem. 2b Quan. Analysis^ 181 1 3 1 3C.E. 4 Graphics^ 184 22M.E. 6a Elem. Theory^ 205 2 2Physics 5 Electricity^ 216 32 3 2Physics 6 Mechanics^ 216 22C.E. 5 Mapping 184 33C.E. 6 Surveying^ 184 22Geology 1 General 198 2 2 2 21-C.E. 7 Surveying^ 185 Field WorkC.E. 31 Engineering Prob. 2^ 192 3 3

tStudents entering Civil, Forest, Geological, Metallurgical, and MiningEngineering are required to take Civil Engineering 7 (see Page 185) immedi-ately after the spring examinations.

THIRD, FOURTH, AND FIFTH YEARS

EssaysStudents entering the Third Year are required to submit a

short essay.

Essays are required of all students entering the Fourth andFifth Years, and must conform to the following :

1. The essay shall consist of not less than 2,000 words.

2. It must be a technical description of the engineering aspectsof the work on which the student was engaged during thesummer, or of any scientific or engineering work with whichhe is familiar. In the preparation of the essay, advantage maybe taken of any source of information, but due acknowledgmentmust be made of all authorities consulted. It should be suitablyillustrated by drawings, sketches, photographs or specimens.

3. It must be typewritten, or clearly written on paper of sub-stantial quality, standard letter size (81/2 x 11 inches), on oneside of the paper only, leaving a clear margin on top andleft-hand side. Every student must submit a duplicate copy

1936

-37


of his essay, for the correction of English. If typewritten,essays must be "double-spaced." Students are recommendedto examine sample reports to be found in the departments andalso copies of Masters' Theses in the library.

4. All essays must be handed in to the Dean not later thanNovember 15th.

All essays, when handed in, become the property of the Depart-ment concerned, and are filed for reference. Students may submitduplicate copies of their essays in competition for the students'prizes of the Engineering Institute of Canada, or the CanadianInstitute of Mining and Metallurgy.

Essays will be considered as final Christmas examinations. Amaximum of 100 marks is allowed, the value being based onpresentation, English, including spelling, and matter. In FourthYear essays, presentation, that is, the manner in which the materialis arranged and presented to the reader, is given most weight,with English second and matter third. In Fifth Year essays, mostemphasis is placed on matter, but the other two are still ratedhighly.

COURSESI. Chemical Engineering

The course in Chemical Engineering is designed to prepare thestudent for the duties of managing engineer in a chemical manu-facturing plant. As such he must be conversant not only withthe chemical processes involved, but he must be prepared to designand to oversee the construction of new buildings and to direct theinstallation and use of machinery. Hence the course of studyincludes, especially in the first three years, a number of coursesin the older branches of engineering. In the fourth and fifthyears the maximum of chemical training, allowed by the time atthe disposal of the student, is given in inorganic, organic andphysical chemistry. Special emphasis is laid on such problems asthe operation of electrolytic cells and electric furnaces, the trans-portation of gases, liquids and solids, combustion, grinding, mixing,drying, evaporation, distillation, condensation, filtration andadsorption processes.

1936

-37


FOURTH YEAR

Subject.2I 4)I gt 8401


E trS.

A t' 4.

1i....a:81 1;5x

AE tltd.4 at

tli;$ P.m-V.ES.2g1 Z

Essay ^ 151Economics 12 (Arts), Statistics 1^ 106 1 2 1 2Met. 1 Introductory^ 213 2 2Geol. 2 (a) Mineralogy^ 199 2 2Chem. 3 Organic^ 181 2 3 2 3Chem. 4 Theoretical^ 181 2 3 2 3Chem. 5 Adv. Analysis^ 182 1 6 1 6E.E. 1 General^ 208 2 2 2 2Physics 7 Light^ 216 1 1C.E. 12 Hydraulics^ 186 1 3 1 3

FIFTH YEAR

Subject

4

4'4


E 4iV.^t

axp

t5

.41ES

axEssay ^ 151Chemistry 6 Industrial^ 182 2 2Chem. 7 Physical^ 182 2 3 2 8Chem. 8 Electro^ 183 2 a 2 3Chem. 9 Adv. Organic ..^ 183 2 3 2 3Chem. 16 Engineering^ 183 3 3Metallurgy 3 ^ 214 2 2Thesis ^ 12 15

II. Chemistry

The aim of this course is to train the students in the practiceof Chemistry, and to give a thorough knowledge in the fundamentalprinciples of this subject, that they may be prepared to assist inthe solution of problems of value to the industrial and agricultural

1936

-37


life of the Province. The course is arranged to give in the firsttwo years a knowledge of the fundamental principles of Chemistryand Physics, with sufficient mathematics to enable the theoreticalparts of the subject to be understood.

In the Fourth Year, Analytical, Organic and Physical Chem-istry are studied from the scientific side and in relation to tech-nology; while in the Fifth Year a considerable amount of time isdevoted to a short piece of original work.

FOURTH YEAR

Subject7e cu"441.4 57g 4;


-a

T ait,-' °.4

tt.r:,..

V,'"2 .81L.5 x

.a.' .5,9

V. a"

'-' &

r -rkg,a<1;

.0,I:J'x

Essay ^ 151Economics 12 (Arts), Statistics 1^ 106 1 2 1 2Chem. 3 Organic^ 181 2 3 2 3Chem. 4 Theoretical^ 181 2 3 2 3Chem. 5 Adv. Analysis^ 182 1 6 1 6Met. 1 Introductory^ 213 2 2Geol. 2 (a) Mineralogy^ 199 2 2Met. 5 Assaying 214 1 5German B (Arts)^ 133 3 3Physics 7 Light^ 216 1 1

FIFTH YEAR

Subjectli g,,.,1: re"0 0


.oo

P.:"5

t.e,

t. tili "ais. Et

eg,,...

...,ii2. t.E8,a A

,:,t2 "4El 4 4)0 alitfag„:,..,

Essay ^ 151Bacteriology 1 (Arts)^ 88 7Physics 12 Advanced^ 216 2 2Chem. 6 Industrial^ 182 2 2::'hem. 7 Physical^ 182 2 8 2 3Chem. 8 Electro.^ 183 2 8 2 3Chem. 9 Adv. Organic^ 183 2 3 2 3Thesis ^ . 9 18

1936

-37


III. Civil Engineering

The broad field covered by Civil Engineering makes it anadjunct of many other branches of engineering, yet the CivilEngineer occupies a distinctive field and is intimately associatedwith a wide group of undertakings vitally affecting the health,comfort and prosperity of the commonwealth.

The various branches of Civil Engineering deal with problemsin water supply and water purification ; in sewerage systems,sewage disposal plants, and the handling of municipal and indus-trial wastes; in hydraulic power development ; in irrigation anddrainage for agricultural activities ; in all types of structures,bridges and buildings, piers and docks, sea walls and protectiveworks; in transportation, canals, locks, highways, electric andsteam railways; and in the management and direction of publicworks, public utilities, industrial and commercial enterprises.

The course in Civil Engineering is designed to provide, in sofar as time will permit, foundations for continued growth alongthose lines which the student's interest and environment determine,without compelling too early specialization. Training in pure andapplied science, in the humanities, in economics and engineeringlaw, and in the technical phases of professional work establishesa broad basis for the stimulation of a sincere spirit of publicservice and for the development of that capacity for reliable workand judgment which makes safe the assumption of responsibilities.

The methods of instruction are planned with the view ofbringing out the powers and initiative of the students while train-ing them in the habits of accurate analysis and careful work.Students are encouraged to secure summer work which will givethem an insight into the various phases of the career upon whichthey are about to enter, and the summer essays lay the foundationfor the ability to set forth, in clear and precise language, descrip-tions and analyses of projects and engineering activities. In theFifth Year thesis an opportunity is given for special investigationand research under the supervision of experienced engineers.

1936

-37

SubjectSm

ca at134,En

Essay ^ 151C.E. 8 Foundations^ 185C.E. 9 Elementary Design^ 185CE. 10 a & b Strength of Mtls^ 186C.E. 11 Railways^ 186GE. 12 a & b Hydraulics^ 186C.E. 13 Mapping^ 187C.E. 14 Surveying^ 187C.E. 15 Drawing^ 187M.E. 6(b) Laboratory^ 206E.E. 1 General^ 208Economics 1 (Arts)^ 104C.E. 16 Surveying^ 187C.E. 21 Water Power^ 188C.E. 28 Seminar^ 191

Term Second Term

fx

3 11 3

3 2 32

3 1 33 8

22 23 32 2 2

3Field Work

1 11

Nti

First

2

221

2

23

11

Subject&D.,

rT4

First

si

a t,

Essay ^ 151C.E. 17 Structural Design^ 187 1C.E. 18(a) Engineering Economics^ 188 2C.E. 18(b) Engineering Economics^ 188CE. 19 Law—Contracts^ 188 1C.E. 20 Geodesy^ 188 1C.E. 22 Municipal^ 189 2C.E. 23 Transportation^ 189 2C.E. 24(a) Mechanics of Mtls^ 190 2C.E. 24(b) Reinforced Concrete Design 190 1C.E. 25 Theory of Structures^ 190 1C.E. 26 Trips^ 191C.E. 27 Thesis^ 191CE. 28 Seminar^ 191 1C.E. 29 Hydraulic Machines^ 191 1

Term Second Term

El

a 2,

4^1^6

211

2^2^22

3^2^826^1^6

Required Sat. A M.8^8

11^1


FOURTH YEAR

FIFTH YEAR

1936

-37


IV. Electrical EngineeringThis course is designed for those students who desire a general

training in the theory and practice of Electrical Engineering. TheFourth Year of the course is devoted to the study of the basicprinciples of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering, and isintended to prepare the student for the more specialized courseswhich are given in the Fifth Year. In the Fifth Year an intensivecourse in all the important branches of Design, Transmission,Electro-Technology, Radio and Electric Traction, is given, togetherwith thorough laboratory work in most of these subjects.

FOURTH YEAR

Subject gAa0Wu)

First Term^Second Term

4s 0...it6.^t

tu

L"t

axeEssay ^ 151*E.E. 2 Direct Current Technology^ 208 3 3 1*E.E. 8 Elementary AC Technology^ 209 2 8*Math. 8 or 9 (Adv. Calculus)^ 203 3 3*M.E. 8 Kinematics^ 205 2 2*M.E. 7 Heat Engines^ 206 3 3 3 8*M.E. 4 Dynamics^ 205 2 2*E.E. 5 Electrical and Magnetic

Measurements and Instruments^ 209 2 2M.E. 5(a) Problem Course in Strength

of Materials and Design^ 205 1 1C.E. 10 Strength of Materials^ 186 2 3 2 8tM.E. 2 b^ 205 2 2Physics 11 ^ 2 2

*Prerequisite for Electrical Students entering Fifth Year.t Optional.

1936

-37


FIFTH YEAR

Subjectgt

a) mA rz.

4. (1'


„,..aidZ3,I.,„.,,..^a,

a.

.,,t.F., P....Ei Cec'.1°..7 Z

r„.,E ae

..F,11,Itia.

,.',*., 1:1,t.;4-a3.2^ 13d°..] Z

Essay ^ 151E.E. 7 Design of Electrical Machinery 209 2 3 2 3E.E. 8 Electrical Traction and E.E. 9

Transmission and Distribution ofEnergy^ 210 1 1

M.E. 15 Prime Movers^ 207 2 2M.E. 14 Mechanical Design^ 207 1 1E.E. 10 Electrical Problem Course ^ 210 2 2E.E. 11 Radio Telegraphy and

Radio Telephony ^ 210 2 4 2 4Math. 8 or 9 (Differential Equa.

or Adv. Calculus^ 203 3 3E.E. 12 Electro-technology^ 211 3 4 3 4E.E. 13 Transient Phenomena and

Oscillations ^ 212 1 1M.E. 8 Steam Turbines^ 206 1 1

V. Forest EngineeringIn British Columbia the forest industries, including logging

and the manufacture of lumber, pulp and paper, lead all others.They must always play a very important part in the economy ofthe Province, because seven-eighths of the productive land isabsolute forest soil, that will grow good timber but no other cropof value; and because over half the remaining stand of saw-timber— the last big reserve — of Canada is here. The developmentof these industries is requiring more and more the services ofengineers, and especially is this true in logging. Furthermore,most of the forest land is owned by the public, and the manage-ment of these vast estates is a task that will require constantgrowth on the part of the government forest services.

This indicates very briefly the various fields of service opento Forest Engineers, and for which the course of studies isdesigned. Primarily the course is planned for the lumber industry,and a major part of the time—apart from the preliminary foun-dation work—is devoted to the branches of engineering most usedby it. In addition, the fundamental subjects of forestry arecovered.

Vancouver contains large sawmills, wood-working plants, andplants for seasoning and preserving wood—more, in fact, than anyother place in the Province. Pulp mills, logging operations andextensive forests are within easy reach. The advantages of locationare therefore exceptional. A special feature is the affiliation of

1936

-37


the Forest Products Laboratory of Canada, maintained at theUniversity by a co-operative arrangement with the DominionForestry Branch. A description of the laboratory and its activitiesis given on Page 197. It affords opportunities for instruction intesting the mechanical properties of timber and other structuralmaterials, and facilities are now provided for experimental anddemonstration work in wood seasoning.

The University ForestA great asset to the University site is the forest, a small

remnant of the luxurious stand that once covered the wholepeninsula. Not only does it add very much to the beauty of thesurroundings, but it is valuable as a shelter belt, a place ofrecreation, and a convenient demonstration and field study areafor the departments of Forestry, Botany and Zoology.

The forest is in the form of a long narrow belt on the westernside of the site, flanking Marine Drive for nearly a mile, andcontaining over 105 acres. In composition it is typical of the low-land stands of the southern coast, and all the principal species oftrees and shrubs of the region are represented, including specimensof the old trees as well as a large amount of young growth ofdifferent ages.

A small forest nursery is being developed and used for experi-mental and demonstration work in silviculture and also to provideplanting stock for the forest.

FOURTH YEAR

Subject

,i'2...RI' av, a-ao-"wt,;

First Term Second Term•EtN

8,..-' 4',

•t'>.,,,4-13

,,q11=

E .

Si..4 4'

t'ti2 0. 4

t Ti.,q..f.31Z

Essay ^ 151F.E. 1 General Forestry^ 193 1 1F.E. 2 (a) Mensuration*^ 193 1 2 1 2F.E. 3 Protection^ 194 1F.E. 6 (a) Management 1^ 194 1 1F.E. 9 Lumbering^ 195 2 1F.E. 14 Seminar^ 196 1 1Bot. 1 General Botany^ 179 2 2 2 2Bot. 5b Dendrology^ 179 1 2 1 2Economics 1 (Arts)^ 104 3 3C.E. 8 (a) Foundations^ 185 1 3C.E. 9 Structural Design^ 185 1 3C.E. 10 Strength Materials^ 186 2 3 2 3C.E. 11 Railways^ 186 2 2C.E. 12 Hydraulics^ 186 1 1 1 1C.E. 13 Mapping^ 187 3C.E. 14 Surveying^ 187 2

•Also 1 week Field Work immediately after spring examinations.

1936

-37


FIFTH YEAR

Subject h. '"tt4,cn


21;a;c.■.1.);-.as

.11)4..^.siv.-.o*f,d oax

ris., cu

cd:vc,a.

,2'^•— Lf-i't)w o.Z

Essay ^ 151F.E. 2 (b) Mensuration^ 193 2 2F.E. 5 Wood Technology^ 194 2 3 1 2F.E. 6 (b)^Management 2^ 194 1 1F.E. 7 History^ 195 2F.E. 8 Silviculture*^ 195 2 2 3F.E. 10 Logging Engineering*^ 195 1 1 2F.E. 11 Milling*^ 196 2 S 4 1

4F.E. 12 Forest Products*^ 196 2 JF.E. 13 Lumber Grading^ 196 1^I 2F.E. 14 Seminar^ 196 1 1F.E. 15 Thesis 196 3 3Bot. 6 (b) Pathology^1Zool. 7 Entomology^f^

180220 1 2

Bot. 7a Ecology^ 180 1 2C.E. 18 Engineering Economics^ 188 2 2C.E. 19 Engineering Law^ 188 1 1C.E. 51 Structural Design 2^ 192 1 3 1 3

•Field trips are required in these courses and students should be pre-pared for a total expense which should not exceed $20 each.

VI. Geological EngineeringThis course is designed to meet the requirements of students

who intend to enter Geology as a profession, and such students arestrongly advised to take this particular course of training.

It gives a broad training not only in Geology, but also in thesciences of Biology, Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics, whichare extensively applied in the solution of geological problems. Theengineering subjects are useful not only to the Mining and Con-sulting Geologist and the Geological Surveyor, but to the Geologistengaged in original research in any branch of the science.

The course therefore furnishes a foundation for the professionsof Mineralogist, Geological Surveyor, Mining Geologist, Consult-ing Geologist, Paleontologist, Geographer, etc., and is useful forthose who will be in any way connected with the discovery ordevelopment of the natural resources of the country.

As a supplement to the work in the classroom, laboratory andfield during the session, the student is expected to obtain practicalexperience during the summer vacation.

Students are advised to become student members of theCanadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

1936

-37

COURSES IN APPLIED SCIENCE^

161

FOURTH YEAR

Subject.F.1%

AA,,■.4)

c2,?,


.1:i..'^c,),:IL,.R.

ttBad:P, a3.801cee..7 =

.,..y

.-4)

t t,-;MadE.3 4 a;.ggi.1x

Essay ^ 151Geol. 2 Mineralogy^ 199 2 2 2 2Geol. 4 Structural^ 199 3 3Geol. 5 Regional^ 200 3 1 3 1Min. 1 Metal Mining^ 212 2 2Met. 5 Fire Assaying^ 214 1 5Met. 1 General^ 213 2 2Ore Dressing 1 General^ 214 2 2Zool. 1 ^ 220 2 2 2 2C.E. 13 Mapping^ 187 8Chem. 5* Adv. Analysis^ 182 1 6 1 6Met. 6* Wet Assaying^ 214 3 8

•Either Chem. 5 or Met. 6 must be taken.

FIFTH YEAR

Subject

23To' 4,- b,g.,'6844,,

First Term Second Term.hiE 04,,

.-e,

t', b4-,o- am•

Z.' 22,g,,c2,..r.

E ai, 0)

4,,,—1,)

wo o. •.1,^.N1 trVgag.1=

Essay ^ 151Geol. 6 Palaeontology^ 200 2 2 2 2Geol. 7 Petrology^ 200 2 4 2 4Geol. S Economic Geology^ 200 3 1 3 1C.E. 18 Engr. Economics^ 188 2 2Geol. 9 Mineralography^ 201 2 2Geol. 10 Field ^ 201 3 3Min. 2 Coal and Placer^ 212 2 2Min. 3 Metal Mining^ 213 2 2Min. 5 Surveying^ 213 1Met. 2 Smelting^ 214 2 2Ore Dressing 2 Laboratory^ 215 3 3Thesis ^ 4 5

1936

-37


VII. Mechanical EngineeringThe course in Mechanical Engineering has been designed to

give the student a thorough knowledge of the theory and applica-tion of those basic subjects which are essential in this branch ofEngineering.

With this in view, stress has been laid upon such subjects asMathematics, Physics, Applied Mechanics, Strength of Materials,Applied Thermodynamics and Hydraulics. Graduates of thiscourse are therefore qualified to enter upon any of the manyspecialized branches of this profession, especially in BritishColumbia, whose rapid industrial development demands MechanicalEngineers prepared to attack a great diversity of problems.

Although fundamentally general in character, the courseembodies design of prime movers; mechanical and hydraulic ma-chinery design; power plant operation and design; and the testingof engines and power plants, thus giving sufficient specializedtraining in Mechanical Engineering to enable students to enterthe field of design or research should they so desire.

Students following this course are given a general course inthe fundamentals of Electrical Engineering.

FOURTH YEAR

Subject

4

qaa a"


"04 a..

t"4")

-]=*C.E. 10 Strength of Materials^ 186 2 3 2 3*M.E. 3 Kinematics^ 205 2 2*M.E. 4 Dynamics of Machines^ 205 2 2*M.E. 5 Machine Design^ 205 2 2M.E. 5 (a) Problems in Materials'

and Design ^ 205 1 1*M.E. 7 Heat Engines ^M.E. 13 Physical Treatment of Metals

206 ^207

31

32

31

32

E.E. 2 and 3 Electrical DC andAC Technology ^ 208 3^3^1^3^1^3

*C.E. 12 Hydraulics^ 186 1 3 1 8*Math. 8 Advanced Calculus or IMath. 9 Differential Equations f 203 3 3

tM.E. 2 (b) Shop^ 205 2 2*Essay ^

'Prerequisite for Mechanical students entering the Fifth Year.tOptional.

1936

-37


FIFTH YEAR

SubjectL.4;r" ''

P7:0.691'

First Term Second Term•

E 1.e.8r.-1,:t

i'.•*t1° rl'ai"1 ' 4)

.ill2m

.Z'''I' )

E k-'41'.

t.' tlB Edi.: .. ,;}.1=

M.E. 8 Steam Turbines^9 Internal Combustion Eng^

206206 1 1

11 5

1 }5

M.E. 10 Refrigeration^M.E.

206 1 1tM.E. 11 Heating and Ventilation^ 207 1 1M.E. 12 Power Plant Design^ 207 1 3 1 3M.E. 15 Prime Movers^ 207 2 2M.E. 16 Machine Design^ 207 2 5 2 5M.E. 17 Applied Mechanics^ 208 1 1tM.E. 18 Aeronautics^ 208 1 1M.E. 19 Problems in Mech. and

Elec. Eng. ^ 208 2 2E.E. 14 General^ 212 2 4 2 4Math. 9 Differential Equations or

Math. 8 Adv. Calculus^ 208 3 3Essay ^*M.E. (2b) Shop^ 205 2 2

tAlternative subjects.•Optional.

VIII.-IX. Metallurgical and Mining EngineeringModern Mining and Metallurgy cover too large a field to cover

in detail in a University course, therefore the courses given areintended to give the students a broad training and knowledge ofthe fundamental, technical, economic and social principles involved,to serve as a sufficient foundation for advancement in any branchof the work that the student may enter after graduation. Sufficientspecialized training is given in draughting, assaying and minesurveying to equip the student for the actual job which he is likelyto enter upon graduating.

Laboratory equipment is sufficient to give a thorough laboratorydrilling in Assaying, Ore Dressing, Pyrometry and MetallurgicalAnalysis.

Coal, Iron and Steel are covered in general courses andspecialization is chiefly in non-ferrous mining and metallurgy, withparticular reference to British Columbia conditions.

Students are expected to spend their vacations in practicalwork in connection with mining or metallurgy and are requiredto do so between the fourth and fifth year as an essential part oftheir course, without which a degree will not be granted.

Vancouver is conveniently located in proximity to coal andmetal mining districts, and is an important mining centre. Students

1936

-37


and graduates have normally little trouble in getting positions,through the generous co-operation of the mining companies in theProvince.

Students are advised to become student members of theCanadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.

VIII. Metallurgical Engineering

FOURTH YEAR

Subject

.! a:

A 6.7.

7-cc?e'''4.


I;1...^a)

4et..4 Irzt

a. ,..1. c,.2 a -4

n';e',J=

,,.d

it-'4.'

,-)..a coI.2 a

lig`X

Essay ^ 151C.E. 9 Elem. Design^ 185 1 8C.E. 10 Str. of Materials^ 186 2 3 2 3C.E. 12 Hydraulics^ 186 1 3 1 3C.E. 13 Mapping^ 187 3M.E. 6 (b) Laboratory^ 206 3 3Geol. 2 Mineralogy^ 199 2 2 2 2E.E. 1 General ^ 208 2 2 2 2Min. 1 Metal Mining^ 212 3 3Ore Dressing 1 General^ 214 2 2Met. 1 General^ 213 2 2Met. 5 Fire Assay^ 214 1 5Met. 6 Wet Assay^ 214 3 8

FIFTH YEAR

Subject

72. aC.^

;gFirst Term Second Term

axtr,

O.cEst

• tv

0 0,

*0..8 P4C.

Essay ^ 151Geol. 9 Mineralography^ 201 2 2C.E. 18 Engr. Economics^ 188 2 2Chem. 4 Theoretical^ 181 2 3 2 3Ore Dressing 2 Laboratory^ 215 9 9Min. 8 Metal Mining^ 213 2 2Met. 2 Smelting^ 214 2 2Met. 3 Calculations^ 214 2 2Met. 4 Laboratory^ 214 1 ^12^1^I^12

1936

-37


IX. Mining EngineeringFOURTH YEAR

As in Metallurgical Engineering. (See Page 164.)FIFTH YEAR

Subject


LIEtCo o "

t" t.

Bob

Essay ^ 151Geol. 7 Petrology^Geol. 8 Economic^

200200

23

41

23

41

C.E. 18 Engr. Economics^ 188 2 2Met. 2 Smelting^ 214 2 2Ore Dressing 2 Laboratory^Min. 2 Coal and Placer^

215212 2

92

9

Min. 3 Metal Mining^ 213 2 2Min. 4 Machinery^ 213 2 2Min. 5 Surveying^Min. 7 Methods^

213213

11

Min. 6 Design^ 213 3 3

Short Courses in MiningIn place of the short daytime courses in Mining given at the

University in previous years, Short Courses in Mining Subjectswill be given each year as night classes in connection with theBritish Columbia Chamber of Mines and the Vancouver SchoolBoard. Classes are held on Monday and Thursday evenings andinclude lectures on Mining, Smelting, Ore Dressing, Geologyand Mineralogy, with practical laboratory work in Mineralogy.These courses usually begin about November 15th and continueuntil the end of February.

The classes are open to prospectors, business men and anyothers interested. A fee of $5.00 is charged for the full courses,and registration should be made at the office of the Chamber ofMines, 402 Pender St. W., Vancouver, B. C. Correspondence inregard to the courses and applications for registration, accom-panied by fee, should be addressed to the Chamber of Mines.

X. Nursing and Health1. Nursing A.—An undergraduate course, combining academic

and professional courses. (See below.)2. Nursing B.—A graduate course of one academic year in

Public Health Nursing. (See Page 170.)

1936

-37


3. Nursing C.—A graduate course of one academic year inTeaching and Supervision in Schools of Nursing. (See Page 171.)

5. A double course for the combined degrees of B.A. andB.A.Sc. (Nursing). (See Page 173.)

REGISTRATIONRegistration for these courses will be subject to the general

University Regulations (see Pages 27-31) and to the special require-ments of the Department.

All regulations are subject to change from year to year, andsubjects or courses may be modified during the year as the Facultymay deem advisable.

Applications for admission to the Second Year in Nursing andHealth must be made to the Registrar on or before August 1st,and must be accompanied by a certificate showing that the applicanthas satisfied the entrance requirements of an affiliated Hospitalschool. Applicants who are accepted will be notified and must makeapplication for registration at once or lose their priority of accept-ance. Later applications will be considered as far as vacancies areavailable.

Supplemental examinations will be held on or about August15th for students entering the Third Year in Nursing and Health.

Courses in the Second and higher years Nursing and Health,including the Double Course, are governed by the Regulations ofthe Faculty of Applied Science.

In order to comply with the requirements of the Department,upon completion of the First Year of Arts (as outlined on Page164) candidates should apply, before August 1st, for admission tocourses in Nursing and Health. As well as satisfying the entrancerequirements of an associated Hospital School of Nursing, ap-plicants must, in the opinion of the Department, be personallyfitted for the profession of nursing. Certificates of approval willbe sent to the Registrar by the Department and by the School ofNursing in which the applicant expects to obtain her training.

Nursing A (Combined Undergraduate Course)This is a Combined Hospital and University Course leading to

the Degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing) and to the Diploma in Nursingof an associated hospital. It is given by the University in co-operation with the Schools of Nursing of associated hospitals,which means those hospitals that have signified their willingnessto supply the professional part of the course, and have receivedthe approval of the University Senate for that purpose. Up tothe present time the Vancouver General Hospital is the onlyhospital which has entered into association with the Universityto this end.

1936

-37


The aim of the Combined Course is to afford a broader educa-tion than can be given by the Hospital Schools of Nursing alone,and thus to build a sound foundation for those who desire to fitthemselves for Teaching and Supervision in Schools of Nursingor for Public Health Nursing Service.

The First and Second Years (of the Combined Course), or theFirst, Second and Third Years (of the Double Course), which areacademic, give the students an introduction to general culturalsubjects and a foundation in the sciences underlying the practiceof nursing. Following these academic, or pre-clinical years, thestudent enters an associated Hospital School of Nursing for aperiod of thirty-two months. The first four months is a proba-tionary period ; upon acceptance by the School of Nursing thestudent remains for a period of twenty-eight months. This periodof professional training is planned to afford a wide experience andtraininc, in the care of the sick, and to develop the skill, observa-tion and judgment necessary to the efficient practice of nursing.The Final Year (which is the same for the Combined and theDouble Course) affords a choice of two courses, one in PublicHealth Nursing (Nursing B), the second in Teaching and Super-vision in Schools of Nursing (Nursing C).

Outline of the course :

FIRST YEAR (ACADEMIC)

The students register in the Faculty of Arts and Science, andtake the following courses as Arts students:


5:3.10 .-4 t.",il -4 t'''''Subject 4,:,

tt2 ai..8 ,..4 a,o-

$30..L'E tct n..)

E tB E84 a,a.

,s3 X,i"EQ.k. g '''ed M

English 1 (a)^ 114 2 2English 1 (b)^ 114 2 2Choice of

Latin^1^or French 1^

102131 8 3 • ^

or German (Beginners')^ 133Mathematics 1 127 4 3Chemistry 1* ^ 95 8 3 8 8Biology 1 (a)^ 90 2 2 2 2

*Physics 1 or 2 may be taken in lieu of Chemistry 1, but students taking this optionmust take Chemistry 1 in their Second Year.

1936

-37


SECOND YEAR (ACADEMIC)

The students register in the Faculty of Applied Science, andtake the following courses as Nursing students:

Subject="obn,ste.,`7.,"cl

First Term Second Term,,-...; fe

',.,.',^,..-' ',1'.

r:t2 r 2..

E.'41.>.8 <;

2 =

...yi1: I)Z3%,..-'1,'

>. tiS ‘2.Ai4E1.8g,5 =

English 2 ^ 114 3 3Zoology 1 ^ 141 2 2 2 2Physics 1 or 2^ 137 3 2 3 2Psychology 1 ^ 136 4 4Bacteriology in relation to Health and

Disease ^ 217 1 4 1 4Elementary Organic Chemistry^ 217 1 1History of Nursing^ 217 1 1

Probationary Period (Hospital)It has been arranged that the students of both the Combined

Course and the Double Course will enter the associated Hospitalalong with the regular class of probationers entering theHospital in September. The midsummer vacation period wasformerly used for the probationary term, but it is believed thatit will be of benefit to the student to have a vacation before enteringthe Hospital, and also an advantage to enter at the same timeas the regular class. The students must meet all admission require-ments of the associated Hospital Schools of Nursing.

During this probationary period the student will undergo rigidexamination as to fitness in physique, temperament and characterfor the practice of nursing. This will afford the Hospital Schoolof Nursing information upon which to judge the student's quali-fications for the profession of nursing. It also enables the studentto determine whether she feels herself personally fitted or inclinedto proceed in the course. The Hospital Schools of Nursing reservethe right to reject candidates who do not reach the requiredstandards.

Third, Fourth, and Fifth Years (Professional)The Third, Fourth and Fifth Years of the Combined Course (or

the Fourth, Fifth and Sixth Years of the Double Course) will bespent in practical training in an associated Hospital School ofNursing. Students in these years are required to register with the

1936

-37


University even though during this portion of the course they arein residence at the Hospital. During these professional yearsstudents are subject to the authority and are under the directionof the officers of the associated Hospital Schools of Nursing.The professional period covers a period of 32 months, whichincludes the probationary term of four months. The professionalcourse is given partly within the associated Hospital and in partthrough affiliations which the hospital may arrange with otherinstitutions or organizations. Full maintenance and such allow-ance as the associated Hospital authorities may designate are pro-vided, and a yearly vacation is granted at the convenience of theSuperintendent of the School of Nursing. A registration fee maybe required by the associated Hospital.

The following is an outline of the course as given in theVancouver General Hospital, which is the only Hospital at presentassociated with the University in giving the Combined Course.

Instruction in the following Nursing subjects is given bymembers of the medical staff and by qualified nurse instructors :Introductory Ethics of Nursing ; Practical Nursing Procedures ;Personal Hygiene ; Anatomy and Physiology ; Psychology ; Elemen-tary Nutrition and Cookery ; Drugs and Solutions ; Materia Medica ;Surgical Nursing ; Medical Nursing (including charting) ; Gyne-cological Nursing ; Nursing of Communicable Diseases ; ObstetricalNursing ; Diet in Disease ; Pediatric Nursing and Infant Feeding ;Nursing in Diseases of the Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat ; Nursing inTuberculosis ; Urinalysis • Introduction to Anaesthesia ; Introduc-tion to Physiotherapy, X-Ray, and Public Health.

This schedule is open to change at any time, at the discretionof the associated Hospital School of Nursing.

The period of Hospital service includes actual nursing experi-ence in the following departments :

Medical^

Operating RoomSurgical^

Eye, Ear, Nose and ThroatGynecological^

ObstetricalPediatric and Orthopedic

^Communicable Diseases (in-Observation and Neurological cluding Tuberculosis)Infants^ Diet Kitchen

Out-Patient

The preventive aspects of medicine and nursing, while includedin every phase of the Hospital course, are particularly stressed inthe clinics, in the Out-patient Department, and through the affili-ations which the Hospital may arrange with other institutions orpublic health organizations. These affiliations may vary from time

1936

-37


to time, and from the opportunities available a selection will bemade of the experiences most valuable to the student. At presentthe course will include a period in the Provincial Sanatorium atTranquille and a period with the Victorian Order of Nurses.

The diploma of the Hospital School of Nursing will be grantedat the completion of this period.

Final Year (Academic and Professional)The Final Year will be spent in either Nursing B or Nursing C,

at the option of the student. The selection between these coursesneed not be made until registering with the University for theFinal Year. Upon completion of the Final Year, the degree ofBachelor of Applied Science (Nursing) will be awarded.

Nursing B (Public Health Nursing)A graduate course of one academic year, including work in

the University and appropriate field work under the supervisionof the various associated Public Health organizations. This courseleads to a Certificate in Public Health Nursing.

NURSING B

SubjectFor DetailsSee Page:

Total Hours 1Total HoursLectures^Laboratory

Acute Communicable Diseases and theirEpidemiology ^ 218 34

Preventive Medicine ^ 217 9Mental Hygiene ^ 218 17Infant Welfare ^ 218 11Public Health and Sanitation^ 218 8Public Health Organizations^ 218 8Vital Statistics and Epidemiology ^ 218 16Principles and Practice of Public

Health Nursing ^ 219 51Urban Visiting Nursing Programme ^ 219 2Health Education ^ 219 34Contemporary Nursing Problems^ 219 17School Hygiene ^ 219 13Social Case Work^ 219 16Principles and Methods of Teaching ^ 220 18Public Speaking and Parliamentary

Procedure ^ 220 16Sociology ^ 220 18Motor Mechanics ^ 220 10

To run alternatelyField Work ^ 171 with the^academic

work.

1936

-37

COURSES IN APPLIED SCIENCE^ 171

Nursing C (Teaching and Supervision)A graduate course of one academic year, including work in

the University, and opportunity for practice teaching and for theobservation of Training School administration and ward super-vision in associated Hospitals. The content of the field work periodmay be modified according to the previous experience and to meetthe requirement of the individual student. For students desiringadditional experience in hospital administration an opportunitymay be afforded by an associated Hospital. This course leads to aCertificate in Teaching and Supervision in Schools of Nursing.

NURSING C

SubjectFor DetailsSee Page:

Total Hours 1 Total HoursLectures^Laboratory

Acute Communicable Diseases and theirEpidemiology ^ 218 34

Preventive Medicine ^ 217 9Mental Hygiene ^ 218 17Contemporary Nursing Problems^ 219 17Teaching in Schools of Nursing^ 219 51Practice Teaching in Nursing^ 219 28Principles of Supervision in Schools

of Nursing ^ 219 34Educational Psychology^ 220 51Principles and Methods of Teaching 220 18Public Speaking and Parliamentary

Procedure ^ 220 16Sociology ^ 220 18Social Case Work^ 219 16Electives from Nursing B or from

related Science Courses (to makeup three units) .........

Field Work ^ 171

Field Work in Nursing B and CThe academic work and the *field work will be given in

alternating blocks throughout the two University terms. The fieldwork will cover a period of eight weeks, part of which periodmay be delayed, for some students, until after the close of theUniversity session.

During the period spent in the Hospital, or with a PublicHealth or Social Welfare organization, all students will be subjectto the authority, and under the direction, of the officers of theassociated Hospital School of Nursing or of the Organization.

*That students may have some idea of the probable expenses of thecourse, they are reminded that in addition to the usual expenses of a Uni-versity course, there will be additional expenses in connection with the termof approximately eight weeks' field work. The sum of one hundred dollars ismentioned as probably the maximum amount required to cover the expenseof board and lodging while with the rural nursing organization, and oftransportation.

1936

-37


Through the courtesy and co-operation of the followingagencies, arrangements have been made for supervised field workor observation:

FOR NURSING BVancouver General Hospital.—The Social Service Department.The Provincial Department of Health.—Dr. H. E. Young, Pro-

vincial Health Officer.The Victorian Order of Nurses.—Miss M. Duffield, District

Superintendent.The Medical Department of the Vancouver Public Schools.—

Dr. II. White, Medical Director ; Miss E. Breeze, Director, Depart-ment of School Hygiene.

The Department of Child Hygiene, City of Vancouver.—Dr.J. W. McIntosh, City Health Officer ; Miss L. Sanders and MissEthel M. Elliott, Supervisors.

The Children's Aid Society of Vancouver.—Miss Zella Collins,Manager.

The Family Welfare Bureau of Greater Vancouver. — MissMary McPhedran, Director.

The Government Venereal Disease Clinic.—Dr. J. Ewart Camp-bell, Director ; Miss E. V. Cameron, Nurse in charge.

The Provincial Mental Hospital, Essondale.—Dr. A. L. Crease,Medical Superintendent ; Miss Hicks, Superintendent of Nurses.

FOR NURSING CThe Vancouver General Hospital.—Dr. A. K. Haywood, Super-

intendent; Miss Grace Fairley, Superintendent of Nurses.

Admission to Nursing B and CThe courses are open to students of the Combined Course and

of the Double Course, also to nurses who have graduated fromrecognized Schools of Nursing, who are eligible for registration inBritish Columbia and who are personally fitted for their proposedwork. For Nursing B, applicants shall have received adequateinstruction and practical experience in the nursing care of com-municable diseases and of diseases of infancy and childhood. ForNursing B and C, it is required that applicants shall fulfil theUniversity educational requirement of Junior Matriculation.

The enrolment of graduate nurses for the certificate course,Nursing B, may have to be restricted temporarily owing to thefact that opportunities for Field Work are at present limited.In the selection of candidates consideration will be given firstly toresidents of the Province, and secondly to those whose preparation(academic and professional) best fits them for the special branchfor which they wish to register. The certificate course, Nursing C,

1936

-37


will be offered to graduate nurses only upon the enrolment of atleast three candidates.

Applications for admission to the courses of Nursing B and Cshould be sent to the Department of Nursing and Health not laterthan July 15th of the current year. A certificate of good healthand physical condition, signed by a regular practising physician,must be presented with the application.

As a preparation for Nursing B, each candidate is requiredto spend a period of at least four weeks with a visitingnursing organization approved by the Department ; this periodmay have been included in the Hospital course of training orgained through post-graduate experience. It is advisable that thisexperience should be gained before the opening of the Universitysession, but in some cases it may have to be deferred until theclose of the session. Candidates lacking this experience shouldnotify the Department at an early date of their desire for assistancein making arrangements for it. During this term the nurses willbe responsible for their own maintenance and they will receive noremuneration. The Vancouver Branch of the Victorian Order ofNurses has agreed to receive suitable applicants for this periodin so far as it can be arranged.

As a preparation for Nursing C, graduate nurses are requiredto have one year of satisfactory experience as a general duty orhead nurse (or an acceptable equivalent).

For the convenience of graduate nurses already engaged innursing, who wish to take Nursing B or C, but are unable totake a year off, provision is made that either one may be taken as apart-time course over a period of two or more years. Nursesregistering in this way must fulfil the same requirements as theregular-course students.

DOUBLE COURSES FOR THE DEGREES OFB.A. and B.A.Sc.

I. Arts and Science, and Nursing:The students register in the Faculty of Arts and Science for

three years' work as follows:

FIRST YEAR^ SECOND YEAR

English 1^

English 2Mathematics 1^

Language 2Language 1^

Chemistry 1 orPhysics 1 or 2 or^Physics 1 or 2

Chemistry 1^

Zoology 1Biology 1^

Bacteriology 1History of Nursing

1936

-37


THIRD YEARBacteriology 2^ 3 unitsSociology or Philosophy 1 or Psychology 1^3 unitsElementary Biochemistry 1 unitNine additional units to be chosen in accordance with Calendar

regulations, not more than three of which may be chosen fromFirst and Second Year Subjects. 9 units

FOURTH, FIFTH AND SIXTH YEARS (Professional)The degree of B.A. is granted upon completion of the pro-

fessional years. The diploma from the Hospital School of Nursingis also awarded.

FINAL YEAR

As in the Combined Courses—i.e., a choice between the twocourses, Nursing B and Nursing C. The degree of B.A.Sc. (Nurs-ing) is granted upon completion of the Final Year.

The degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing) may also be awarded to othercandidates holding the degree of B.A. who have fulfilled all re-quirements for the degree of B.A.Sc. (Nursing)

II. Arts and Science, and EngineeringTwo complete years in Arts and Science and four complete

years in Applied Science are required for a Double Degree. Con-sequently students must not select courses in Arts and Sciencethat are included in the Applied Science years, on account oftime-table difficulties.

The requirements for the first and second years are as setforth in the Calendar for the first and second years of Arts (Pages62-64) except as follows :

1. Physics 1 or 2 and Chemistry 1 must be taken. The passinggrade for each of these subjects and for Algebra, Geometryand Trigonometry is fifty per cent. (See also, admission toApplied Science, Page 146.) Students are recommended totake Mathematics 2 (b) (calculus).

2. Biology 1, Chemistry 2, Geology 1, Mathematics 2 (a) andPhysics 3 or 5 or 6 (may not be taken except as an extrasubject). These subjects are covered later in AppliedScience.

3. A course in German is recommended (and, for those in-tending to enter Geological or Civil Engineering, Frenchalso). Two years in the language elected is necessary tocount towards a degree.

1936

-37

COURSES IN APPLIED SCIENCE^ 175

4. Economics 1 may not be taken by those who plan to enterChemistry, Chemical Engineering or Civil Engineering.

The third, fourth, fifth and sixth years of the Double Coursecorrespond to the second, third, fourth and fifth years of AppliedScience. The degree of B.A. is conferred on completing the fifthyear of this course.

COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OFM.A.Sc.

1. Candidates for the degree of Master of Applied Sciencemust hold a B.A.Se. degree from this University, or its equivalent.

2. A graduate of another university applying for permissionto enter as a graduate student is required to submit with hisapplication an official statement of his graduation, together witha certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of hiscourse. The Faculty will determine the standing of such a studentin this University. The fee for examination of certificates is $2.00.

3. Candidates with approved degrees and academic recordswho proceed to the Master's degree shall be required:(a) To spend one year in resident graduate study ; or(b) (At the discretion of the Faculty concerned) :

(i.) To do two or more years of private work underthe supervision of the University, such work tobe equivalent to one year of graduate study; or

(ii.) To do one year of private work under Uni-versity supervision and one term of residentgraduate study, the total of such work to beequivalent to one year of resident graduatestudy.

4. One major and one minor shall be required and a thesismust be prepared on some approved topic in the major subject.(Two typewritten copies of each thesis shall be submitted. Seespecial circular of "Instructions for the Preparation of Masters'Theses.")

The work shall be of post graduate nature and equivalent inquantity to at least that of the final year. About one-quarter ofthe time should be devoted to the minor and the remainder to themajor subject and thesis.

The choice of and relationship between major and minorsubjects, and the amount of work in each, or of tutorial work,must be approved by the Head of each of the departments con-cerned, by the Committee on graduate studies, and by the Dean.Special forms of "Application for a Course Leading to theMaster's Degree" may be obtained from the Registrar's office.

1936

-37


In the case of students who have completed the TeacherTraining Course, First or Second Class standing in each of (1)History and Principles of Education, and in (2) EducationalPsychology, is accepted as equivalent to a Minor for an M.A.Sc.degree, subject in each case to the consent of the Head of theDepartment in which the student wishes to take his Major.

5. Examinations, written or oral, or both, shall be required,and standing equivalent to at least 75 per cent. in the majorsubjects and 65 per cent. in the minor.

6. Application for admission as a graduate student shall bemade to the Registrar by October 1st. For fees see Pages 32-36.

EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT1. Examinations are held in December and in April. December

examinations will be held in all subjects of the Second and ThirdYears, and are obligatory for all students of these. Decemberexaminations in subjects of the Fourth and Fifth Years, exceptingthose subjects that are completed before Christmas, shall beoptional with the Departments concerned. Applications for specialconsideration on account of illness or domestic affliction must besubmitted to the Dean not later than two days after the close ofthe examination period. In cases where illness is the plea forabsence from examinations, a medical certificate must be presentedon the appropriate form which may be obtained from the Dean'soffice, or if the illness occurs at the University the student mayreport to the Nurse, Auditorium Building, who may furnish thenecessary certificate.

2. Candidates, in order to pass, must obtain at least 50 percent. in each subject (for First Year see Page 149). The grades areas follows: First Class, an average of 80 per cent. or over ; SecondClass, 65 to 80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent. (See Pars.12 and 13.)

3. If a student's general standing in the final examinations ofany year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him supple-mental examinations in the subject or subjects in which he hasfailed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such examina-tions have been granted.

A request for the re-reading of an answer paper must beforwarded to the Registrar WITHIN FOUR WEEKS after theresults of the examinations are announced. Each applicant muststate clearly his reasons for making such a request in view of thefact that the paper of a candidate who makes less than a passingmark in a subject is read at least a second time before results are

1936

-37


tabulated and announced. A re-reading of an examination paperwill be granted only with the consent of the Head of the Depart-ment concerned. The fee for re-reading is $2.00.

4. Supplemental examinations will be held in September.Special examinations will not be granted, except by special per-mission* of the Faculty and on payment of a fee of $7.50 per paper,and then only during the third week in October or the second weekof January. Supplemental examinations for Nursing students enter-ing the Third Year (Hospital), which begins early in September,will be held on or about August 15th.

5. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompaniedby the necessary fees (see Schedule of Fees, Pages 32-36) must bein the hands of the Registrar by August 15th.

6. No student may enter the fourth or higher year with sup-plemental examinations still outstanding in respect of more than4 units of the preceding year, or with any supplemental examina-tion outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year unlessspecial permission* to do so is granted by Faculty. Students inNursing A must remove all outstanding supplemental examinationsbefore entering their third year.

7. No student will be allowed to take any subject unless hehas previously passed, or secured exemption, in all pre-requisitesubjects. If any subject has another which is concurrent with it,both must be taken in the same session.

8. A student who is required to repeat his year will not beallowed to take any work in a higher year excepting that a studentwho has taken the Field Work of Civil 2 or 7 of the precedingsummer may take Civil 5 or Civil 13 the following session. Astudent repeating his year need not repeat, however, any of thefollowing subjects in which he has made 65 per cent. : Civil En-gineering 2, 5, 7, 13, or Mechanical Engineering 1, 2a, 6b or 7 Lab.,and Geol. 1 (b) and (d) and Mech. 8, 9 and 10 Lab.

9. Any student repeating his year will not be admitted withany supplementals outstanding.

10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year may,upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senateto withdraw from the University.

11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by thetests and examinations of the first term of the Second or ThirdYear, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendation

*Special permission of the Faculty is granted only under exceptionalcircumstances, such as illness, or as outlined on Pages 148. 149.

1936

-37


of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to discontinue attendanceat the University for the remainder of the session. Such a studentwill not be re-admitted to the University as long as any supple-mental examinations are outstanding.

12. Term essays and examination papers may be refused apassing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English.

13. Honours will be granted in any one of the last four yearsto students who obtain at least 50 per cent. in each subject and80 per cent. on the whole at the annual examinations of that year.

14. Honour graduate standing will be granted to those whoobtain honours in the final year and who have passed any one ofthe three preceding years with at least 50 per cent. in each subjectand 75 per cent. on the whole.

DEPARTMENTS IN APPLIED SCIENCEN.B.—The following subjects may be modified during the year

as the Senate may deem advisable.

Department of BotanyProfessor: A. H. Hutchinson.Associate Professor: Frank Dickson.Associate Professor: John Davidson.Instructor:: E. M. R. Ashton.Assistant: Bertram B. Hillary.Assistant: Charlotte Dill.Assistant: Wilfred Jack.Assistant: Dorothy Buchanan.Assistant: J. H. Barclay.Assistant: Richard W. Pillsbury.Assistant: Norah Hughes.Assistant: Clifford Carl.

Biology1. (a) Introductory Biology.—The course is introductory to

more advanced work in Botany or Zoology ; also to courses closelyrelated to Biological Science, such as Agriculture, Forestry, Medi-cine.

The fundamental principles of Biology ; the interrelationshipsof plants and animals; life processes; the cell and division oflabour; life-histories; relation to environment.

The course is prerequisite to all other courses in Biology.One lecture and one period of two hours laboratory per week.1. (b) General Biology.—As in Arts.2. Principles of Genetics.—As in Arts. See Page 91.3. General Physiology.—As in Arts. See Page 91.

1936

-37

BOTANY^ 179

Botany1. General Botany.—A course including a general survey of

the several fields of Botany and introductory to more specializedcourses in Botany.

Prerequisite : Biology 1.Text-book: Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text -book of Botany.

Vol. I., University of Chicago Press.This eourse is prerequisite to all courses in Botany except the

Evening Course. Partial credit (2 units) toward Botany may beobtained through the Evening Course. (See Page 95.)

Two lectures and one period of two hours laboratory per week.2. Morphology.—As in Arts. See Page 92.3. Plant Physiology.—As in Arts. See Page 92.4. Histology.—A study of the structure and development of

plants; methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning, staining,mounting, drawing, reconstructing. Use of microscope, cameralucida ; photo-micrographic apparatus.

Text-book : Eames and McDaniels, Plant Anatomy, McGraw-Hill.

Prerequisite : Botany 1.One lecture and two periods of three hours laboratory per

week. Second Term.5. Systematic Botany.5. (a) Economic Flora.—An introduction to the classification

of plants through a study of selected families of economic plants ofBritish Columbia; useful for food, fodder, medicine and industrialarts ; harmful to crops and stock. Weeds and poisonous plants.Methods of control.

Prerequisite : Botany 1.Text-books : Jepson, Economic Plants of California, Jepson,

University of California. Thomas and Sifton, Poisonous Plants andWeed Seeds, University of Toronto Press.

Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week. First Term.5. (b) Dendrology.—A study of the forest trees of Canada,

the common shrubs of British Columbia, the important trees of theUnited States which are not native to Canada. Emphasis onthe species of economic importance. Identification, distribution,relative importance, construction of keys.

Prerequisite : Botany 1.Text-books : Mortan & Lewis, Native Trees of Canada, Do-

minion Forestry Branch, Ottawa. Sudworth, Forest Trees of thePacific Slope, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.;Davidson and Abercrombie, Conifers, Junipers and Yew, T. F.Unwin.

1936

-37


One lecture and one period of two or three hours laboratoryor field work per week.

5. (c) Descriptive Taxonomy.—As in Arts. See Page 93.6. (b) Forest Pathology.—Nature, identification and control of

the more important tree-destroying fungi and other plant parasitesof forests.

Text-book: Rankin, Manual of Tree Diseases, Macmillan.One lecture and one period of two hours laboratory per week

during one-half of one term.6. (c) Plant Pathology (Elementary).—A course dealing with

basic concepts of plant disease.Text-book : Heald, Manual of Plant Diseases, McGraw-Hill.Prerequisite : Botany 1.Two lectures and four hours laboratory a week. Second Term.7. (a) Forest Ecology and Geography—The inter-relations of

forests and their environment; the biological characteristics ofimportant forest trees; forest associations ; types and regions;physiography.

Reference books: Whitford and Craig, Forests of BritishColumbia, Ottawa ; Zon and Sparhawk, Forests of the World,McGraw-Hill; Hardy, The Geography of Plants, Oxford UniversityPress.

One lecture per week during one term. Field trips andlaboratory work during the session amounting to thirty hours,one period per week.

Department of ChemistryProfessor: R. H. Clark.Professor of Analytical Chemistry: E. H. Archibald.Associate Professor: W. F. Seyer.Associate Professor: M. J. Marshall.Assistant Professor: William Ure.Assistant: J. Norton Wilson.Assistant: John H. Fisher.Assistant: H. 0. McMahon.Assistant: Marvin D. Darrach.Assistant: John J. Pyle.Assistant: Gilbert Hooley.Assistant: William Ford.Assistant: Edwin Lovell.

Research Assistant: J. Allen Harris.

1. General Chemistry.—The course comprises a general surveyof the whole field of Chemistry and is designed on the one handto provide a thorough groundwork for further study in thesciences and on the other to give an insight into the methods of

1936

-37

CHEMISTRY^ 181

chemical investigation, the fundamental theories and some im-portant applications, such as are suitable to the needs of a culturaleducation. Students must reach the required standard in bothlecture and laboratory work.

Text-book : Smith's College Chemistry, revised by Kendall,1935 Edition, The Century Co. For the Laboratory : Harris andUre, Experimental Chemistry for Colleges, McGraw-Hill.

Three lectures and two and one-half hours laboratory a week.3 units

2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.(a) Qualitative Analysis.—During the first six weeks of the

term an additional lecture may be substituted for a part of thelaboratory work.

Text-book : A. A. Noyes, Qualitative Analysis, Macmillan.For reference: F. W. Millar, Elementary Theory of Qualitative

Analysis, Century Co.Prerequisite: Chemistry 1.One lecture and one period of three hours laboratory per week.(b) Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the more

important methods of gravimetric and volumetric analysis.Text-book : Willard and Furman, Quantitative Analysis, Van

Nostrand.Prerequisite : Chemistry 1.One lecture and one period of three hours laboratory per week.Course (b) must be preceded by Course (a).3. Organic Chemistry.—This introduction to the study of the

compounds of carbon will include the method of preparation and adescription of the more important groups of compounds in boththe fatty and the aromatic series.

Text-books: Holleman-Walker, Text-book of Organic Chem-istry, Wiley ; Gattermann-Wieland, Laboratory Methods of OrganicChemistry, Macmillan.

Two lectures and one period of three hours laboratory per week.4. (a) Theoretical Chemistry.—An introductory course in the

development of modern theoretical chemistry, including a studyof gases, liquids and solids, solutions, ionization and electricalconductivity, chemical equilibrium, kinetics of reactions, thermo-chemistry and thermodynamics, colloids.

Text-book : Millard, Physical Chemistry for Colleges, McGraw-Hill.

References: Noyes and Sherrill, Chemical Principles, Mac-millan. For laboratory use : Findlay, Practical Physical Chemistry,Longmans; and Sherrill, Laboratory Experiments on Physical-Chemical Principles, Macmillan.

1936

-37


Prerequisites : Chemistry 2 (except for students majoring inPhysics). Honor students majoring in Chemistry should takeMathematics 10 concurrently.

Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week. 3 units.

4. (b) This course is the same as Chemistry 4 (a) with theomission of the laboratory, and is open only to students not takingHonours in Chemistry.^ 2 units.

5. Advanced Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.(a) Qualitative Analysis.—The work of this course will include

the detection and separation of the less common metals, particu-larly those that are important industrially.

One lecture and two periods of three hours laboratory per week.First Term.

(b ) Quantitative Analysis. — The determinations made willinclude the more difficult estimations in the analysis of rocks, aswell as certain constituents of steel and alloys. The principleson which analytical chemistry is based will receive a more minuteconsideration than was possible in the elementary course.

Prerequisite : Chemistry 2.One lecture and two periods of three hours laboratory per week.

Second Term.

6. Industrial Chemistry.—Those industries which are depen-dent on the facts and principles of Chemistry will be consideredin as much detail as time will permit. The lectures will be supple-mented by visits to manufacturing establishments in the neigh-bourhood, and it is hoped that some lectures will be given byspecialists in their respective fields.

Prerequisite : Chemistry 2, 3 and 4.Two lectures per week.

7. Physical Chemistry.—This course is a continuation of Chem-istry 4 and treats in more detail the kinetic theory of gases,properties of liquids and solids, elementary thermodynamics andthermochemistry, properties of solutions, theoretical electro-chemistry, chemical equilibrium, kinetics of reactions, radioactivity.

Text-book : Getman, Outlines of Theoretical Chemistry, Wiley.Reference : Noyes and Sherrill, Chemical Principles, Macmillan.Laboratory texts: Sherrill, Laboratory Experiments on Psysico-Chemical Principles, Macmillan; Findlay, Practical PhysicalChemistry. Longman.

Prerequisites : Chemistry 2, 3 and 4.Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week.^3 units.

1936

-37

CHEMISTRY^ 183

8. Electrochemistry.—(a) As in Arts. (See Page 98.)(b) Electric furnaces, electrolytic refining and deposition of

metals will be studied in detail.Text-book: Thompson, Theoretical and Applied Electro-

chemistry, Macmillan.Prerequisites: Chemistry 4.Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week. Second

Term.^ 11/2 units.9. Advanced Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See Page 98.)11. Physical Organic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See Page 98.)

(Given in 1937-38 and alternate years.)12. Colloid Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See Page 99.)16. Chemical Engineering. — Theory and design of frac-

tionating columns, condensers, multiple effect evaporators ; cham-ber, tunnel, drum, rotary and spray driers. Theory and practiceof technical filtration ; calculation of capacity of box filters, filterpresses, centrifugals, etc. Principles of counter current extraction.

Prerequisites: Chemistry 3 and 4.Text-book: Walter, Lewis & McAdams, Principles of Chemical

Engineering, McGraw-Hill.Reference books: Liddell, Handbook of Chemical Engineering,

McGraw-Hill ; Badger, Elements of Chemical Engineering, Mc-Graw-Hill.

Two lectures per week.The following firms have kindly permitted the students in

Chemical Engineering to work one day a week in their plants aspart of their practical training:

British Columbia Electric Railway Co. (Gas Department).Sherwin-Williams Co. of Canada, Limited.Royal Crown Soaps, Limited.Imperial Oil Company, Limited.B. C. Refractories, Limited.Triangle Chemical Company, Limited.Westminster Paper Mills.Canadian Carbonate, Limited.17. Chemical Thermodynamics.—As in Arts. (See Page 99.)

(Given in 1937-38 and alternate years.)18. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See Page

99.)(Given in 1936-37 and alternate years.)

21. Chemical Kinetics.—As in Arts. (See Page 100.)(Given in 1936-37 and alternate years.)

22. Surface Chemistry.—As in Arts. (See Page 100.)

1936

-37


Department of Civil EngineeringProfessor: John Norison Finlayson.Associate Professor: F. A. Wilkin.Assistant Professor: A. H. Finlay.Assistant Professor: A. Lighthall.Instructor: E. S. Pretious.Instructor: Archie Peebles.Instructor: A. Hrennikoff.Instructor: Stanley D. Lash.Special Lecturer: E. G. Matheson.Assistant: Glieb I. Goumeniouk.Assistant: W. W. Pullinger.

1. Descriptive Geometry.—Geometrical drawing, orthographic,isometric and axometric projections.

Text-book: Armstrong, Descriptive Geometry, second edition,Wiley.

One three-hour period per week.Mr. Wilkin, Mr. Peebles, Mr. Pretious, Mr. Hrennikoff.2. Field Work 1'—Elementary surveying. Practical problems

involving the use of the chain, telemeter, compass, transit andlevel. Traverses, closed circuits, contour and detail surveys. Levelsfor profiles, benches and contours.

Work commences immediately upon the close of spring exam-inations, and consists of field work, eight hours per day for twentydays, or equivalent.

Mr. Pretious, Mr. Peebles, Mr. Hrennikoff.4. Graphical Statics.—Elementary theory of structures; com-

position of forces; general methods involving the force andequilibrium polygons ; determination of resultants, reactions,centres of gravity, bending moments; stress in framed structures,cranes, towers, roof-trusses and bridge-trusses. Algebraic checkmethods will be used throughout.

Text-book: Hudson and Squire, Elements of Graphic Statics,McGraw-Hill.

One two-hour period per week. Mr. Peebles, Mr. Pretious.5. Mapping 1.—Draughting from notes obtained in Civil 2.

Maps of telemeter, compass and transit surveys. Contour andtopographical maps in convention or color.

Prerequisite: Civil 2.One three-hour period per week. Mr. Pretious.6. Surveying 1.—Chain and angular surveying; the construc-

tion, adjustment and use of the transit, level, compass, stadia,minor field instruments, planimeter, and pantograph; levelling;topography; contour surveying; stadia ; railway curves; verticalcurves; transition curves.

Prerequisite: Civil 2, Math. 1.

1936

-37

CIVIL ENGINEERING^ 185

Text-books : Breed and Hosmer, Elementary Surveying, Vol. I.,Wiley. Field Office Tables, Allen.

References : Allen, Curves and Earthwork; Sullivan, SpiralTables, McGraw-Hill.

Two lectures per week. Mr. Lighthall.7. Field Work 2.—(a) Railway surveys, reconnaissance, pre-

liminary and location surveys, methods of taking topography,cross-sectioning ; estimating quantities ; running in easement andvertical curves, etc. The notes secured will be used in class workfor mapping and for estimating quantities and costs.

(b) Hydrographic surveys, topography of a section of river-bed by sounding and fixing position by transits and sextants; thethree-point problem ; steam-gauging by surface and deep floats andby the current meter.

(c) Solar and stellar observations for latitude and azimuth ;adjustments of instruments; the use of plane table, sextant andminor instruments.

Prerequisite : Civil 2 and Civil 6.Time, same as for Civil 2.Mr. Wilkin, Mr. Lighthall, Mr. Finlay.8. Foundations and Masonry.—(a) Borings ; bearing power of

soils; pile and other foundations ; cofferdams ; caissons; open dredg-ing; pneumatic and freezing processes; retaining walls; estimatesof quantities and costs.

Prerequisite : Civil 4; Civil 10 must either precede or be takenconcurrently.

Text-book: Jacoby and Davis, Foundations of Bridges andBuildings, McGraw-Hill.

One lecture and one three-hour period per week. First Term.Mr. Hrennikoff.(b) Theory of Earth Pressure; combined stresses, ellipse of

stress, principal and conjugate axes, as applied to the determina-tion Of earth pressures; Rankine's, Coulomb 's, Weyrauch's, Cain'sand Rebhann's theories and solutions for earth pressure ; retainingwalls ; dams.

Prerequisite : Civil 4; Civil 8 (a) must be taken with 8 (b)during the First Term.

References : Ketchum, Walls, Bins and Grain Elevators; Howe,Retaining Walls for Earth; Cain, Earth Pressure, Walls and Bins;Morley, Theory of Structures.

One lecture per week each term. Mr. Hrennikoff.

9. Structural Design 1.—Problems in draughting, illustratingdesigns in structural engineering ; estimates of quantities andcosts; preparation of plans.

1936

-37


Text-books : Conklin, Structural Draughting and ElementaryDesign, Wiley; Carnegie, Pocket Companion, Carnegie Steel Co.

Prerequisite : First Term of Civil 10.One lecture and one three-hour period. Second Term.Mr. Hrennikoff.

10. Strength of Materials.— (a) A thorough introduction tothe fundamental principles dealing with the strength of materials ;stress, deformation, elasticity and resilience ; the application ofthe laws of derived curves to the construction of load, shear,moment, inclination and deflection diagrams, fibre stress, deflectionof simple, cantilever, and continuous beams under any loading ;riveted joints; torsion ; columns ; combined stresses ; longitudinalshear ; reinforced concrete ; special beams.

(b) Laboratory. — Proportioning of concrete and testing ofcement, concrete, timber and steel specimens to determine thestrength and elasticity of these materials.

About one-half of the laboratory time will be set aside for thesolution of problems in investigation and design.

Text-book: Maurer and Withey, Strength of Materials, Wiley.References : Swain, Strength of Materials; Morley, Strength of

Materials.Prerequisites : Physics 6, Civil 4 and 31.Two lectures and one three-hour period per week.Mr. Lighthall, Mr. Lash.NOTE :—The laboratory testing is performed in the Forest

Products Laboratories, under the supervision of SuperintendentBrown and Mr. Lash.

11. Transportation 1. Railways. — The inception of railwayprojects; reconnaissance, preliminary and location ; grade prob-lems; grades, curvature and distance and their effects uponoperating costs and revenue ; velocity and pusher grades; adjust..ment of grades for unbalanced traffic ; construction ; railwayeconomics, traffic, revenue, branch lines.

Prerequisite : Civil 6 and 7.Text-book: Williams, Design of Railway Location, Wiley.References : Allen, Railroads, Curves and Earthwork, McGraw-

Hill ; Wellington, Economic Theory of the Location of Railways,Wiley.

Two lectures per week. Mr. Wilkin.

12. Hydraulic Engineering 1.— (a) Fundamental principlesand their application. Problems on gauges, pressure on surfaces.Bernouilli's theorem, flow through orifices, short tubes, weirs, pipes,and open channels, and the dynamic action of jets.

1936

-37


(b) Laboratory period includes experimental work on gauges,pipes, weirs, orifices, short tubes and stream measurements.

Prerequisite : Physics 6.Text-book : Russell, Hydraulics, Holt, 4th edition.One lecture and one three-hour period per week.Mr. Wilkin, Mr. Pretious.

13. Mapping 2.—Draughting from notes obtained in Civil 7;railway location and hydrographic surveys; topographic mapsfrom photographic plates.

One three-hour period per week. Mr. Pretious.

14. Surveying 2.— (a) A continuation of Civil 6. Theory anduse of aneroid, sextant, plane-table and precise instruments ; plane-table surveying; mine, hydrographic and photo-topographic sur-veying; Dominion and Provincial surveys. First Term.

(b) Field Astronomy. Second Term.Text-book: Breed and Hosmer, Surveying, Vol. II., Wiley.References : Johnson and Smith, Theory and Practice of

Surveying, Wiley ; Wilson, Topographic, Trigonometric andGeodetic Surveying, Wiley ; Green's Practical and SphericalAstronomy, Ginn and Co. ; Manual of Surveys of Dominion Lands;Instructions for B. C. Land Surveyors.

Prerequisite : Civil 6.Two lectures per week. Mr. Lighthall.

15. Perspective Drawing and Map Projections.— (a) Mathe-matical perspective ; perspective drawings of buildings and struc-tures. First Term.

(b) Map Projections. Second Term.Prerequisite : Civil 1.Text-books: Crosskey, Elementary Perspective, Blackie & Son;

Armstrong, Descriptive Geometry, Second Edition, Wiley.One two-hour period per week. Mr. Lighthall.

16. Field Work 3.—Problems in geodetic and precise survey-ing ; determination of latitude, azimuth and time by solar andstellar observations; baseline measurements; precise levelling.

Prerequisite : Civil 7.Time, same as for Civil 2. Mr. Lighthall.

17. Structural Design 2.—Design of simple span steel bridges.Determination of stresses due to vertical, longitudinal and lateralforces. Proportioning of parts. Design of sections, connections,end supports and various details. Making detail drawings.

Text-books: Kirkham, Structural Engineering, McGraw-Hill;Carnegie, Pocket Companion.

References: Kuntz, Design of Steel Bridges ., McGraw-Hill.

1936

-37


Prerequisites: Civil 8, 9 and 10.One lecture and two two-hour periods per week. First Term.One lecture and two three-hour periods per week. Second

Term.Mr. Hrennikoff.18. Engineering Economics. — (a) A general treatment of

sinking funds ; yearly cost of service ; collecting data ; estimating ;economic selection, reports.

Text-book : Fish, Engineering Economics, 2nd Edition, Mc-Graw-Hill.

Prerequisites : Economics 1.Two lectures per week. First Term. Mr. Wilkin.(b) Principles of financing ; forms of business enterprises ;

stocks ; bonds; operating and fixed charges ; business finance;capital and interpretation of financial statements.

References : Fish, Engineering Economics, 2nd Edition ;Anger, Digest of Canadian Mercantile Law; Lough, BusinessFinance.

Two lectures per week. Second Term. Mr. Wilkin.19. Engineering Law.—The engineer's status ; fees ; salary ; as

a witness ; responsibility ; engineering contracts ; tenders; specifi-cations ; plans ; extras and alterations; time; payments andcertificates; penalty, bonus or liquidated damages ; maintenanceand defects ; subcontractors ; agents; arbitration and awards;specification and contract writing.

Text-book : Kirby, Elements of Specification Writing, Wiley& Sons.

References: Anger, Digest of Canadian Mercantile Law ofCanada, W. H. Anger; Ball, Law Affecting Engineers, Constable& Co.

One lecture per week. Mr. Pretious.20. Surveying 3. — Geodesy ; the determination of azimuth,

longitude, latitude, time, the figure of the earth ; measurement ofbaselines; triangulation systems; adjustments and reductionsof observations ; precise levelling.

References: Hosmer, Geodesy, Wiley ; Cary, Geodetic Survey-ing, Wiley ; Publications of Geodetic Survey, Ottawa.

Prerequisite : Civil 14.One lecture per week. Mr. Lighthall.21. Hydraulic Engineering 2.—Waterpower engineering ; rain-

fall, run-off, stream flow ; investigation of power problems ; selectionof hydraulic machines; hydrographs; auxiliary power ; masscurves, load factors and characteristics; impulse and reactionwheels ; methods of control and operation of various forms ofmachines ; transmission of hydraulic power.

1936

-37


Text-book : Mead, Water-power Engineering, McGraw-Hill.References : Gibson, Hydroelectric Engineering, Vol. I.,

Blackie ; Mead, Hydrology, McGraw-Hill.Prerequisites: Civil 12 must either precede or be taken con-

currently.One lecture per week both terms, and fifteen hours in laboratory

second term. Mr. Wilkin22. Municipal Engineering.—Sewerage and Sewage Disposal.

General methods and economic consideration; quantity and run-off; design of sewers, man-holes, flush tanks, etc. ; constructionmethods, materials and costs ; estimate, design, maintenance andmanagement.

Sewage Disposal : Physical, chemical, biological and economicalaspects of sewage treatment; dilution; screening, sedimentation,filtration; disinfection ; maintenance and management costs.

References: Metcalf and Eddy, Sewerage and Sewage Disposal,3 Vols., McGraw-Hill.

Water Supply, Rainfall; evaporation ; run-off; quantity,quality and pressure required ; pumping machinery ; storage;aqueducts, pipe lines and distribution systems ; purification sys-tems; valves, hydrants and fire service ; materials, estimates anddesigns; construction methods and costs.

Reference: Flinn, Westbrook, Bogart, Waterworks Handbook,McGraw-Hill.

Town Planning; covering the economical and artistic develop-ment of a city, city management. Street cleaning and disposal ofwaste ; composition and quantity of city wastes ; collection, dump-ing and disposal; land treatment ; incineration and reduction ;costs and returns.

Reference: Lewis, City Planning, Wiley.Prerequisite: Civil 12.Two lectures and one two-hour period per week.

23. Transportation 2.— (a) Railways. Organization and rulesof maintenance-of-way ; roadway ; ballast ; ties ; lumber preserva-tion ; rails and appurtenances ; turnouts, tracks, accessories ; struc-tures and their design; stresses in track; track tools ; track work;work-train service ; maintenance-of-way records and accounts;expenditures; betterments; improvements of old lines, yards andterminals ; maximum capacity of single track.

Prerequisite: Civil 11.Two lectures per week. First Term. Mr. Peebles.(b) Highways.—Highway economics, surveys and locations;

grades ; cross-sections; paving materials ; construction methods;designs and estimates.

1936

-37


Streets and pavements; materials, design, construction, main-tenance and repairs.

Text-book: Agg, Construction of Roads and Pavements,McGraw-Hill.

Reference : Harger and Bonney, Highway Engineer's Hand-book.

Prerequisite : Civil 11.Two lectures per week, Second Term. Mr. Peebles.

24. (a) Mechanics of Materials.—A continuation of Civil 10,Strength of Materials; the application of the Principle of LeastWork to the determination of statically indeterminate forces inbeams and rigid frames; stress and deflection of unsymmetricalsections and beams with variable moment of inertia ; analysis anddesign of reinforced concrete rigid frames and arches.

Text-book : Cross & Morgan, Continuous Frames of ReinforcedConcrete, Wiley.

References : Ketchum, Steel Mill Buildings; Hool, ReinforcedConcrete, Vol. III.; Urquhart and 0 'Rourke, Design of ConcreteStructures, McGraw-Hill.

Prerequisite: Civil 10.Two lectures and one three-hour period per week.Mr. Finlay.24. (b) Reinforced Concrete Design.—Intended to familiarize

the student with the basic principles involved in the design ofreinforced concrete structures, including beams, columns, con-tinuous girders and flat slabs, and to form a foundation for themore advanced work encountered in C.E. 24.

Text-book : Turneaure and Maurer, Principles of ReinforcedConcrete Construction, 4th Edition, John Wiley.

References : Taylor, Thompson and Smulski, Concrete, Plainand Reinforced, Vol. I., Wiley, 4th Edition.

Prerequisite : C.E. 10.One lecture and one two-hour period per week. First Term.Mr. Finlay.

25. Theory of Structures.—The analysis of framed structuresunder dead and live loads ; distortion of framed structures ; theuse of influence lines for analysis of stresses ; hinged and hingelessarches; secondary stresses and redundant members.

Text-book Sutherland & Bowman, Introduction to StructuralTheory and Design, Wiley.

References : Johnson Bryan and Turneaure, Modern FramedStructures, Vols. I. and II., Wiley ; Hool and Kinne, Framed Struc-tures, McGraw-Hill ; Morley, Theory of Structures, Longmans,Green & Co.

1936

-37


Prerequisite : Civil 10.One lecture and two three-hour periods per week.Mr. Finlay26. Class Excursions.—Members of the Fifth Year class in

Civil Engineering, under the supervision of an instructor, willvisit such factories, industrial developments, public works, docks,shipyards and important examples of engineering construction asare calculated to assist the student best to grasp the applicationand scope of the studies pursued and to broaden his vision of theengineering field. Written reports of trips are required.

NOTE :—In periods where no trips are taken, tests of hydraulicmachines will be made in the Hydraulic Laboratory. (See Civil29.)

27. Civil Engineering Thesis.—Original research on selectedtopics ; analysis of engineering projects ; experimental or theoreticalinvestigations. Topics may be selected from divisions of the CivilEngineering Course : Geodetics, Railways, Hydraulics, Municipal,Highways, Economic and Business Engineering, Structures. Copyof thesis in regular form and binder must be filed with the Depart-ment.

28. Seminar.—Written and oral discussion of articles appear-ing in the current Transactions and Proceedings of the variousengineering societies, also reviews of important papers in en-gineering periodicals ; reports on local engineering projects visitedin Civil 26; written outlines must be prepared for all oral reports;training in technical writing and public speaking.

Required of all Fourth and Fifth Year students in CivilEngineering.

Reference : Rickard, Technical Writing, McGraw-Hill.One hour per week.29. Hydraulic Engineering 3. — Theory, investigation and

design of hydraulic motors and machinery. Turbines, Peltonand impulse wheels, centrifugal pumps, hydro-electric installations,plant design and operation.

Laboratory work, testing hydraulic machines, arranged forperiods when no trips are taken. (See Civil 26.)

Prerequisite: Civil 12.Text-book : Daugherty, Hydraulic Turbines, 3rd Edition, Mc-

Graw-Hill.References : Gibson, Hydro -electric Engineering, Vol. I. ;

Gibson, Hydraulics and Its Application, Van Nostrand ; Mead,Water Power Engineering, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill.

One lecture per week. Mr. Wilkin.30. Engineering Problems 1.—Training in methods of attack-

ing, analyzing and solving engineering problems. Coaching in

1936

-37


proper methods of work and study, including drill in systematicarrangement and workmanship in calculations. The content isbased upon the application of mathematics to problems in physicsand engineering.

Prerequisite : First Year Arts, or Senior Matriculation.Text-book: Duckering, Notes and Problems, 2nd Edition,

McGraw-Hill.Two two-hour periods per week.Mr. Finlay, Mr. Lighthall, Mr. Pretious, Mr. Peebles, Mr. Lash.31. Engineering Problems 2.—A continuation of Engineering

Problems 1, involving a thorough drill in problems in the principaldivisions of Mathematics given in the Second and Third Years ofApplied Science, drawn from the field of mechanics, surveying,draughting and engineering.

Prerequisites: Civil 30, Math. 1, 2, 3 and 4.Text-book: Duckering, Notes and Problems, 2nd Edition,

McGraw-HillOne three-hour period per week.Mr. Lighthall, Mr. Finlay, Mr. Hrennikoff, Mr. Lash.50. Elementary problems in rural engineering, dealing with

drainage, water supply, sewerage and sewage disposal, ventilation,simple structures and surveying. Adapted to the needs of studentsin Agriculture.

One lecture per week. Mr. Lighthall.51. Structural Design 2 (for Forestry Students).—Timber de-

sign, with particular reference to wooden bridges. Determinationof stresses. Design of sections, end connections, splices. Makingcomplete drawings.

References: Jacoby and Davis, Timber Design and Construc-tion, Wiley & Sons; Hool and Kinne, Steel and Timber Structures,McGraw-Hill.

Prerequisites: Civil 8, 9 and 10.One lecture and one three-hour period per week. First and

Second Term. Mr. Hrennikoff.

Department of EconomicsProfessor: H. F. Angus.Professor: W. A. Carrothers. (On leave of absence.)Associate Professor: J. Friend Day.Associate Professor: C. W. Topping.Associate Professor: G. F. Drummond.Associate Professor: Robert England.Lecturer: John S. Allely.Assistant: Donald K. Bell.Assistant: Cecil N. Brennan.Assistant: Netta Harvey.

1. Principles of Economics.—An introductory study of generaleconomic theory, including a survey of the principles of value,

1936

-37

FORESTRY^ 193

prices, money and banking, international trade, tariffs, monopoly,taxation, labour and wages, socialism, the control of railways andtrusts, etc.

Readings to be assigned.Three lectures per week.

Department of ForestryProfessor: ^Associate Professor: F. Malcolm Knapp.Instructor: George S. Allen.

Honorary Lecturers:R. M. Brown.William Byers.Edward W. Bassett.George H. Barnes.Albert E. Beaulieu.

1. General Forestry.—Economics of forestry ; forest distribu-tion, influences and uses. A general survey of forestry.

Text-book: Moon and Brown, Elements of Forestry, Wiley,2nd Edition.

Reference books : Whitford and Craig, Forests of BritishColumbia, Commission of Conservation

, Ottawa; Zon and Spar-

hawk, Forest Resources of the World, McGraw-Hill; A NationalPlan for American Forestry, Superintendent of Documents, Wash-ington, D. C. Various government publications.

2. Mensuration.—(a) Scaling and measurement of felledtimber products; cruising and stumpage appraisal.

Text-book: Chapman and Demeritt, Elements of Forest Men-suration, J. B. Lyon.

Reference books: Rapraeger, Log Scaling and Grading Prac-tice in the Douglas Fir Region, Pacific Northwest Forest Experi-ment Station, Portland, Oregon. Instructions for Forest Surveys,King's Printer, Victoria, B. C. Instructions for AppraisingStumpage on National Forests, Superintendent of Documents,Washington, D. C.

One lecture and one period of two hours field or laboratorywork per week. One week field work immediately after Aprilexaminations. Fourth Year.

(b) Measurement of growth of trees and forests. Preparationof volume, growth, and yield tables.

Text-book : Bruce and Schumacher, Forest Mensuration, Mc-Graw-Hill.

Two hours lecture or laboratory period per week. Fifth year.

1936

-37

194^ FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE

3. Forest Protection.—The fire problem, legislation, organiza-tion for prevention and control.

Text-book : Western Fire Fighters' Manual, Western Forestryand Conservation Association, Portland.

Reference books : Various government publications.One lecture per week. Second Term.

5. Wood Technology.—The structure of wood ; the identificationof different woods and their qualities and uses ; wood seasoning;wood preservation ; emphasis on the Canadian woods of commercialimportance.

Text-book : Record, Identification of the Timbers of TemperateNorth America, Wiley.^ •

Reference books : Brown and Panshin, Identification of theCommercial Timbers of the United States, McGraw-Hill ; Forsaith,The Technology of New York State Timbers, Technical Publica-tion No. 18, New York State College of Forestry, Syracuse, NewYork ; Koehler, The Properties and Uses of Wood, McGraw-Hill;Koehler and Thelen, Kiln Drying of Lumber, McGraw-Hill.

Two lectures and one period of three hours laboratory per week,First Term ; one lecture and one period of two hours laboratoryper week, Second Term.

6. (a) Forest Management 1.—The principles and methods oforganizing forest areas for sustained yield management on aneconomic basis. Normal forest, increment, rotation, regulation ofcut, theory of working plans.

Text-book : Woolsey, American Forest Regulation, Tuttle,Morehouse and Taylor.

Reference books : Roth, Forest Regulation, Roth, Ann Arbor,Michigan. Recknagel, Bentley and Guise, Forest Working Plans,Wiley, 2nd Edition. Schlich, Forest Management, BradburyAgnew.

One lecture per week. Fourth Year.6. (b) Forest Management 2.—The practical application of the

principles of forest management. Graphical method used in regu-lating forests; valuation of forests and forest land; forest taxationand insurance; financial working plans.

Text-book: Matthews, Management of American Forests, Mc-Graw-Hill.

Reference books : Roth, Forest Regulation, Roth, Ann Arbor,Michigan Instructions for Forest Surveys, King's Printer, Vic-toria, B. C. Trevor and Smythies, Practical Forest Management,Government Press, Allahabad. Various government publications.

One lecture per week. Fifth Year.

1936

-37

FORESTRY^ 195

7. History of Forestry and Forest Administration.—The devel-opment of forestry in different parts of the world ; forest resourcesand industries ; policy, legislation and education; organization andadministration of the Forest Services of the United States and ofCanada.

Reference books: Fernow, History of Forestry, University ofToronto Press, 2nd Edition. Schlich, Forest Policy in the BritishEmpire, Bradbury Agnew. Ise, The United States Forest Policy,Yale University Press. Various government publications.

Two lectures per week. First Term.

8. Silviculture.—The principles and methods of caring forforests and of growing timber crops. Seed testing, nursery prac-tice, planting, thinning and improvement cuttings, slash disposal.

Text-books: Baker, The Theory and Practice of SilvicultureMcGraw-Hill; Tourney and Korstian, Seeding and Planting in thePractice of Forestry, Wiley; Troup, Silvicultural Systems, OxfordUniversity Press.

Reference books: Hawley, Practice of Silviculture, Wiley, 2ndEdition; Schlich, Silviculture, Bradbury Agnew ; various govern-ment publications.

Two lectures per week during the year, and one period of threehours field or laboratory work during the Second Term.

9. General Lumbering.—A general study of the principles andpractice of logging and milling in the chief timber regions of NorthAmerica.

Text-book : Brown, Logging Principles and Practices, Wiley.Reference books: Bryant, Logging, Wiley, 2nd Edition ; various

government publications.Two lectures per week. First Term.One lecture per week. Second Term.

10. Logging Engineering.—An intensive study of loggingsystems and operations in the forests of western North America.

Text-book: Brandstrom, Analysis of Logging Costs and Oper-ating Methods in the Douglas Fir Region, Charles Lathrop PackForestry Foundation, Washington, D. C.

Reference books : Various articles in The Timberman, B. C.Lumberman, and other trade journals and government publica-tions.

One lecture per week. First Term.Two lectures per week. Second Term.One period of four hours laboratory or field work per week,

alternating with Forestry 11 and 12.

1936

-37


11. Milling.—A study of the sawmilling and allied wood-working industries of western North America.

Text-book: Bryant, Lumber, Wiley.Reference books: Oakleaf, Lumber Manufacture in the Douglas

Fir Region, Commercial Journal Co. Brown, American LumberIndustry, Wiley. Berry, Lumbering in the Sugar and Yellow PineRegion of California, U. S. D. A. Bul. 440, Superintendent ofDocuments, Washington, D. C. Seeley, Small Sawmills, U. S. D. A.Bul. 718, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.

Two lectures per week; one period of four hours laboratory orfield work per week, alternating with Forestry 10. First Term.

12. Forest Products and Marketing.—A study of marketingmethods and problems of the lumber trade—domestic consumptionand export—markets in foreign countries; also of other forestindustries, including pulp and paper, shingles, veneers, boxes.

Text-books : Brown, Forest Products, Their Manufacture andUse, Wiley, 2nd Edition. Bryant, Lumber, Wiley.

Reference books: Brown, The American Lumber Industry,Wiley. Joint authorship, The Manufacture of Pulp and Paper,Vols. III. to V., McGraw-Hill. Knight and Wulpi, Veneers andPlywood, Ronald Press Co.

Two lectures per week ; one period of four hours laboratory orfield work per week, alternating with Forestry 10. Second Term.

13. Lumber Grading.—An intensive study of the grading, tally-ing and shipping of Pacific Coast lumber products for domesticand export markets.

Text-book: Beaulieu and Barton, Applied Lumber Science,B. C. Lumber and Shingle Manufacturers' Association, Van-couver, B. C.

One lecture and one period of two hours field work per week.Second Term.

14. Seminar. — Oral presentation and discussion of currentforestry topics and reviews of important papers in forestry peri-odicals, also reports of field trips in connection with F.E. 10, 11and 12 ; written outlines must be prepared ; training in technicalwriting and public speaking.

One hour per week.15. Forestry Thesis.—Research in some phase of forestry which

is of particular interest to the student. The project must beapproved by the Department and a copy of the thesis in regularform and binder must be filed with the Department not later thanthe end of the spring examination period.

Three hours per week throughout the year.

1936

-37

FORESTRY^ 197

Vancouver LaboratoryForest Products Laboratories of Canada,

Forest Service,Department of the Interior, Canada

R. M. Brown, B.Sc.F. (Toronto), Superintendent.R. S. Perry, B.Sc. (McGill), Assistant Engineer.

Division of Timber MechanicsJ. B. Alexander, B.Sc. (New Brunswick), Chief, Timber Mechanics

Division.J. T. Lee, Timber Tester.D. S. Wright, Timber Tester.W. W. Davidson, Assistant Timber Tester.R. J. Eades, Assistant Timber Tester.

Division of Timber ProductsJ. H. Jenkins, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Chief, Timber Products Division.H. W. Eades, B.Sc.F. (Washington), Assistant Timber Pathologist.F. W. Guernsey, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant in Timber Products.

The Forest Products Laboratories of Canada is a researchorganization maintained by the Forest Service of the Departmentof the Interior, Canada. Research in forest products is carriedon in two laboratories, one in Ottawa and the other in Vancouver,while all questions relating to pulp and paper research are dealtwith by a co-operative laboratory established at McGill University,Montreal, through an arrangement between the Forest ProductsLaboratories of Canada, the Canadian Pulp and Paper Association,and McGill University.

The Vancouver laboratory was established in 1918 and hasbeen maintained in association with the University of BritishColumbia since that time. Originally equipped only for themechanical testing of western woods, the organization has showna rapid expansion and now includes research in all branches oftimber mechanics, lumber seasoning investigations, timber decayproblems, mill studies, waste utilization, wood identification, etc.

One of the most important phases of the work of the laboratoryis its technical service to all branches of the timber industry in thedissemination of information on a wide variety of subjects havingto do with forest products. While research in wood preservation,wood distillation, container tests, pulp and paper, etc., is at presentconfined to the Ottawa and Montreal laboratories, the close contactmaintained between the three organizations permits the extensionof this technical service to include such subjects as wood utiliza-tion of all kinds, wood preservation, wood distillation, pulp andpaper, new industries, etc.

1936

-37


A mutually beneficial scheme of co-operation is maintainedbetween the Laboratory and the University, whereby students ofthe University in Engineering and Forestry have access to theLaboratory to watch the work being carried on and to use theapparatus at times in testing strength of materials. The staff ofthe Laboratory also has the benefit of the University libraryand the advice and assistance of University specialists in relatedwork.

Department of Geology and GeographyProfessor: M. Y. Williams.Professor of Physical and Structural Geology: S. J. Schofield.Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: Clarence Otto Swanson.Lecturer in Mineralogy and Petrography: H. V. Warren.Lecturer: Victor Dolmage.Instructor: Gordon Davis.Assistant: Roy Graham.Assistant: J. M. Cummings.

Geology1. General Geology.—This course serves as an introduction to

the science of Geology. The following subjects are treated in thelectures and laboratory :

(a) Physical Geology, including weathering, work of the wind,ground water, streams, glaciers, the ocean and its work, the struc-tures of the earth, earthquakes, volcanoes and igneous intrusions,metamorphism, mountains and plateaus, and ore-deposits.

Two lectures per week. First Term. Mr. Williams.(b) Laboratory Exercises in Physical Geology, including the

study and identification of the most common minerals and rocks,the interpretation of topographical and geological maps, and thestudy of structures by the use of models.

Two hours laboratory per week. First Term. Mr. Warren,Mr. Davis and Mr. Graham.

(c) Historical Geology, including the earth before the Cam-brian, the Palaeozoic, the Mesozoic, the Cenozoic and Quaternaryeras.

Two lectures per week. Second Term. Mr. Williams.(d) Laboratory Exercises in Historical Geology, consisting of

the general study of fossils, their characteristics and associations,their evolution and migration as illustrated by their occurrence inthe strata.

Two hours laboratory per week. Second Term. Mr. Williams,Mr. Graham and Mr. Davis.

Field Work will replace laboratory occasionally, and will takethe form of excursions to localities, in the immediate neighbour-

1936

-37

GEOLOGY^ 199

hood of Vancouver, which illustrate the subject matter of thelectures:

Prerequisite : Matriculation Chemistry or Physics, or Chem-istry 1 or Physics 1 or 2 taken either before or concurrently.

Text-book: Longwell, Knopf, Flint and Schuchert, Outlines ofPhysical and Historical Geology, Wiley.

Students will be required to make a passing mark in both thecombined written and the combined practical divisions of thecourse. 3 units.

2. (a) General Mineralogy.—A brief survey of the field ofmineralogy.

Lectures take the form of a concise treatment of (1) Crystal-lography, (2) Physical Mineralogy, and (3) Descriptive Min-eralogy of 40 of the more common mineral species, with specialreference to Canadian occurrences.

Laboratory Work consists of the study of the common crystalforms and of 40 prescribed minerals, accompanied by a brief out-line of the principles and methods of Determinative Mineralogyand Blowpipe Analysis.

Text-book: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,Wiley.

Prerequisite: Chemistry 1.Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per week.

First Term. Mr. Warren.

2. (b) Descriptive and Determinative Mineralogy.—This coursesupplements 2 (a) and consists of a more complete survey ofCrystallography, Physical and Chemical Mineralogy, with a criticalstudy of about 60 of the less common minerals, special emphasisbeing laid on their crystallography, origin, association and altera-tion.

Text-book : Dana, Text -book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,Wiley.

Prerequisite: Geology 2 (a).Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per week.

Second Term. Mr. Warren and Mr. Dolmage.

4. Structural and Physiographical Geology.---The followingsubjects are treated in the lectures: Fractures, faults, flowage,structures common to both fracture and flow, mountains, majorunits of structures, forces of deformation, the origin and develop-ment of land forms with special reference to the physiography ofBritish Columbia.

Text-book : Leith, Structural Geology, Holt.Prerequisite: Geology 1.Three lectures per week. Mr. Schofield.^3 units.

1936

-37


5. (a) History of Geology.—A brief history of the study ofthe earth and the development of the geological sciences. Mr.Graham.

(b) Geology of Canada.—The salient features of the geologyand economic minerals of Canada. Mr. Williams, Mr. Schofield,Mr. Swanson.

(c) Regional Geology.—The main geological features of thecontinents and oceanic segments of the earth's crust, and theirinfluences upon life. Mr. Schofield, Mr. Williams and Mr. Davis.

Prerequisite : Geology 1.Three lectures and one hour laboratory per week.

6. Palaeontology.—A study of invertebrate and vertebratefossils, their classification, identification and distribution bothgeological and geographical.

Text-book : Twenhof el and Shrock, Invertebrate Paleontology,McGraw-Hill.

Reference books : Grabau and Shimer, North American IndexFossils. Zitter-Eastman, Text-book of Palaeontology. Berry,Palaeontology.

Prerequisite : Geology 1.Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week. Mr. Williams.

7. Petrology.—This course consists of systematic studies of (i)optical mineralogy, and (ii) petrography, with an introduction topetrogenesis.

The laboratory work deals with the determination of rocks,first under the microscope and then in hand specimens.

Text-books : Harker, Petrology for Students, CambridgeUniversity Press. Johannsen, Essentials for the MicroscopicDetermination of Rock Forming Minerals and Rocks, Universityof Chicago Press. Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,Wiley.

Prerequisites : Geology 1 and 2.Two lectures and two laboratory periods of two hours per week.


8. Economic Geology.—A study of the occurrence, genesis, andstructure of the principal metallic and non-metallic mineraldeposits with type illustrations; and a description of the oredeposits of the British Empire, special stress being placed on thosein Canada.

Text-book : Ries, Economic Geology, 6th Edition, Wiley.Prerequisite : Geology 1. Geology 7 must precede or accom-

pany this course.Four hours per week.Mr. Williams, Mr. Schofield, Mr. Swanson, Mr. Warren.

1936

-37

GEOLOGY^ 201

9. Mineralography.—Principally a laboratory course dealingwith the study and recognition of the opaque minerals by meansof the reflecting microscope.

The work consists of practice in the cutting, grinding andpolishing of ore specimens, accompanied by training in micro-chemical methods of mineral determination.

During the second term each student is assigned a suite of oresfrom some mining district for a critical examination and report.

Text-book : Davy and Farnham, Microscopic Examination ofthe Ore Minerals, McGraw-Hill.

Prerequisite : Geology 7 and 8 must precede or accompany thiscourse.

One laboratory period of two hours per week. Mr. Warren.

10. Field Geology.—The methods taught are the fundamentalones used by professional geologists and by the officers of theGeological Survey of Canada. This course is essentially practicaland is designed to teach methods of observing, recording andcorrelating geological facts in the field. The students constructgeological maps of selected areas in the vicinity of Vancouverwhich require the use of the various methods and instrumentsemployed in field geology.

Text-books: Lahee, Field Geology. Hayes, Handbook for FieldGeologists. Spurr, Geology Applied to Mining.

Prerequisite : Geology 1. Geology 4, if not already taken, mustbe taken concurrently with Surveying 2 and 7.

One period of three hours per week. Mr. Schofield, Mr. Davis.Courses for Graduate Students.— (To be arranged by consul-

tation with the Instructors and Head of Department.)Geology 20.—Sedimentation.Text-book : Twenhofel, Treatise on Sedimentation, Williams

and Wilkins, 2nd Edition.Prerequisites: Geology 1, 2, and 5.One lecture or seminar and 6 hours of reading or laboratory

per week. Mr. Williams.^ 3 units.Geology 21.—Problems in Palaeontology.Prerequisite : Geology 6.One seminar and 6 hours laboratory per week.Mr. Williams^ 3-5 units.Geology 22.—Physiography.—General principles of Physiog-

raphy illustrated by examples from British Columbia.Reference : Davis, Geographical Essays, Ginn & Co.Two lectures and one seminar per week. Mr. Schofield. 3 units.

Geology 23.—Advanced Mineralogy.—A systematic study ofsome of the rarer minerals, the determination of some of the more

1936

-37


important gem stones, together with an elementary study of crystalmeasurements.

Text-books: Dana, Text Book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,Wiley ; Brush & Penfield, Determinative Mineralogy and BlowPipe Analysis, Wiley.

Prerequisites: Geology 2, 7, and 8.One lecture or seminar and four or six hours laboratory work

per week. Mr. Swanson, Mr. Warren. 3 or 4 units, dependent onamount of laboratory work.

Geology 24.—Advanced Mineragraphy. — A critical study ofsome approved suite of ores, using the more recent methods ofinvestigation, including the examination of polished sections underpolarized light, microchemistry, microphotography, use of "super-polisher, " etc.

Text-books: Frequent reference will be made to U. S. Geolog-ical Survey Bulletin 825, Microscopic Determination of the OreMinerals.

Prerequisites : Geology 2, 7, 8, and 9 ; Ore Dressing 1 and 2;Metallurgy 5 and 6.

One seminar and six, eight, or ten hours laboratory work aweek. Mr. Warren. 4, 5, or 6 units, dependent on amount oflaboratory work.

Geology 25 (a).—Metamorphism.—A reading and seminarcourse, supplemented with occasional laboratory work.

Text : Harker, Metamorphism.Mr. Swanson.^ 2 to 3 units.

Geology 25 (b).—Minor Intrusives.—A laboratory course, sup-plemented with occasional seminars.


Department of MathematicsProfessor: Daniel Buchanan.Professor: F. S. Nowlan.Professor: L. Richardson.Associate Professor: Walter H. Gage.Assistant Professor: F. J. Brand.Instructor: May L. Barclay.Assistant: Ivan Niven.

1. Plane Trigonometry.—Review of elementary work, projec-tion, inverse functions, hyperbolic functions, power series, finite

1936

-37

MATHEMATICS^ 203

series, complex numbers, De Moivre's Theorem and applications,elimination.

Two lectures per week. First Term.

2. Solid Geometry and Elementary Vector Analysis.—A studyof the three-faced corner, the various polyhedra and solid figures,and the theorems of Pappus.

Two lectures per week. Second Term.

3. Algebra.—A review of simple series, permutations, combina-tions and the binomial theorem, and a study of exponential andother series, undetermined coefficients, partial and continued frac-tions, graphical algebra.

Two lectures per week.Text-book : Wilson and Warren, Intermediate Algebra (Larger

Edition), Oxford.

4. Calculus.—An introductory study of the differential andintegral calculus will be made, and some of the simpler applica-tions considered.

Text-book : Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus (RevisedEdition), Ginn.

Two lectures per week.

6. Calculus.—Differential and integral calculus with variousapplications.

Text-book : Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus (RevisedEdition ) , Ginn.

Three lectures per week.

7. Analytical Geometry.—A study of the conics and othercurves occurring in engineering practice, and elementary workin three dimensions.

Text-book : Fawdry, Co-ordinate Geometry, Bell.Two lectures per week.

8. Applied Calculus.—The applications of calculus to variousproblems in engineering.

Three lectures per week.(Given in 1936-37 and alternate years.)

9. Differential Equations.—A study of ordinary and partialdifferential equations and their applications.

Text • Miller, Differential Equations, Oxford.Three lectures per week.


1936

-37


Department of Mechanical and ElectricalEngineering

Professor: Hector John MacLeod.Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering: F. W. Vernon.Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering: H. F. G. Letson.Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering: E. G. Cullwick.Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering: DeWitt M. Taylor.Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering: W. B. Coulthard.Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering: John F. Bell.Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering: R. Rolleston West.Assistant in Drawing: H. P. Archibald.Assistant: Walter J. Lind.Assistant in Drawing: Dennis W. Brookes.

Mechanical Engineering1. Mechanical Drawing. — Practice in freehand lettering in

accordance with common practice. Geometrical Drawing, to givefacility in the use of drawing instruments. Freehand sketching ofmachine parts and structures from which drawings are made toscale. Drawing to scale of simple machine parts. Making of assem-bly drawings from detail drawings, and detail drawings fromassembly drawings. Tracing and blueprinting.

Two three-hour periods per week.

2. (a) Shop W ork.—This work is intended to supplement themanual training given in the high schools, and also to givethe student some knowledge of the more common machine shopmethods and processes as employed commercially. The object isto provide some basis for the intelligent design of machines andstructural parts.

Lectures.—Physical properties of the materials used in machineconstruction. Modern methods of handling and finishing wood.Forging and hammering of metals. Annealing and tempering.Making of patterns and cores. Cupola practice.

Soldering and brazing, tinning, electroplating. Drilling andtapping, turning and boring, calipering and fitting, milling andmilling cutters, reaming and reamers, screw cutting. Grindingand abrasive wheels. Lapping. Punching and shearing. Dropforging and die-casting. Metal spinning. Torch and electric weld-ing. Cold sawing and torch cutting. Tool-making and dressing.Use of jigs. Machine shop standards, including wire and sheetmetal gauges, threads, etc.

Text-book : Colvin & Stanley, American Machinists' Hand.book, McGraw-Hill.

One lecture per week.Practice in Metal-working.—Bench work, including marking

off, chipping, filing, scraping, tapping, and fitting; lathe work,

1936

-37

MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING^205

including turning and boring, screw-cutting and finishing ; latheadjustments ; shaping ; milling ; gear-cutting ; tool-dressing.

One two-hour period per week.

2. (b) Machine Shop Practice.—A continuation of MechanicalEngineering 2.

Two hours laboratory per week, First Term, and two hours,Second Term.

3. Kinematics of Machines.—Velocity and Acceleration dia-grams of mechanisms. Instantaneous centre of Rotation. SliderCrank and Quadric-crank chain ; quick return mechanisms; inver-sion ; straight-line motions ; epi-cyclic trains ; valve-gears andmiscellaneous mechanisms.

Text-book : McKay, Theory of Machines, Longmans Green &Co.

One two-hour lecture period per week.

4. Dynamics of Machines.—Diagrams of crank effort, pistonvelocity and acceleration ; flywheel ; balancing, rotating andreciprocating masses ; secondary balancing ; governors; brakes anddynamometers; belt-drives ; dynamics of the gyroscope ; frictionand friction-clutches ; impulsive forces in mechanisms.

Text-book : Low, Applied Mechanics, Longmans Green & Co.Two lectures per week.Prerequisite subject for Fifth Year.

5. Machine Design.—A study of the theory of the propertiesof materials as applied to the design and construction of machines.

Reference books: Case, Strength of Materials'

Arnold ; Kimballand Bar, Elements of Machine Design, Wiley; Spooner, MachineDesign Construction and Drawing, Longmans Green.

Two lectures per week.Prerequisite subject for Fifth Year.

5. (a) Problem Course in Materials and Design.—Examplesand problems illustrating the lectures of M.E. 5 and includingthe solution under supervision of actual design problems.

Text-book : L. S. Marks, Mechanical Engineers' Handbook,McGraw-Hill.

Reference book : As in M.E. 5.One one-hour period per week.

6. Elementary Thermodynamics.—(a) Fuels and combustion.General principles underlying the construction and operation ofsteam boilers. Elementary theory of the steam engine. Measure-ment of power. Performance of various types of steam engines.Elementary theory of internal combustion engines. Design andoperation of isolated power plants to give the best economic results.

1936

-37


Theory of air compressors, transmission and use of compressed air.Elementary theory and practical operation of producer gas plants.

Prerequisite subject for Fifth Year.Text-book : Inchley's Heat Engines, Longmans Green ; or Allen

& Bursley, Heat Engines, McGraw-Hill.Reference books : Ewing, Thermodynamics, Cambridge Press.

Callendar, Steam Power, Longmans Green. Simmons, CompressedAir, MeGraw-Hill. Marks and Davis, Steam Tables and Diagrams,Longmans Green. Gebhardt, Steam Power Plant Engineering,Wiley. Kent, Mechanical Engineer's Pocket Book, Wiley. Fernald& Orrok, Engineering of Power Plants, McGraw-Hill. Low, HeatEngines, Longmans Green.


(b) Laboratory.—Testing of boilers, steam engines and internalcombustion engines. Analysis and calorimetry of fuels.

One three-hour laboratory period per week.

7. Heat Engines.—A more precise study of the thermodynamictheory, construction and performance of steam boilers, air com-pressors, reciprocating steam engines, steam turbines and internalcombustion engines.

Text-book: Robinson, Applied Thermodynamics, Pitman.Reference books: As under M.E. 6.Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week.Prerequisite subject for Fifth Year.

8. Steam Turbines.—A more advanced course in the thermo-dynamic theory, design and performance of steam turbines, bothmarine and stationary.

Reference books: Goudie, Steam Turbines, Longmans Green ;Stodola, Steam and Gas Turbines, McGraw-Hill; Moyer, SteamTurbines, Wiley.

One lecture per week.9. Internal Combustion Engines.—A more advanced course in

the thermodynamic theory, design and performance of petrol, gasand oil engines.

Reference books: Wimperis, Internal Combustion Engines,Constable ; Bird, Oil Engines.

One lecture per week.

10. Ref rigeration.—A course in the thermodynamic theory,design and performance of refrigerating machines as used forcommercial and domestic purposes.

Reference books : Ewing, Mechanical Production of Cold, Cam-bridge; Moyer and Fittz, Refrigeration, McGraw-Hill.


1936

-37


8, 9, 10. Laboratory.—The work carried out embodies theoperation and testing of the laboratory machines, illustratingthe theory covered in the lectures. Weekly written reports arerequired on the tests carried out.

One five-hour period per week.11. Heating and Ventilation. —Design of steam, hot water and

hot air systems of heating. Heaters for steam and water systems.Use of exhaust steam for heating. Central heating plants. Lossof heat from buildings. Refrigerating systems.

Reference book: Harding & Willard, Mechanical Equipment ofBuildings (Vols. I. and II.), Wiley.

One lecture per week.12. Design of Power Plants.—A study of the function, con-

struction and performance of the various machines and applianceswhich enter into the design of industrial plants. Special attentionis given to the economic results to be expected from various com-binations.

Reference books: Harding & Willard, Mechanical Equipmentof Buildings (Vols. I and II.), Wiley. Fernald & Orrok, Engineer-ing of Power Plants, McGraw -Hill.

One lecture per week, and one three-hour laboratory period perweek.

13. Physical Treatment of Metals. — A study of the variousmetals used in commercial work, with special reference to thetreatment applied to get the physical properties and qualitiesrequired for specific purposes.

Reference books: Colvin and Juthe, The Working of Steel,McGraw -Hill ; Bullen, Steel and Its Heat Treatment, Wiley;Dalby, Strength and Structure of Steel and Other Metals, Arnold.

One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period per week.Prerequisite subject for Fifth Year.14. Mechanical Design.—Design of shafts and high-speed bear-

ings; critical speeds of shafts; machine frames; strength ofarmature cores and discs; torsional oscillations; transmissiontowers and supports; catenary suspensions ; guy ropes; revolvingfield magnets; turbo-rotors, etc.


15. Prime Movers.—Theory and design of all types of hydro-electric machinery from the mechanical standpoint.

Reference book : Gibson, Hydro -Electric Engineering, Vol. I.,Blackie.


1 6. Machine Design.—The design of machine and structuralparts, including parts of engines of all types; design of wheel

1936

-37


teeth, belt, rope, and chain gearing, flywheels, cams, clutches,couplings, machine frames, etc.

Text-book: Spooner, Machine Design, Longmans.Two lectures and one five-hour drawing office period per week.

17. Applied Mechanics.—An advanced course in the theories ofbending of beams, critical loading of struts, bending stresses incurved bars, stresses in rotating discs and in rotating cylinders,bending of thin plates, and harmonic vibrations.

Reference books: Timoshenko, Strength of Materials, VanNostrand ; Timoshenko and Lessels, Applied Elasticity, Westing-house; Low, Applied Mechanics, Longmans, Green & Co.


18. Aeronautics.—General theory of flight ; aerofoils, lift, drag,distribution of pressure, aspect ratio, effect of variation of camber;stream lines, airscrews, performance curves ; general principles ofdesign and methods of construction; theory of stability.

Text-book: Warner, Aeronautics, McGraw-Hill.One lecture per week.

19. Problems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering.—Thesolution under supervision of problems arising from the lecturecourses.

One two-hour period per week.

Electrical Engineering1. Theory and Operation of Electrical Machines.—A practical

course for students not specializing in Electrical or MechanicalEngineering, designed to introduce to the student the principalfactors in electrical machinery. Enough theory is given to explainfully the characteristics of the apparatus studied. Both D.C. andA.C. apparatus is dealt with.

Text-book: MacCall, Continuous Current and AlternatingCurrent Engineering, Tutorial Press. Junior Lab. Manual.

Prerequisite : Physics 5.Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week.

2. Elementary DC Technology. — Elementary electro-magnetictheory. Theory and use of direct current generators and motors.Direct current transmission. Secondary batteries, Illumination,etc.

Text-books: Langsdorf, Principles of Direct Current Machines,McGraw-Hill; MacCall, Electrical Engineering Continuous Cur-rents, University Tutorial Press Ltd. ; Smith, Testing Dynamos andMotors, Scientific Publishing Co. ; Maclean, Electrical LaboratoryCourse for Junior Students, Blackie and Sons; Bennett and

1936

-37


Crothers, Electro-Dynamics, McGraw-Hill; Morecroft & Hehre,Electrical Circuits and Machinery, Vol. I., Direct Currents, JohnWiley & Son; Junior Lab. Manual.

For Fourth Year Electrical and Mechanical students only.Prerequisites : Physics 3.First Term: Three lectures and one three -hour laboratory

period per week.Second Term: One lecture per week.Prerequisite subject for Fifth Year.3. Elementary Alternating Current Technology.—A thorough

treatment of alternating current theory and calculations, with anintroduction to the principles of the chief alternating currentmachines.

Text-books: Lawrence, Principles of Alternating Currents, Mc-Graw-Hill; Morecroft & Hehre, Electrical Circuits and Machinery,Vol. II., John Wiley & Son. MacCall, Electrical EngineeringAlternating Currents, University Tutorial Press, Ltd.; Smith,Practical Alternating Currents, Scientific Publishing Co. JuniorLab. Manual.

For Fourth Year Electrical and Mechanical students only.Prerequisite: Physics 3.Second Term: Two lectures and one three -hour laboratory

period per week.Prerequisite for Fifth Year.

5. Electrical and Mechanical Measurements and Instruments.—A study of the units and quantities of magnetism and electricity,developing therefrom a detailed treatment of measurements andmeasuring instruments of all kinds, in theory and practice.

Brief Summary: Absolute instruments, secondary instruments;measurements of current, resistance, potential difference andpower; measurement of inductance and capacity; watt-hourmeters, recording instruments, phase, power-factor, and frequencymeasurements; instrument transformers; determination of waveform; calibration of instruments, etc.

Text-books: Laws, Electrical Measurements, McGraw-HillReference book: Drysdale and Jolly, Electrical Measuring

Instruments, London : E. Benn, Ltd.For Fourth Year Electrical students only.Prerequisite : Physics 5.Two lectures per week.Prerequisite subject for Fifth Year.7. Design of Electrical Machinery.—In this course, the design

of slow and high-speed alternators, transformers and inductionmotors, and rotary converters will be covered. In each case thedesign of a machine of each type, together with the underlying

1936

-37


principles, will be taught.Text-books: Gray, Design of Electrical Machinery, McGraw-

Hill ; Slichter, Design of Electrical Machinery, Wiley & Son;Vickers, The Induction Motor, Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons; Kuhlman,Design of Electrical Machinery, Wiley & Son.

Two lectures per week each term.Three hours laboratory period.

8. Electric Traction.—In this course will be considered thevarious DC and AC systems; speed-time curves, energy consump-tion curves; train resistance; characteristics of railway motors;control and control systems; regenerative braking ; equipment androlling stock; overhead construction and rail construction; feedersystems and their design. Substation equipment. Corrosion andits prevention.

Text-books: A. T. Dover, Electric Traction , Sir Isaac Pitman& Sons; Harding, Electric Traction, McGraw-Hill.

Reference book: Wilson & Lydall, Electric Traction, Long-mans Green & Co.

9. Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. — Inthis course will be considered the following : Inductance andcapacity calculations for short and long lines, voltage drops onshort and long lines ; charging currents of long lines; voltage riseson AC systems; automatic protective gear ; high-tension cablesand their design; lightning arresters; design of feeders and dis-tributors; Kelvin's law; switchgear and busbar layout ; high-tension insulators; Corona, its laws and losses; voltage andpower-factor control of transmission lines; stability.

Text-books: Loew, Electric Power Transmission , McGraw-Hill;Still, Overhead Power Transmission, McGraw-Hill; Woodruff,Transmission, Wiley & Son.

One lecture per week each term for EE 8 and EE 9 combined.

10. Electrical Problem Course.—In this course problems inelectro-technology and transmission and traction will be covered.

Two hours per week each term.^ 1 unit.

11. Radio - Telegraphy and Telephony. — In this course willbe considered : Generation of oscillations by spark, arc, high-frequency alternators, and thermionic vacuum tubes. Open andclosed circuit oscillators. Resonance ; coupled circuits and theircharacteristics; forced and free vibrations; waves on coils andwires; propagation of electro-magnetic waves; methods of recep-tion; direction finding ; the use of the valve as generator, amplifierand detector.^ -

Wireless Telephony microphones; transmitting circuits, receiv-ing circuits, tuning.

1936

-37


Text-books : Everett, Communication Engineering, McGraw-It ill ; Morecroft, Principles of Radio Communication, Wiley &Son; L. B. Turner, Outlines of Wireless, Cambridge Press; Dun-can & Drew, Radio Telegraphy and Telephony, Wiley & Son;Radio Lab. Manual.

Two lectures per week.One laboratory period of four hours.12. Electro-Technology.—Theory of the Transformer. Core and

Shell types. Vector diagrams. Magnetizing current, Regulation,Current Rush on suddenly switching on. Systems of Connection.Methods of Cooling. Testing.

The Alternator. Salient and non-salient pole types. Alternatorwindings. EMF equation. Breadth Factor, Form Factor, Coil-span Factor. Method of obtaining pure sine wave form. Regula-tion. Calculation of Regulation. Synchronous Impedance. ShortCircuit Currents. Method of calculating excitation on loads ofvarious power factors. Synchronizing of Alternators. Synchro-scopes. Parallel Operation of Alternators.

The Synchronous Motor. Single and Polyphase types. Vectordiagram. Variation of power factor with excitation. Calculationof excitation necessary for power factor improvement. Dampingwindings. Hunting and its cure. Methods of starting.

The Induction Motor. Windings. Production of Rotating field,Circle diagram. Slip, torque and other characteristics. SquirrelCage and Slip Ring types. Effect of rotor resistance. Torque slipcurves. Starting methods of Squirrel Cage machines. Calculationof steps of starting resistances for wound rotor machines. Crawlingof Induction motors. Leakage fluxes in Induction motors. Polechanging. Cascade Connection and its characteristics. Speed Con-trol by rotor resistance, by change of frequency, by use of ACcommutating motors. Hunt Cascade motor.

Efficiency Tests. Stroboscopic method of slip measurement.Single Phase Induction Motor Theory.

The Rotary Converter. EMF and current relations. Heating ofRotaries. Methods of changing voltage ratios. Starting and Syn-chronizing.

The Three Phase Commutator Motor. Shunt and Series types.Vector diagrams and characteristics.

Reference books : McCall, Alternating Currents, UniversityTutorial Press. Lawrence, Principles of Alternating CurrentMachines, McGraw-Hill. Steinmetz, Theory and Calculation ofElectric Apparatus, McGraw-Hill. Russell, Alternating Currents,Cambridge University Press. Steinmetz, Alternating CurrentPhenomena, McGraw-Hill. Miles Walker, Induction Motor.Blondel, Synchronous Motors and Converters, McGraw-Hill.

1936

-37


Vickers, The Induction Motor, Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons. SeniorLab. Manual.

Three lectures per week.One laboratory period of four hours.13. Transient Phenomena and Oscillations.—In this course will

be considered the transient phenomena which occur in switchingelectric circuits, long transmission lines; standing and travellingwaves; the penetration of current and flux into magnetic materialsat high frequency ; the effective resistance, inductance and capacityof high frequency circuits ; abnormal voltage rises in AC circuits;transients in radio circuits ; waves and impulses, etc.

Text-book: Steinmetz, Transient Phenomena, McGraw-Hill.One lecture per week.14. A general course in electrical engineering for Mechanical

Students.Text-book: Lawrence, Principles of Alternating Current Ma-

chines, McGraw-Hill. Senior Lab. Manual.Two lectures per week.One laboratory period of four hours.

Department of Mining and MetallurgyProfessor of Mining: J. M. Turnbull.Associate Professor of Mining: Geo. A. Gillies.Assistant Professor of Metallurgy: Frank A. Forward.Instructor in Metallurgy: W. B. Bishop.

Mining1. Metal Mining.—An introductory course in metal mining,

covering the following subjects :Ores and economic minerals; economic basis of mining; ordinary

prospecting ; mineral belts; conditions in British Columbia;preliminary development of mines; timbering and framing;tunnelling ; shaft sinking; transportation and haulage ; drainage ;ventilation.

Three lectures per week. Mr. Turnbull.2. Coal and Placer Mining. — A general course in coal and

placer mining, covering the following subjects:(a) Classification of coals ; prospecting ; mine development ;

mining methods; ventilation ; transportation and haulage; drain-age ; tipples; coal mines acts and laws.

(b) Gravel deposits ; nature and origin of paystreaks ; pros-pecting; examination and testing of deposits; ordinary miningmethods ; hydraulic and dredging methods ; plant and equipment ;placer mines acts and laws.

Two lectures per week. Mr. Turnbull.

1936

-37

MINING AND METALLURGY^213

3. Metal Mining. — An advanced course in metal mining,covering the following subjects:

Scientific prospecting; geophysical methods; development workin mines; blasting and explosives; examination of mines andprospects ; methods of ore sampling; mine valuation ; accountingand costs; administration; welfare and safety work ; mininglaws and contracts; economics ; ethics.

Prerequisite : Mining 1.Two lectures per week. Mr. Turnbull.

4. Mining Machinery.—A special course covering the structuraland mechanical features of Mining Engineering, as follows :

Mine structures; mining plant and machinery ; core and churndrills ; tramways, etc.

Prerequisites: Mining 1; Mechanical Engineering 3, 6; CivilEngineering 3 and 10.

Two lectures per week. Mr. Gillies.

5. Mine Surveying.—A practical course covering the work ofthe surveyor and staff in metal mines

Methods and practice in mine surveying; geological workunderground ; maps, plans and models; notes and records.

Prerequisites: Civil Engineering 2 and 6.One lecture per week. First Term. Mr. Turnbull.

6. Mining Design.—A laboratory draughting course coveringthe special requirements of Mining Students in regard to designof the layout and details of mining plant, structures, and minesurvey plans.

One three-hour period per week. Mr. Gillies.

7. Mining Methods.—A special course covering the principlesand practice of mining methods in metal mines.

Prerequisite : Mining 1Concurrent Courses : Mining 2, 3 and 4.One lecture per week. Second Term. Mr. Turnbull.

Metallurgy1. General Metallurgy. — This course covers the fundamental

principles underlying metallurgical operations in general, and isintroductory to subsequent more specialized study.

Physical mixtures and thermal analysis; physical properties ofmetals ; alloys ; measurement of high temperatures ; typical metal-lurgical operations ; electro-metallurgy ; slags ; matte ; refractorymaterials ; fuels; combustion ; furnaces.

Reference books: Hofman, General Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill.Current Mining and Metallurgical Journals. Trade Catalogues.

1936

-37


Prerequisites : Chemistry 1 and Physics 1 and 2.Two lectures per week. Mr. Gillies.

2. Smelting and Leaching.—A general course covering prin-ciples and practice of Pyrometallurgy and Hydrometallurgy asapplied to gold, silver, copper, iron, lead and zinc.

Prerequisite : Metallurgy 1.Two lectures per week. Mr. Bishop.

3. Metallurgical Calculations. — A special course coveringThermochemistry ; Metallurgical Calculations, Furnace Designand Special Processes ; Study of Plant Operations and Efficiency.

Reference books : Richards, Metallurgical Calculations; Liddell,Handbook of Non-ferrous Metallurgy.

Prerequisites: Metallurgy 1, Chemistry 1.Two hours per week. Mr. Forward.

4. Metallurgical Laboratory. — Advanced course in Metal-lurgical Analysis of Ores and Furnace Products, Pyrometry Re-fractories and Processes.

Special attention will be given to analytical methods used bysmelting plants in purchase of ores and control of furnaceoperations.

Prerequisites : Metallurgy 1, Metallurgy 6.One lecture and twelve hours laboratory work per week. Mr.

Forward.

5. Fire Assaying.—Quantitative determination of gold, silverand other metals by fire assaying methods, with underlying prin-ciples.

Text-book : Bugbee, Fire Assaying, Wiley.One lecture and one five-hour laboratory period per week.

First Term. Mr. Bishop, Mr. Forward.

6. Wet Assaying.—An introductory course in metallurgicalanalysis of ores and concentrates, including some fire assaying.

Most of the time will be given to the technical determinationof zinc, copper and lead.

One three-hour laboratory period per week. Mr. Bishop, Mr.Forward.

Ore Dressing1. Ore Dressing.—A general course covering the concentration

of ores by mechanical means.Most of the time is spent in considering fundamental principles,

typical machines, and their general operations and relations inmodern milling practice, emphasizing the economic and practicalaspects.

1936

-37

PHYSICS^ 215

Students are taught the commercial and technical character-istics of true concentrating ores, the general principles on whichthe size, character, site, and other features of a mill are designed.The general layout of crushing, handling, and separating ma-chinery. The laws of crushing and of various classifying andseparating actions, and the design, operation and comparativeefficiency of typical machines, such as crushers, rolls, stamps, balland tube mills, jigs, tables, screens, classifiers, and slime handlingdevices.

Attention is paid to pneumatic, magnetic, electrostatic, flotationand other special processes, including coal-washing.

Reference books : F. Taggart, A Manual of Flotation Processes,Wiley ; A. M. Gaudin, Flotation, McGraw-Hill; S. J. Truscott,Text-book of Ore Dressing; Richards and Locke, Text-book of OreDressing; A. F. Taggart, Handbook of Ore Dressing, Wiley.

Two lectures per week for one year. Mr. Gillies.

2. Ore Dressing Laboratory. — A variety of crushing, sizing,classifying and separating operations are carried out by thestudents and studied quantitatively on appropriate machines,singly and in combination. Special attention is paid to flotationprocesses, several types of machines being used.

Ores from British Columbia mines are usually chosen, so thatthe work of the students is along practical lines in comparison withactual work in operating plants.

Prerequisite : Ore Dressing 1.Nine hours laboratory per week. Mr. Gillies.

NOTE.-All students in Mining and Metallurgy are advised to providethemselves with a copy of Peele's Mining Engineer's Handbook (Wiley), whichis used for reference in many of the courses in which no special text-book isrequired.

Department of PhysicsProfessor: T. C. Hebb.Professor: A. E. Hennings.Associate Professor: J. G. Davidson.Associate Professor: G. M. Shrum.Assistant: George Volkoff.Assistant: Robert Christy.Assistant: George Mossop.Assistant: Kenneth R. McKenzie.Assistant: Henry H. Clayton.

The instruction includes lectures on the general principles ofPhysics, accompanied by courses of practical work in thelaboratory.

1936

-37


1. Introduction to Physics.—See Physics 1, Arts and Science,Page 137.

2. Elementary Physics. — See Physics 2, Arts and Science,Page 137.

3. Mechanics. — An elementary treatment of the subject ofstatics, dynamics and hydrostatics, with particular emphasis onthe working of problems. The course is given in the first half of theSecond Year of Applied Science.

Text-book : Reynolds, Elementary Mechanics, Prentice-Hall.Prerequisite : Physics 1 or 2.Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week.

4. Heat.—This course is begun when Physics 3 is finished, andthe six hours devoted to it are divided in the same manner. Thecourse is based on the supposition that the student is alreadyfamiliar with the elementary principles of heat.

Text-book : Edser, Heat for Advanced Students, Macmillan

5. Electricity and Magnetism.—A quantitative study of funda-mental principles of electricity and magnetism, with specialreference to the fact that the student is to be an engineer.

The course includes a short treatment of the elements ofalternating currents.

Text-book : Zeleny, Elements of Electricity, McGraw-Hill.Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week.

6. Mechanics.—The subject-matter consists of an extension ofthe statics and dynamics of Mechanics 1, but with the use of thedifferential and integral calculus.

Prerequisite : Physics 3.Text-book : Poorman, Applied Mechanics, McGraw-Hill.Two lectures per week.

7. Light.—A short lecture course for engineering students. Astudy of optical instruments, light sources and filters, spectroscopy,photometry, energy measurements, refractometers, interference,diffraction and polarized light.

Text-book: Robertson, Introduction to Physical Optics, VanNostrand.


12. Introduction to Atomic Structure.—See Physics 12, as inArts and Science, Page 139.

1936

-37

NURSING AND HEALTH^ 217

Department of Nursing and HealthActing Head of the Department: C. E. Dolman.Assistant Professor: Mabel F. Gray.Instructor: Margaret E. Kerr.

Part-time Lecturers:W. John Allardyce, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Ph.D. (McGill).G. F. Amyot, M.D., D.P.H. (Toronto), L.M.C.C.Miss Elizabeth Gertrude Breeze, R.N., Cert. P.H.N. (University of Cali-

fornia).Miss Anne Cavers, R.N., Cert. School for Graduate Nurses (McGill).Miss Zella Collins, Diploma, Social Service Department (Toronto).Arthur L. Crease, M.D., C.M. (McGill).Miss Margaret Duffield, R.N., Cert. P.H.N. (Toronto).W. H. Hatfield, M.D. (Toronto).Miss Laura Holland, R.N., Cert. School of Social Work (Simmons).Miss Ruby Adeline Kerr.Miss Josephine P. Kilburn, R.N.J. W. McIntosh, B.A., M.B., D.P.H. (Toronto), L.M.C.C.Miss Agnes McLeod, R.N., B.Sc. (Alberta), M.A. (Columbia).Miss Mary McPhedran, Diploma, Social Service Department (Toronto).Miss Laura M. Sanders, R.N.Alfred Howard Spohn, M.B. (Toronto).Charles Harvey Vrooman, M.D., C.M. (Manitoba).Harold White, M.D. (McGill), D.P.H. (Toronto), L.M.C.C.Henry Esson Young, B.A. (Queen's), M.D., C.M. (McGill), LL.D. (Tor-

onto), LL.D. (McGill), LL.D. (British Columbia), L.M.C.C.

Subjects of Nursing A(Combined Undergraduate Course and

Double Course)1. History of Nursing.—A series of lectures dealing with the

origin and history of nursing.One hour a week, First Year. Both Terms. Miss Gray.4. Elementary Biochemistry, as applied to Physiology.Second Term. One lecture and one laboratory period per week.

Dr. Allardyce.5. Bacteriology in Relation to Health and Disease.—A special

course in Bacteriology devised to meet the needs of Nursingstudents.

One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Both Terms.Miss Mathews.

Nursing B (Public Health Nursing)Nursing C (Teaching and Supervision)

Preventive Medicine in the Public Health Nursing Programme34. Preventive Medicine.—A study of the scope of preventive

medicine and a consideration of the preventable aspects of cardio-

1936

-37


vascular disease, diabetes, cancer, and of other common causes ofsevere disablement. The value of the periodic health examination;and demonstrations of active immunization procedures.

One hour a week. First Term. Dr. Dolman.

1. Acute Communicable Diseases and their Epidemiology.—Brief sketches of the more important of the preventable diseasesand their epidemiology ; the communicable aspects of venerealdiseases and of tuberculosis.

Two hours a week. Both Terms. Dr. Amyot, Dr. Dolman andDr. Vrooman.

5. Mental Hygiene.—An introduction to the study of mentalillness, with emphasis upon its cure and prevention. Childguidance clinics and the psychiatric social history.

One hour a week. Both Terms. Dr. Crease, Miss Kilburn.

Child Welfare7. (a) Infant Welfare.—A series of lectures and clinics deal-

ing with pre-natal care, and the normal development of the infant ;also dealing with the disorders of infancy, their prevention andcure.

Nine hours. First Term. Dr. Spohn.(b) Child Hygiene.—An outline of the work of the City Child

Hygiene Department preparatory to Field Work.Two lectures. Miss Sanders.

Public Health, Hygiene and Sanitation9. Public Health and Sanitation.—A series of lectures covering

the fields of general hygiene and sanitation.One hour a week. Second Term. Dr. McIntosh.

11. Public Health Organizations.—A series of lectures dealingwith special aspects of the work of each organization :

(a) Provincial Board of Health. Dr. Young. (2)(b) Provincial Tuberculosis Control. Dr. Hatfield. (2)(c) Civic Health Department. Dr. McIntosh. (2)(d) Diagnostic Clinics for Tuberculosis.^Dr. Lamb. (1)(e) The Workmen's Compensation Act. Dr. Bastin. (1)12. Vital Statistics and Epidemiology.—The general principles

governing the collection and arrangement of statistical facts andtheir application to the epidemiology of disease.

Two hours a week. Second Term. Dr. Duff.

1936

-37

NURSING AND HEALTH^ 219

Nursing13. Principles and Practice of Public Health Nursing.—A study

of the principles and practice of public health nursing.Three hours a week. Both Terms. Miss Kerr.15. Urban Visiting Nursing Programme.Two lectures. Miss Duffield.16. Health Education.—A consideration of the material to be

presented in the teaching of personal hygiene and home nursing,and the method of presentation.

Two hours a week. Both Terms. Miss Kerr.17. Contemporary Nursing Problems.—Consideration of recent

developments in the nursing field.One lecture a week. Both Terms. Miss Gray.18. (a) Teaching in Schools of Nursing.—A study of the cur-

riculum of schools of nursing ; the content and arrangement ofcourses of study, and the application of teaching principles tothe subjects found in the nursing curriculum. A study of nursingschool records.

Three hours a week. Both Terms. Miss Gray.18. (b) Practice Teaching in Nursing.—This course is supple-

mentary to the above.Two hours a week. Second Term. Miss Cavers and Miss McLeod.19. Principles of Supervision in Schools of Nursing.—A study

of the organization of the school of nursing with especial referenceto, the function of a ward or teaching unit. A discussion of experi-ence records, case studies, ward clinics and other means whichassist in the correlation of theory and practice.

Two hours a week. Both Terms. Miss Gray.20. School Hygiene.—A series of thirteen lectures given by

members of the staff of the Medical Department of the VancouverSchool Board, dealing with the specific problems of this divisionof Public Health.

Thirteen lectures. First Term. Miss Breeze, Miss Kerr, Dr.White.

21. Social Case Work.—A study of the relationship of socialwork to public health work, with examples of the types of socialproblems most frequently met by the public health nurse. Thegeneral principles underlying social case work.

Two hours a week. Second Term. Miss Holland, Miss Collins,Miss McPhedran.

1936

-37


24. Educational Psychology.(See Page 112.)

26. Public Speaking and Parliamentary Procedure.—Principlesand practice, fitting students for giving addresses and conductingmeetings.

Two hours a week. Second Term. Miss Kerr.

27. Sociology. — The Family. An approach to the study ofsociety by way of a basic institution.

Two hours a week. First Term. Dr. Topping.Text-book: Groves, Social Problems of the Family, Lippincott,

1927.

29. Motor Mechanics. — Practical instruction in the structureand operation of automobiles.

One hour a week. One Term ,. Mr. Bell.

31. Principles and Methods of Teaching.Two hours a week. First Term. Mr. Black.

Department of ZoologyProfessor: C. McLean Fraser.Associate Professor: G. J. Spencer.Assistant Professor: Gertrude M. Smith.Assistant: G. Morley Neal.Assistant: George P. Holland.

NOTE:—Biology 1 is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology.

1. General Morphology. — General morphology of animals.Comparative anatomy. The relationships of animal groups. Com-parative life-histories.

Text-book: T. J. Parker and W. A. Haswell, Manual ofZoology, Macmillan.

This course is prerequisite to other courses in Zoology.Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week.

7. Economic Entomology (in part).—The portion of the coursein Economic Entomology that deals with forest insects.

One lecture and two hours laboratory work per week for halfof Second Term.

1936

-37

THE

FACULTYOF

AGRICULTURE

1936

-37

1936

-37


INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS INAGRICULTURE

The primary object of a University education is to develop inmen and women the power of logical, exact and independent think-ing. The teaching of the Science of Agriculture has an additionalaim—viz., giving to the student an understanding of the principlesof life, both plant and animal, and knowledge of the applicationof these principles to Agriculture and allied industries.

The particular course of study* selected by any student isdetermined by his previous training and by the use he intendsto make of his University work, whether for farming, districtagricultural work, teaching, research, or other vocation.

The first two years of work leading to the degree in Agricultureare devoted largely to acquiring a knowledge of the basic sciences,in adding to the student's knowledge of language and in layinga foundation for more advanced studies in the practical and scien-tific phases of Agriculture and of allied subjects.

During the first two years, the student who is not yet clear asto what special phase of Agriculture he may care to follow is givenan opportunity of becoming acquainted with the general field ofAgriculture and of its various branches, through the mediumof an Orientation Course (Agriculture 1 and 2), which includes asurvey of the History and Development of Agriculture. Thisintroductory course is given by the applied departments.

During the last two years of the course the student ispermitted, in consultation with the Dean, the Advisory Committeeon Courses, and the Head of the Department, to select from awide list of subjects either a generalized course in Agricultureor a specialized course in some one phase of Agriculture, as inAgronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, PoultryHusbandry, Agricultural Economics ; or a still further specializedcourse within these or closely allied fields, such as in Soils, Animalor Plant Nutrition, Animal or Plant Pathology, Applied Genetics,Bacteriology, Entomology, Physiology and similar fields of study.

The extent of the course, whether for a few weeks or forseveral years, and the nature of the course, whether generalizedor specialized, scientific or practical, is to be decided by each

The curriculum described in the following pages may be changed fromtime to time as deemed advisable by the Senate.

1936

-37

224^FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE

individual on the advice of the Dean, the Advisory Committee onCourses, and a Department Head.

In advising on the selection of courses or vocation, the student'spersonal preference and his adaptability are given careful con-sideration.

For those interested in continuing their University trainingbeyond the work of the four years leading to the Bachelor's degree,excellent opportunity is afforded in many of the fields mentionedabove for further work leading to the Master's degree.

A judicious selection of courses permits of the completion ofthe required work for both the B.S.A. and the B.A. degrees infive years.

(For further information regarding the various courses, seestatements which follow the "Outline of Courses"; also descrip-tion of courses as listed under the separate Departments.)

Admission, Registration, Etc.For statement as to general requirements for admission, regis-

tration, etc., to the University, see pages 27-31.

DegreesThe degrees offered in this Faculty are :Bachelor of Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.).Master of Science in Agriculture (M.S.A.).

Courses of StudyFive distinct lines of study are offered, as follows:(1) Four-year courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of

Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.).(2) A One-year Occupational Course leading to a Diploma in

Agriculture.(3) A Winter Course at the University, consisting of a Short

Course in one or more of the agricultural subjects : Poultry,Horticulture, etc.

(4) Extension Courses at different points in the Province.(5) Graduate work in agriculture leading to the degree of

Master of Science in Agriculture (M.S.A.).

Courses Leading to the Degree of B.S.A.These courses are planned for students who wish to obtain

practical and scientific knowledge of agriculture, or closely alliedsubjects, either as a basis for demonstration, teaching or research,or as an aid to successful farming.

1936

-37

COURSES IN AGRICULTURE^225

Students are required to have Junior Matriculation or itsequivalent before entering upon these courses (see "MatriculationRequirements").

The Occupational CourseThe Occupational Course is planned for those students whose

academic qualifications are not high, but whose practical qualifica-tions are satisfactory. The course permits of work in Agronomy,Animal Husbandry, Poultry Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture,Farm Management and Marketing on the part of those who wishto extend their practical knowledge. A successful completion ofthe course leads to a Diploma in Agriculture. Matriculationstanding for entrance is not required.

Short CoursesThe Short Courses are planned for those men and women who

are unable to take advantage of the longer courses, but who desireto extend their knowledge of agriculture in one or more of thosebranches in which they are particularly interested. The workthroughout is intensely practical. Illustrative material and periodsdevoted to demonstration and judging work are features of thecourse. No entrance examination is required, nor are studentsasked to write an examination at the conclusion of the course.

Special announcements giving details of the various divisionsof the course are issued in December of each year, and may beobtained from the Registrar on application.

Extension CoursesIn order to reach those engaged in Agriculture who are not able

to avail themselves of the Winter Courses given at the University,the Faculty of Agriculture offers extension short courses in variouscentres throughout the Province. These courses are of at leastfour days' duration, are proceeded with according to a definitetime-table, and include lectures and demonstrations in connectionwith the work of each department of the Faculty. Detailed pro-grammes are prepared to suit the specific centres, and requests forsuch courses may be addressed to the Registrar.

(Not offered in 1936-37.)

Graduate WorkFor regulations see pages 227, 228.

CurriculumCourses are described in terms of units. A unit normally con-

sists of one lecture hour (or one continuous laboratory period of

1936

-37


not less than two or more than three hours) per week throughoutthe session, or two lecture hours (or equivalent laboratory periods)throughout a single term.

Outline of CoursesFIRST YEAR

Agriculture 1.Biology 1.Chemistry 1.English 1.Mathematics 1.To assist students who contemplate proceeding to the Normal

School after taking one year of the course in Agriculture, a firstyear course in the language taken on Junior Matriculation maybe substituted for either Chemistry 1 or Biology 1; but any suchstudent who later registers for a second year in the Faculty ofAgriculture must complete the regular course of studies for thefirst year.

SECOND YEARAgriculture 2.English 2.Physics 1, if Physics was not taken as a Junior Matriculation

subject, and any of the following subjects as approved by theDean and the Committee on Students' Courses, up to a total ofnot less than 15 units:

Bacteriology 1.Botany 1.Chemistry 2.Economics 1.Geology 1.History 1.Mathematics 2 or 3.Matriculation Language 1.Matriculation Language 2.Beginners' German.Philosophy 1.Psychology 1.Physics 2.Zoology 1.Subject to the approval of the Dean and the Advisory Com-

mittee on Courses, other subjects from the Faculty of Arts andScience, or from the Faculty of Applied Science, may be acceptedfor credit in the Faculty of Agriculture, also, but for First Yearonly, from Senior Matriculation; further, any two of the elective

1936

-37

COURSES IN AGRICULTURE^227

subjects in the Second Year not taken in that year, subject toapproval, may be taken in the Third Year. A student may take inhis Fourth Year an elective of the Second Year subject to theapproval of the Faculty.

THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS

Prior to registration, and preferably before the close of theSecond Year, all students are required to discuss with the Deanand the Head of a Department all courses which they intend totake.

There are no specific subjects which must be taken by allstudents; students are required, however, to elect up to a totalof 36 units, essay included, in the Third and Fourth Years.

A student completing credits for the Bachelor's degree mayalso do work toward the Master's degree, provided that not morethan six units of credit are required to complete his undergraduatecourses.

A student who, before completing work for the Bachelor'sdegree, has done work towards the Master's degree, may have sixunits of credit applied towards his Master's degree, provided thesesix units of credit are secured in courses for which graduate creditmay be allowed. These units may be applied toward the Master'sdegree only after the student has completed his undergraduaterequirements.

An essay shall be prepared by each student on some topic, thesubject of which shall be selected, with the approval of the Headsof the Departments concerned, before the end of the Third Year'swork.

Two typewritten copies of each essay on standard-sized paper(8 1/2 x 11 in.) shall be submitted on or before the 1st of April inthe graduating year.

The particular course or courses to be taken by any studentmust be approved by the Dean and a Head of a Department.

Courses Leading to the Degree of M.S.A.1. Candidates for the degree of Master of Science in Agri-

culture (M.S.A.) must hold a Bachelor's degree from thisUniversity, or its equivalent. (See also Curriculum of Third andFourth Years, paragraphs 3 and 4 above.)

2. A graduate of another university applying for permissionto enter as a graduate student is required to submit with hisapplication an official statement of his graduation, together witha certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of hiscourse. The Faculty will determine the standing of such a studentin this University. The fee for examination of certificates is $2.00

1936

-37


3. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records whoproceed to the Master's degree shall be required:

(a) To spend at least one year in resident graduate study; or(b) (At the discretion of the Faculty concerned).

(i) To do two or more years of private work under thesupervision of the University, such work to beequivalent to one year of graduate study ; or

(ii) To do one year of private work under Universitysupervision and one term of resident graduatestudy, the total of such work to be equivalent toone year of resident graduate study.

4. Students doing tutorial work shall not be allowed to comeup for final examination in less than two academic years afterregistration as M.S.A. students.

5. One major and one minor shall be required. Candidates mayselect their minor in another Faculty.

At least second class standing is required in the subjects of theminor

The choice of and relationship between major and minor sub-jects, and the amount of work in each, or of tutorial work, mustbe approved by the Head of each of the Departments concerned,by the Committee on Graduate Studies, and by the Dean. Specialforms of "Application for a Course Leading to the Master's De-gree" may be obtained from the Registrar's office.

6. A candidate presenting himself for the degree of M.S.A.may be required by the Head of the Department in which he ismajoring to have a reading knowledge of French or German.

7. (a) A thesis must be prepared on some approved topic inthe major subject.

(b) Examinations, written or oral, or both, shall be required.8. Two typewritten copies of each thesis, on standard-sized

thesis paper, shall be submitted. (See special circular of "Instruc-tions for the Preparation of Masters' Theses.")

9. Application for admission as a graduate student shall bemade to the Registrar by October 1st. (See schedule of fees.)

Teacher Training CourseStudents planning to enter the Teacher Training Course

through Agriculture must have obtained at least nine (9) units ofcredit in Agriculture in addition to Agriculture 1 and 2, and atleast nine (9) units of credit in any one of the following subjects:Chemistry, Physics or Biology (including Botany and Zoology) in

1936

-37


addition to Chemistry 1, Physics 1 or 2, and Biology 1.In addition to the above, prospective candidates for the Teacher

Training Course are required to select undergraduate courses insuch a way that, in addition to English 1 and 2, they will haveobtained either six units of credit in one, or three units of credit ineach of two of the following : English, Mathematics, MatriculationLanguage, Social Sciences (History, Economics, Political Scienceand Sociology).

Students who intend to proceed to the Teacher Training Courseare required to take Psychology 1 as prerequisite to EducationalPsychology.

For further particulars, see "Teacher Training Course" underFaculty of Arts and Science.

Examinations and Advancement1 Examinations in all subjects, obligatory for all students, are

held in April. In the case of subjects which are final at Christmasand in the case of courses of the First and Second Years, examina-tions will be held in December as well. Applications for specialconsideration on account of illness or domestic affliction must besubmitted to the Dean not later than two days after the close ofthe examination period. In cases where illness is the plea forabsence from examinations, a medical certificate must be presentedon the appropriate form, which may be obtained from the Dean'soffice.

2. In the First and Second Years, candidates taking a fullcourse will not be considered as having passed unless they obtain(a) 50 per cent. or more in each subject, or (b) at least 40 percent. on each subject and 60 per cent. on the aggregate taken atone time. In the Third and Fourth Years, candidates will not beconsidered as having passed unless they obtain at least 50 per cent.on each subject. Candidates taking less than a full course (15units) must obtain at least 50 per cent. on each subject of the Firstand Second Years, and at least 60 per cent. on each subject of theThird and Fourth Years. Students taking work in the SummerSession will not be considered as having passed unless they obtain50 per cent. or more in each subject.

3. Successful candidates will be graded as follows : First Class,an average of 80 per cent. or over ; Second Class, 65 to 80 per cent.;Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.

4. If a student's general standing in the final examinations ofany year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him sup-plemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which he hasfailed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such examina-tions have been granted.

1936

-37

230^ FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE

5. Supplemental examinations will be held in September.Special examinations will not be granted, except by special per.mission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $7.50 for eachpaper. Application for special examinations must be made at leasttwo weeks prior to the scheduled meetings of the Faculty inOctober and February.

6. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompaniedby the necessary fees (see Schedule of Fees), must be in the handsof the Registrar by August 15th.

7. No student may enter a higher year with supplementalexaminations still outstanding in respect of more than 3 unitsof the preceding year, nor with any supplemental examinationoutstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year or ofMatriculation, unless special permission to do so is granted byFaculty. Such permission will be granted only when Faculty issatisfied that the failure to remove the outstanding supplementalexaminations had an adequate cause.

8. A student may not continue in a later year any subject inwhich he has a supplemental examination outstanding from anearlier year, except in the case of compulsory subjects in theSecond Year.

9. A student who is not allowed to proceed to a higher yearmay not register as a partial student in respect of the subjects ofthat higher year. But a student who is required to repeat hisyear will be exempted from attending lectures and passingexaminations in subjects in which he has already made at least50 per cent. In this case, he may take, in addition to the subjectsof the year which he is repeating, certain subjects of the followingyear.

10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same yearmay, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required bythe Senate to withdraw from the University.

11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by thetests and examinations of the first term of the First or SecondYear, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the recommendationof the Faculty, be required by the Senate to discontinue attendanceat the University for the remainder of the session. Such a studentwill not be readmitted to the University as long as any supple-mental examinations are outstanding.

12. Term essays and examination papers will be refused apassing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English, and, inthis event, students will be required to pass a special examinationin English to be set by the Department of English.

1936

-37

AGRONOMY^ 231

DEPARTMENTS AND COURSES INAGRICULTURE

Agriculture1. General Agriculture. — This course provides by means of

lectures, demonstrations and laboratory exercises a general surveyof the field of Agriculture and an introduction to the work of thevarious branches of Agriculture, such as Agronomy, Animal Hus-bandry, Dairying, Horticulture and Poultry Husbandry.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Year.The Staff.^ 3 units.

2. General Agriculture, History of Agriculture.—A continua-tion of Course 1, so far as it embraces a study of the developmentof Agriculture from early primitive stages to its present state ofscientific advancement.

Special attention is paid to the evolution of Agriculture inGreat Britain and the Dominions, and to agricultural settlementand growth on the North American continent.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Year.Mr. P. A. Boving.

Department of AgronomyProfessor: G. G. Moe.Professor: P. A. Boving.Associate Professor: D. G. Laird.

General Agronomy.—(Included in Agriculture 1 and 2 in theFirst and Second Years respectively).

14. Field Crops.—A systematic study of the most importantgrain, forage and root crops. The laboratory work includes studiesof noxious weed seeds, the commercial and seed grades of Canada,the commercial grain and hay grades of the United States and theidentification and judging of the principal types and varieties offield crops. Special problems of production, weed control, har-vesting and storage are considered, as well as the physical phasesof marketing.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week.Mr. Moe.^ 3 units.

15. Field and Crop Management.—Embraces a study of cul-tural practices, rotations and costs in connection with the economicsof crop production, and also includes theoretical and practicalexercises in drainage and field mensuration.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term.Mr. P. A. Boving.^ 11/2 units

1936

-37


16. Soil Management.—Different systems of cultivation, rota-tion, manuring and irrigation as practised in Canada and else-where are discussed, and the influence of these factors on themaintenance or exhaustion of soil fertility.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term.Mr. Laird.^ 11/2 units.

17. Seed Growing and Plant Breeding. — Plant breedingmethods and the improvement of field crops by breeding areconsidered, together with the production and marketing of first-class root, vegetable, clover and grass seed.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term.Mr. P. A. Boving.^ 11/2 units.18. Experimental Methods.—Field experimentation, corrections

for plot variability. Use and application of probable error,standard deviation, coefficient of variability, correlation coefficient.Students' method of paired experiments. Peter's and Bessel'sformula.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term.Mr. Laird.^ 11/2 units.19. Field Crops (Advanced). — Studies of the climatic,

ecological and biological factors which influence the distributionand world production of field crops.

Three lectures per week. First Term.Mr. Moe.^ 11/2 units.20. Soil Bacteriology.—Laboratory and lecture course, in which

the bacteria of soils are studied qualitatively and quantitatively,with special reference to soil fertility. (Same as Bacteriology 6.)

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term.Mr. Laird.^ 2 units.25. Undergraduate Essay.—The preparation of a report on an

applied problem.^ 3 units.30. Directed Studies.—Systematic work on an approved prob-

lem.^ 3 units.50. Applied Plant Genetics.—The genetics of crop plants.

Lectures, seminar periods and research.Mr. Moe.^ 3 to 5 units.51. (a) Soils.—The interaction of the physical, chemical and

biological forces of the soil.Three lectures per week.^ 3 units.51. (b) A laboratory course based on 51 (a).Two laboratory periods per week.^ 2 units.Course (b) must be preceded by or taken concurrently with

course (a).

1936

-37

ANIMAL HUSBANDRY^233

52. Field Crops. — Special phases of field crop production,management and improvement, with particular emphasis on theapplication of recent research findings.

Lectures, seminar periods and research.^3 to 5 units.

Department of Animal HusbandryProfessor: H. M. King.Instructor: J. C. Berry.

General Animal Husbandry.—(Included in Agriculture 1 and2 in the First and Second Years respectively).

15. Breeds of Livestock.—The judging of livestock and a studyof the origin, history of development, characteristics and adapta-tions of the breeds of dairy cattle, beef cattle, sheep, swine, horsesand goats. Students may be required to visit conveniently locatedfarms.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week.^3 units.

16. Animal Nutrition.—The elements and compounds importantto Animal Nutrition and their relation to the animal organism ;the digestive system ; the digestion, absorption, assimilation anddisposition of food materials; the causes and effects of mal-nutrition.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week.^3 units.17. Animal Feeding and Breeding.—A study of feeds. The

economic and other problems involved in the feeding of all classesof livestock. Principles and methods of animal improvement.Variation and inheritance in livestock. The physiology of repro-duction. Blood lines and pedigree construction.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week.^3 units.18. Livestock Marketing and Management. — A study of the

requirements of livestock markets, marketing livestock productsand breeding stock. The management of the range, ranch andfarm for the production of livestock.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week.^3 units.19. Seminar.—Current problems and literature. Research and

experimental work with animals. The selection and developmentof herd sires and breeding herds. Students may be required tovisit conveniently located farms.

One lecture and two laboratories per week.^3 units.20. Animal Pathology. — Pathological conditions of animals;

their causes, prevention and treatment.Two lectures and one laboratory per week.^11/2 units.NOTE :—Additional units of credit in Animal Pathology may

be offered for the 1936-37 session.

1936

-37


25. Undergraduate Essay.^ 3 units.30. Directed Studies.^ 3 units.50.Research.—Special problems in dairy cattle production.

Sanitary and pathological conditions in relation to milk produc-tion.^ 3 to 5 units.

51. Research.—Special phases of animal nutrition as related togrowth, production and reproduction.^3 to 5 units.

Department of DairyingProfessor: Blythe Eagles.Assistant: Olga Okulitch.

General Dairying— (Included in Agriculture 1 and 2 in theFirst and Second Years respectively.)

1. Butter-Making.—An elementary course.Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term. Third

Year.^ 11/2 units.2. Cheese-Making.--An elementary course.Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term.

Third Year.^ 11/2 units.

4. (a) Dairy Bacteriology.—The bacteriology of milk ; sourcesof bacteria in milk, and quantitative and qualitative determina-tions of the bacterial content of milk ; normal and abnormalfermentations of milk and a study of certain organisms responsibletherefor.

Reference : Orla-Jensen, Dairy Bacteriology, J. and A. Churchill,latest edition ; Hammer, Dairy Bacteriology, J. Wiley & Sons, latestedition.

Prerequisites : Bacteriology 1.Four hours a week. First Term.^ 11/2 units.

4. (b) The physical and chemical properties of milk and theirinfluence on the growth of bacteria in milk and in milk products.The handling and management of milk for city consumption ;grading of milk and milk products on bacterial standards.

Reference : Rogers, Fundamentals of Dairy Science, A. C. S.Monograph, latest edition.

Prerequisites : Bacteriology 1.Four hours a week. Second Term.^11/2 units.

6. Cheese and Cheese -Making.—This course deals with the prin-ciples and practices of cheese-making—hard-pressed, blue-veined,and soft.

Two lectures and two laboratories per week. Fourth Year.41/2 units.

1936

-37

HORTICULTURE^ 235

7. Advanced Dairy Bacteriology. — The ripening of hard-pressed cheese and a systematic study of the lactic acid bacteria.

Reference : Orla-Jensen, The Lactic Acid Bacteria, Copen-hagen.

Prerequisite: Bacteriology 1 and 4 (a).One lecture and two laboratories per week.^3 units.13. Dairy Mycology.—This course concerns itself with a study

of the molds that take part in the ripening of cheese. To an extent,attention is given to the molds associated with the spoilage ofbutter.

One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term.1Y2 units.

(Not offered in 1936-37.)

25. Undergraduate Essay.—A written report on a prescribedlaboratory study.

Fourth Year.^ 3 units.30. Systematic work on an approved problem.^3 units.50. Directed 'systematic studies of defined phases of the work

introduced in Courses 3 or 7.^ 3 to 5 units.(Open to Graduates only.)

Department of HorticultureProfessor: F. M. Clement.Professor: A. F. Barss.Assistant Professor: G. II. Harris.Lecturer: P. E. Buck.

General Horticulture.—(Included in Agriculture 1 and 2, inthe First and Second Years respectively).

13. Practical Horticulture.—A detailed study of the principlesinvolved in plant propagation ; in tree-fruit and small-fruit grow-ing; and in nursery and greenhouse management; supplementedby laboratory, field, orchard, nursery and greenhouse practice inthe various horticultural operations.


14. Commercial Horticulture.—A study of the problems connected with the handling of fruits and vegetables harvesting,grading, packing, shipping, storing, marketing; packing andstorage houses; costs of production and of marketing.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term.11 2 units.

15. Special Horticulture. — The study of special branches ofCommercial Horticulture, including the manufacture of horticul-tural products—canning, dehydration, etc.; and the growing and

1936

-37


marketing of such horticultural crops as nuts, citrus fruits, figs,dates, etc.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term.1 1/2 units.

16. Landscape Gardening and Floriculture.—The course aimsto give the student a working knowledge of the selection, plantingand care of ornamental plants—trees, shrubs and flowers; with theprinciples for the improvement of home grounds, school grounds,city streets and parks. The course includes practice in identifica-tion of plant materials ; also practice in making of planting plans.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term.1 1/2 units.

17. Vegetable Gardening.—A study of the problems connectedwith the commercial growing of vegetables, including the selectionof a location, soil requirements, fertilizing, irrigating, and specialcultural methods for the more important vegetables. This coursealso deals with the forcing of vegetable crops.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term.11/2 units.

18. Systematic Horticulture. — The description, identification,classification, displaying and judging of horticultural crops—treefruits, small fruits and vegetables.

One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term.1 1/2 units.

19. Horticultural Problems and Seminar.—An introduction tothe study of problems in Horticulture, including the breeding ofHorticultural crops, variety adaptations, and methods of research,together with a review of Horticultural investigational work inother institutions. There will also be practice in outlining investi-gations, and in preparing reports.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term.11/2 units.

25. Undergraduate Essay. — A satisfactory report on someapproved subject upon which the student has done special investi-gational work. 3 units.

30. Research in Horticulture.—Direeted study on some specialproblem in the applied phases of Horticulture. 3 units.

50. Research in Horticulture.—Direeted study on some specialproblem in Systematic Horticulture, Plant Propagation, Geneticsas related to Horticultural Crops, etc. 3 to 5 units.

60. The Structure of Economic Plants.—A detailed study fromgrowing material supplemented by microscopic slides of a numberof important crop plants. (To be taken only with consent ofinstructor.)

Three laboratories per week. First Term.^11/2 units.

1936

-37

POULTRY HUSBANDRY^ 237

Plant Nutrition41. Plant Nutrition (a).—This course comprises a study of the

organic constituents of plants and the physiological changesoccurring during plant growth. (Same as Botany 3b.)

Two lectures and four hours laboratory work per week. FirstTerm. Fourth Year.^ 2 units.

42. Plant Nutrition (b). —A course dealing with the underlyingprinciples and latest developments of such subjects as utilizationof inorganic elements, nitrogen relations, plant buffer systems,permeability, photosynthesis, respiration, enzyme action, andgrowth rates. This course includes laboratory and greenhouseexperiments designed to train students of the plant sciences in anunderstanding of the inter-relations of plants and soils. (Same asBotany 3c.)

Two lectures and four hours laboratory work per week. SecondTerm, Fourth Year.^ 2 units.

43. Seminar in Plant Nutrition. — This course comprises adiscussion of papers on modern views of plant nutrition, togetherwith more recent papers on Applied Plant Physiology.

Two hours per week. Either term.^ 1 unit.

54. Research in Plant Nutrition.— (Open to Graduate Studentsonly).^ 3 to 5 units.

Department of Poultry HusbandryProfessor: E. A. Lloyd.Instructor: J. Biely.

Introduction to Poultry Husbandry.—(Included in Agriculture1 and 2, in the First and Second Years respectively).

12. Fundamentals of Poultry Husbandry, including breeds,breeding, judging, selection, culling, feeds, feeding, incubation,brooding, poultry-house construction, killing, egg-grading, market-ing, sanitation and hygiene, diseases, general management.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term, SecondYear.^ 11/2 units.

13. Markets and Marketing. — Poultry products in BritishColumbia, the British Columbia market, inter-provincial trade,export trade, egg grading, Dominion and Provincial regulations,channels and functions of marketing, care and preparation of eggsand poultry for market, judging, culling and selection for egg andmeat production, killing, dressing, packing, storing of poultrymeats, marketing breeding stock, co-operative marketing, prices.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term, ThirdYear.^ 11/2 units.

1936

-37


14. Breeding and Judging. — The breeds of poultry, theirhistory, origin and economic qualities. Study of production records.Methods of breeding for egg and meat production. Judging andselection for egg and meat production.


16a.Management. — Types of poultry farms and theirrespective problems. Farm layouts. Poultry-house construction.Economy of investment of capital in land, buildings, stock andequipment. Efficiency in breeds, maintenance, labour, housing,feeding, production and personnel. Marketing. Incubation andBrooding. Studies of individual farms.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term, FourthYear.^ 11/2 units.

16b.Advanced Poultry Management. — Analysis of farmrecords taken from the survey. Cost of buildings and equipment,valuation of land. Inventory valuation. Returns on investment.Farm income, labour income and profit as based on farm surveys.Factors in economical production. Costs of production. Visits tofarms.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Fourth Year.1 1/2 units.

18. Diseases and Hygiene.—Anatomy and physiology of thefowl. Poultry sanitation and hygiene. Common ailments of poultryand their treatment. External and internal parasites. Bacterialdiseases of poultry, chicks, turkeys, geese and ducks. Virus diseases.Study of micro-organisms pathogenic for poultry. Practice inserological tests. Microbial content of eggs. Autopses. Study ofthe literature. Inspection of farms.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,Fourth Year.^ 11/2 units.

19a.Nutrition.—A general study of the principles of nutrition,including a detailed study of the nutrients. Assigned reading.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week.^11/2 units.19b. Feeding Management.—Study of feed-stuffs. Compound-

ing of rations for poultry. Feeding practices and costs. Feedingchicks, growing stock, laying hens, breeding males and females.Turkeys, ducks and geese. Use of lights. study of standardmethods of routine management. Problems and assigned readingSurvey of recent literature on poultry feeding.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,Fourth Year.^ 11/2 units.

20. Seminar.—Poultry literature. Preparation of a library.Reports on current events. Research and experimental problems.

1936

-37

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS^239

Preparation of reports and bulletins. Marketing problems. Adver-tising poultry products. Poultry services and organizations.

One lecture per week. Four hours practice per week.1 1/2 units.

25. Undergraduate Essay.^ 3 units.30. Research (Directed).^ 3 units.50. Research (Directed).(Open to Graduates only.)^ 3 to 5 units.

Agricultural EconomicsA. Farm Organization and Management.—An intimate study

of the business and organization of farms of the general andspecialized types, as revealed by a detailed analysis of the financialrecords of 400 British Columbia farms over a period of ten years;a general study of the farm business in Europe, United States andCanada.

References and assigned readings from Gray, Ross, Warren,Adams and others.

Two lectures and one laboratory per week throughout the year.3 units.

1. Agricultural Economics.—The principles of Economics asapplied to Agriculture ; historical background, the agriculturalproblem, and some special topics, such as the agricultural surplus,production in relation to population growth, the farm income andthe share of agriculture in the national income.

Text : Taylor, Agricultural Economics, Macmillan.References and assigned readings from Grey, Carver, Nourse

and others.Three lectures per week.Mr. Clement.^ 3 units.2. Marketing.—The principles of Marketing as applied to the

individual farm and to Agriculture as a whole. The general prin-ciples of Marketing, the marketing of agricultural products ascompared to wholesale and retail distribution of manufacturedgoods, the contributions of national Farmer Movements, co-operative marketing as illustrated by the marketing of wheat, fruitand milk in Canada.

Texts : Hibbard, Marketing Agricultural Products, D. Apple-ton & Co. ; Mackintosh, Agricultural Co-operation in WesternCanada, Ryerson Press, Toronto.

References and assigned readings from Macklin, Boyle, Benton,Black, Patton and others.

Three lectures per week.Mr. Clement.^ 3 units.

1936

-37

240^ FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE

50. Agricultural Economics.—The principles of Economics asapplied to the individual farm and to agriculture as an industry.Lectures, discussions and assigned readings. (Open to Graduatesonly.)

Mr. Clements.^ 3 to 5 units.

51. Agricultural Economics.—The general principles of mar-keting, price fixing, marketing by commission, the influence of themarket on production, co-operation ; special topics and assignedreadings from general reference and the reports of the AmericanInstitute of Co-operation. (Open to Graduates only.)

Mr. Clement.^ 3 to 5 units.

GeneticsA. H. Hutchinson.G. G. Moe.

1. (a) Principles of Genetics.—The fundamentals of geneticsillustrated by the race histories of certain plants and animals; thephysical basis of heredity; variations; mutations; acquired char-acters; Mendel's law with suggested applications. (Same asBiology 2 (a) under Botany.)

Text-book : Castle, Genetics and Eugenics, Harvard Press.Prerequisite : Biology 1.Three hours per week. First Term.Mr. Hutchinson.^ 11/2 units.

1. (b) Principles of Genetics.—A continuation of the studiesof genetic principles with suggested applications. A lecture andlaboratory course. The laboratory work will consist of problems,examination of illustrative material and experiments withDrosophila. (Same as Biology 2 (b) under Botany.)

Text-book: Sinnott and Dunn, Principles of Genetics, McGraw-Hill.

Prerequisite : Genetics 1 (a).One lecture and four hours laboratory per week. Second Term.Mr. Moe.^ 11/2 units.

2. Advanced Genetics.—(a) An introduction to genetical methods.

Prerequisites : Genetics 1 (a) and 1 (b).One lecture and two hours laboratory per week.

2 units.(b) A review of advanced phases and the more recent de-

velopments in genetics.Prerequisite : Genetics 1 (b).Two hours per week. Second Term.^1 unit.

1936

-37

FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE^241

Department of Bacteriology andPreventive Medicine

Professor: C. E. Dolman.(For details of courses see Pages 88-90.)

Department of BotanyProfessor: A. H. Hutchinson.(For details of courses see Pages 90-95.)

Department of ChemistryProfessor: R. H. Clark.(For details of courses see Pages 95-100.)

Department of ClassicsProfessor: Lemuel Robertson.(For details of courses see Pages 100-103.)

Department of EconomicsProfessor: Henry F. Angus.

(For details of courses see Pages 103-111.)

Department of EnglishProfessor: G. G. Sedgewick.


Department of Geology andGeography

Professor: M. Y. Williams.(For details of courses see Pages 117-121.)

Department of MathematicsProfessor: Daniel Buchanan.(For details of courses see Pages 127-130.)

Department of Modern LanguagesProfessor: D. 0. Evans.


Department of Philosophy and PsychologyProfessor: H. T. J. Coleman.(For details of courses see Pages 134-137.)

Department of PhysicsProfessor: T. C. Hebb.(For details of courses see Pages 137-141.)

Department of ZoologyProfessor: C. McLean Fraser.(For details of courses see Pages 141-142.)

1936

-37

1936

-37

LIST OF STUDENTS IN ATTENDANCESESSION 1 9 3 5 -3 6


FIRST YEAR

Fun Undergraduates

Name^Home AddressAdams, Jean S^VancouverAddington, Herbert E^VancouverAllen, J. Ward^VancouverAllison, Arthur P^VancouverAnderson, Arthur T^VancouverAnderson, Thomas T^WestviewArmitage, David H^VancouverArmstrong, C. Margaret^VancouverAvery, George McK.^VancouverAvery, L. Ernest^PrincetonBalabanoff, Klavdia^BrighouseBarchard, Francis M. ^TrailBarker, William L^VancouverBarss, Ruth E.^VancouverBartholomew, John B.

North VancouverBearce, Barbara V^NanaimoBeaty, John D.^VancouverBedner, Anne M^VancouverBeharrell, Charlotte F^MatsquiBell, Robert E.^LadnerBell, Ronald G^VancouverBell-Irving, Richard M^VancouverBigsby, Harry J^VancouverBillings, Fredrick L^VancouverBirmingham, Virginia S^VancouverBlackburn, Ford^Peace River, Alta.Blair, William B^PentictonBogle, Roy T^Britannia BeachBooth, Kenneth G^VancouverBowden, Walter R^VancouverBrand, Polly ^VancouverBrason, Frederick W.

New WestminsterBrawn, James S^BurnabyBrooks, Robert J^VancouverBrown, Dorothy L. ^CanoeBrown, Joanne V. ^VancouverBrown, Joseph FÂlpha, Sask.Bunyan, Donald E. ^NelsonBurgess, W. Norman^Powell RiverBurke, Herbert C^VancouverBurton, Erskine H^VancouverByers, Archie McA^VancouverCameron, Grant A^VancouverCameron, M. Joy^VancouverCampbell, Ewan D. K.

North VancouverCampbell, Kenneth A. ^VancouverCantwell, Anna-Mae^VancouverCarlsen, Alfred E^Prince GeorgeCarr, Catherine A. B^VancouverCarson, Howard^VancouverChinn, Frank ^VancouverChowne, G. A. Anskar^VancouverChristie, Helen R. ^VancouverChurchill, D. Michael ^VancouverChutter, Patricia M^VancouverClark, Fredrick H...New Westminster

Name^Home AddressClarke, Arthur C^VancouverCline, Richard E^VancouverCornish, Oliver M.^VancouverCornwall, Ronald TÂshcroftCosens, Miriam E^VancouverCox, John C. ^ VictoriaCrawford, John A^VancouverCreighton, Jack D^VancouverCrossley, Elizabeth D^VancouverCrowhurst, John J. A.

North VancouverCruickshank, Daniel G^VancouverCruise, Gordon C^VancouverCummings, Dorothy P^VancouverCummins, Olive F^VancouverDale, Harold E^VancouverDalton, J. Robinson^Port AlberniDarling, G. Dudley^VancouverDarling, T. Graham^VancouverDaunt, Acton^New WestminsterDaunt, Henry^New WestminsterDavidson, Eileen M^VancouverDavidson, M. Dorothy^VancouverDavidson, Robert J^VancouverDavidson, William F.^VancouverDavies, Joan A.^VancouverDavis, John A^KimberleyDavison, Robert L^VancouverDayton, Phyllis B^VancouverDean, Venie L^VancouverDeas, Margaret ^VancouverDeBeck, H. Keary^VancouverDeBou, J. Elizabeth^VancouverDeptford, J. Arthur^VancouverDickie, William E.^VancouverDietrich, Fred ^VancouverDilworth, Phylis E^VancouverDimock, Eva L^ SmithersDonaghy, Jack A^VancouverDorman, Eileen L^LochdaleDorsett, Tom ^VancouverDoughty, John H^TrailDrabble, Diana^VancouverDrysdale, Alistair J^VancouverDunbar, Hazel M^VancouverDunn, Douglas H^VancouverDurkin, Roy C^VancouverEadie, J. Keith McAÔcean FallsEastham, H. Mavis^VancouverElliot, William L .... New WestminsterElsey, Howard ^VancouverEnnis, Norah K^VancouverEtter, Alwyne CÂrmstrongFairburn, Mary I^VancouverFalconer, Thomas S.

New WestminsterFarish, J. Revely ^VancouverFarris, Kenneth B^VancouverFarrow, Helen L^Vancouver

1936

-37


FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE—FIRST YEAS—(Continued)

Name^Home AddressFedoroff, Gala ^BrighouseField, H. Frederick^VancouverFinch, Gordon L^KelownaFisher, Herbert E. ^VancouverFleishman, Neil M^VancouverFletcher, Marjorie E. ^VancouverFord, Douglas A. ^VancouverFosbery, Dulce B. W.

West SummerlandFoster, Ena R^PrincetonFouks, Gertrude ^VancouverFranckum, James B.^VancouverFranks, Mildred J^VancouverFraresso, Marino^Powell RiverFraser, Charles G^VancouverGardner, L. Doreen..New WestminsterGaul, Raymond F^VancouverGavin, Alice J^VancouverGemmell, John L^VancouverGibson, John MacD.^VancouverGilmer, Mary IÔliverGlass, George E.^VancouverGlass, Kenneth G^VancouverGoodman, Abraham ^VancouverGormely, Wilfrid ^VancouverGowan, Ruth A.^VancouverGraham, David R^KingsgateGraham, Elizabeth J^ DollartonGrant, Alastair M.. New WestminsterGray, D. Henry^VancouverGreen, Eleanor ^CranbrookGriffin, F. Philip^VancouverGriffiths, Myfanwy ^VancouverGriswold, Ronald H^RosslandGross, William H^VancouverGrossman, Janice C.^VancouverGroves, Leslie T . New WestminsterGulley, Laurence M^GreenwoodHanbury, J. Carter^VancouverHanes, Dorothy E. A.

North VancouverHarding, Fred M^VancouverHarris, Stanley L^VancouverHarrison, Godfrey NÂkita, JapanHart, Lilian ^VancouverHarvey, Margaret J. ^VancouverHaskins, Reginald E. ^KelownaHay, Frank G.^VancouverHayes, Wendell M^VancouverHealey, Albert E^VancouverHeisler, John P^VancouverHenderson, Robert W.

New WestminsterHenry, V. Roy^VancouverHerbison, John^Newton StationHeyer, Mary A^VancouverHicks, W. OdettaÂgassizHodgson, William R. ^VancouverHolmes, J. Roy^VancouverHoskins, Herbert C^VancouverHouse, Kathleen M.

New WestminsterHousser, Nancy ^VancouverHowatson, Charles H^VancouverHume, Howard F^New WestminsterHunt, William R^VancouverHynam, Alberta F^Port KellsIkeda, Arimoto ^VancouverInglis, Alan M^Gibson's LandingJackson, Thomas E ^Vancouver

Name^Home AddressJagger, Stuart H^VancouverJamieson, Fraser ^VancouverJamieson, Stewart E^RosslandJarvis, Richard J. C^CranbrookJenkins, Morgan^New WestminsterJenkinson, Anna-May

New WestminsterJohnson, Amuri R^VancouverJ ones, Arthur G^VancouverJones, Elmer A.^VancouverJones, Frances P^VancouverKagetsu, Kimiyo ^VancouverKemp, Doris E^VancouverKenmuir, Patricia M^VancouverKennedy, Josephine C^Nanoose BayKer, Walter A^VancouverKillam, David A^VancouverKinnaird, Jean S^VancouverKinney, Dorothy J^VancouverKnox, Robert D^KelownaKullander, Marvin 0.

Gibson's LandingLansdowne, Edith M. H.

Kingcome InletLea, H, Barbara^VancouverLetham, B. Lucile^VancouverLightheart, Margaret L^VancouverLivingstone, Barbara C. ^VancouverLloyd, Winnifred C^VancouverLock, Arthur E^New WestminsterLoftus, Frances M ^VancouverLogan, Evelyne M^VancouverLogan, Jack D^VancouverLongfellow, Morva J^VancouverLorentzen, use 'BriscoLucas, Alexander ^VancouverLui, Chak Fun^Hongkong, ChinaLynn, Shirley E^VancouverLyon, Harry E^VancouverMackie, Kathryn G. McL^VancouverMaida, Albert J. ^CascadeMair, John D^VancouverMaitland, Robert R^VancouverMann, Hugh A.^VancouverMartin, Arthur L^New WestminsterMartin, Leonard C^VancouverMartin, Margot J^VancouverMartin, W. Galt^VancouverMather, C. Ann^VancouverMather, Robert A^VancouverMathews, William H. ^VancouverMatthews, John ^VancouverMaw, David H^VancouverMedica, Carl M^Seattle, Wash.Meilicke, Letha K^VancouverMercer, William M^VancouverMiddleton, Keith ^RevelstokeMilley, H. Reginald^VancouverMills, William E^VancouverMitchell, Francis H^VancouverMizuhara, Shaw ^VancouverMoffatt, Bernard J^ BrighouseMonasch, Louis B^VancouverMorel, Roy W. F^TrailMorris, Frederick CÂldergroveMorris, Harold J^VancouverMorrow, David J.^VancouverMorse, Robert G^Port HaneyMurray, Elinor L^VancouverMustard, John ^Vancouver

1936

-37

LIST OF STUDENTS^ 245

FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE—FIRST YEAR—(Contimzed)

Name^Home AddressMcAllister, Robert D^RosslandMcCallum, Thomas G. MacK.

VancouverMcCann, Anna VancouverMaccaughie, David. Gibson's LandingMacCrostie, M. Watson ^VancouverMacdonald, Alan S^VancouverMacdonald, Alexander ^VancouverMacDonald, Hugh E.

Gibson's LandingMcDonnell, Eileen J. VancouverMcDougall, Robert L.

North VancouverMacEwen, Edwin B.

New WestminsterMacFayden, Jean W^VancouverMacfle, Robert L^Port AlberniMcGugan, Donald C.

New WestminsterMaclntyre, Jeannie E^VancouverMcKellar, Janet H ^VancouverMcKenzie, John G

^Prince George

McLagan, Ross M ^

VancouverMacLaren, Colin C^ KelownaMacLaren, Harold W^ CrestonMcLaren, John A. ^ VancouverMcLaren, Wendell H. ^ VancouverMaclean, Hilda I^ VancouverMcLeish, Roy G^ KimberleyMcLellan, William F

^Vancouver

McLennan, Alastair H ^ VancouverMcLennan, Burns A

^Steveston

McLeod, James W. ^

CoghlanMcLeod, John M .^

Trail

MacLeod, Margaret I^ VancouverMcNair, Francis E^ VancouverMcQuin, Howard W.^ ComoxMcRae, Jean ^ VancouverMcRae, Kenneth J^ VancouverMcRae, Robert W^ VancouverMcTaggart, Donald E^ VancouverNelson, Robert E^ VancouverNevison, Myrne B^ VancouverNewbury, Allan S^ VancouverNey, Charles S.^VancouverNorie, I. Elizabeth S.

Cowichan StationNorrie-Loewenthal, William J.

VancouverOgilvie, George F.^VancouverO'Loane, Christine M^VancouverOwens, Noel A. S^VancouverPao, Johnson S^VancouverParker, W. Alfred^NelsonParkinson, Robert^VancouverPatch, J. Francis^VancouverPatrick, J. Douglas^VancouverPatten, Charles G^ChilliwackPeacock, Dorothy P^VancouverPearce, Frederick G^VancouverPearce, Gordon F.^VancouverPerry, Frank S^Prince GeorgePeterson, Lester R.. Gibson's LandingPhilip, J. Maison^VancouverPhysick, Arthur T. J^VancouverPiercy, Helen W^VancouverPilkington, W. Thomas

New WestminsterPlaskett, Joseph F. New WestminsterPogue, H. Michael Vancouver

Name^Home AddressPorter, R. Keith^VancouverPratt, E. Doris^VancouverPrice, S. Raymond^VancouverPride, Margaret ^EburnePriest, Jack ^VancouverRalph, Margaret ^VancouverReed, Bernard ^VancouverRichardson, Arthur G. ^VancouverPines , Charles A^New WestminsterRita, Frank J^VancouverRoberts, Stanley C^VancouverRobertson, B. Elaine^VancouverRobertson, George ^VancouverRobinson, Joseph F^VancouverRobinson, Lorne E^VancouverRome, Harold ^VancouverRoss, Shirley A.^VancouverRothstein, Norman L^VancouverRunkle, John D.^VancouverRussell, Jean A^VancouverSalter, Audrey E.^VancouverSanderson, John A^New DenverSanmiya, Tatsuo ^VancouverSargent, Mary E^HazeltonSaunders, Genevieve L ..... Port AlberniSchofield, J. Howard^VancouverSchultz, Robert D^VancouverScott, Robert W^SardisSeldon, Janet L.^VancouverSellens, Edith J^VancouverSeto, M. Geraldine^VancouverSeto, Wilfred B.^VancouverSharman, R. Jean ...West SummerlandSibley, William M^VancouverSimpson, Robert E^VancouverSinclair, Christina^Port AlberniSinclair, Ernest H^VancouverSmith, Annette ^VancouverSmith, David B^NelsonSmith, Delle ^VancouverSmith, Ralph A^VancouverSmith, R. Campbell R^VancouverSnider, Mitchell ^VancouverSpohn, Peter H.^VancouverStaples, Alan B^KelownaStewart, Isabella M.

New WestminsterStewart, Walter R. ^VancouverSt. John, Claire R^VancouverStordy, Jean C^VancouverStradiotti, Henry F.^VancouverSugarman, Lester C^VancouverSweetnam, Gerald H^VancouverTailing, Robert H^VancouverTaylor, Mary P. ^VancouverTaylor, Milton C. ^VancouverTeetzel, Gwynneth A^VancouverThompson, Callum ^PentictonThomson, Peggy N^VancouverThurber, Adelia F^Prince RupertTims, Alfred B^BrighouseTobin, Doris B^VancouverTrethewey, Richard A^VancouverTucker, Havelock J.^VancouverTwiss, Robert D^VancouverUchida, Irene A^VancouverVance, Marian S. ^VancouverVan Houten, Charles W^ NanaimoWallace, William ^VancouverWark, John MacG^Vancouver

1936

-37


FACULTY Or ARTS AND SCIENCE—FIRST YEAR—(Continued)

Name Home Address Name Home AddressWarren, William ^VancouverWatson, William E...Carcross, YukonWatt, Robert D^VancouverWeir, Henry G^VancouverWest, E. Jean^VancouverWeston, Stanley ^VancouverWhite, Jermaine V^VancouverWhite, Richard 0^New DenverWhiteford, Edith M^NicolaWiles, Harry D^Vancouver

Willox, George J^VancouverWilson, Barbara D. ^VancouverWilson, Douglas McD^VancouverWilson, G. Sinclair ^NanaimoWilson, Leslie G^VancouverWilson, Mollie W^VancouverWilson, Tom B.^VancouverWinckler, Peter A^VancouverWylie, Stewart^VancouverWyness, Donald^Vancouver

SECOND YEAR

Full Undergraduates

Abbott, John A^Vancouver*Aitken, Alex. C^VancouverAinley, William G^VancouverAlexander, Eunice B^Port MoodyAllan, Robert F^VancouverAllen, Ronald C. ^VancouverAnderson, F. Rae^VancouverAndrews, Ronald C^Vancouverap Roberts, Robert P^VancouverArbuckle, John W^Vancouver*Astbury, Olive M^North VancouverAuer, Oscar L^VancouverBain, Florence L.^VancouverBain, Hazel D^VancouverBaird, Dorwin R^Vancouver

Bakhuys-Roozeboom, Denise M.Burnaby

*Balderston, Wilfred R^Vancouver*Bannerman Lloyd C. F^VancouverBeckett, John M^Vancouver*Bee, David N^VancouverBell, W. Robert^VancouverBellas, Esther E^Lancer, Sask.*Beney, Barbara ^VancouverBeveridge, James A^VancouverBingay, Elizabeth G^VancouverBird, John I^VancouverBishop, Roger J^VancouverBlack, Mary S^VancouverBlack, Phyllis W^Creelman, Sask.*Blackbourne, Audrey C^Slocan CityBoothby, Granville F^Mission CityBoving, Ellen M^VancouverBowen-Colthurst, Theobald G.

Milne's LandingBowers, Kathleen A^VancouverBowes, Gordon E .... . ......... _ ^ VictoriaBoyd, Priscilla A. Medicine Hat, Alta.Bradshaw, Mary G^HollyburnBraidwood, William ^VancouverBramwell, C. Hector^VancouverBrewer, Charles P^Vancouver*Briggs, W. Edmund^VancouverBrooks, Barbara ^VancouverBrown, Malcolm L^Vancouver*Brynelsen, John A.^VancouverButler, William R^VancouverCameron, Doris K^VancouverCameron, H. Donald^VancouverCampbell, Alexander H. L. VancouverCampbell, Margaret A^Vancouver

Cantelon, John D.^VancouverCarey, David ^Vancouver*Carter, Alfred E^VancouverCarter, Catherine L^Vancouver*Carter, David C^Vancouver*Cecil, Marianne J^Calgary, Alta.Chapin, Malcolm F^KelownaChapman, Arthur E^VancouverCharters, Alexander N^RosedaleChu, Harry ^VancouverClark, Robert S^KamloopsClarke, Alda B^PentictonClarke, Ena C^VancouverClay, Carlyle E.^VancouverCobain, James ^Vancouver*Collier, Arthur G^VancouverCollins, Margaret L^Bowen Island*Corcoran, Edward L^VancouverCosens, Phyllis M^Vancouver*Coulter, Arthur H^VancouverCovington, Arthur E^Vancouver$Cox, Edna J^Calgary, Alta.Craig, E. Mary^VancouverCraster, Charles R.^VernonCrawley, Charles D^Winnipeg, Man.Croll, Alan S^VancouverCrosby, Helen L^VancouverCruise, Florence I^VancouverCunningham, Beverley K. VancouverCunningham, C. Cleveland ^ BurnabyCurrie, Alfred McL^VancouverCushing, Paul H^West VancouverDale, D. Ursula^VancouverDarnbrough, Elizabeth R. VancouverDarwin, Edgar C^North LonsdaleDauphinee, Thomas McC^CloverdaleDavidson, Janet C^VancouverDavie, Alastair S^North VancouverDavie, Doreen F^North VancouverDavis, G. Edmund^KimberleyDay, Jessie ^VancouverDeBeck, Ward F^VancouverDenby, Gerald S^VancouverDenby, Marjory E^VancouverDefoe, Norman R^VancouverDevlin, B. Jarvis^VancouverDickie, Clymene L^VancouverDisher, Edward W^VancouverDouglas, Beverly B^VancouverBowler, David R^VancouverDuncan, Eunice J. ^Vancouver

*Conditioned.^ tPartial.

1936

-37

LIST OF STUDENTS^

247

FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE—SECOND YEAR—(CORtim448d)

Name^Home AddressEdmonds, W. Freth^VancouverEdmonds, W. H. Kemp

New WestminsterEdwards, Frank J^CranbrookEichenberger, Anna C^VancouverElliott, Gilbert H^QuesnelFerguson, Jean A^Nelson*Field, Winifred C. ^VancouverFindlay, Marjorie C^VancouverFiorillo, Erman N^FernieFitch, Fred T^VancouverFotheringham, A. Monteith

VancouverFox, Margaret MacL^VancouverFree, Norman S.^VancouverGalpin, Richard R^VancouverGibbon, Hilda L^Langley PrairieGibson, Alexa P^Vancouver*Gillanders, Elizabeth M^VancouverGilmour, Louise-Mary ^Vancouver*Gladstone, Percy H.

Skidegate MissionGoloff, Tiessa ^VancouverGould, John R. G^VancouverGourlay, Robert^VancouverGow, Mildred B^Vancouver*Graham, Colin D^VancouverGrant, Gordon P^VancouverGrauer, Lester RÊburneGray, Myrle A^New WestminsterGrayson, Gertrude S.

Medicine Hat, Alta.Grieve, Thomas ^VancouverGrigsby,' Faith^North VancouverHansen, Melville B^VancouverHarkness, Douglas B^VancouverHarris, Ernest A^VancouverHawkins, Channing B^ BurnabyHayden, Frank S^VancouverHeather, Jessie M^VancouverHicks, Regis A^VancouverHigashi, Yoshimitsu ^Vancouver*Hinton, James C^VancouverHockridge, C. Murray^VancouverHoffar, Dorothie J^VancouverHoldom, Mary W^ChilliwackHorwood, Audrey F. ^VancouverHunter, J. A. Lyall^CloverdaleIwasaki Hideo WÔcean FallsJessup, Marjorie GÔcean FallsJohnson, Harry B... ....... Calgary, Alta.Johnson, Kenneth M^Vancouver*Jones, Betty A^ New Westminster*Jones, Margaret L.^RevelstokeKarsgaard, Andrew T^Vancouver*Kato, T. David^VancouvertKenny, Eric L^VancouverKerr, Edna L.^LadnerKersey, Marion I. ^VancouverKimola, Vienna CÂlbionKing, Robert H^VancouverKirk, David K^VancouverKirkby, Alan G. ^ ChilliWackKirkpatrick, Robert W.^VancouverKitchen, Alfred J.^VancouverKoren, William F^VancouverLadner, Thomas E.^VancouverLafon, Patsy ^Vancouver

Name^Home AddressLaidlaw, William A.

West Summerla,ndLanders, Maurice A.

Wood Mountain, Sask.*Langley, Margaret ^VancouverLatornell, Maurice C^NelsonLaw, Alison M^Gabriola IslandLaycock, Gladys A. North VancouverLea, Norman S^VancouverLea, William H.^Vancouver*Leckie, Roy J^VancouverLeslie, Elizabeth C.^CloverdaleLeslie, John D.^VancouverLeung, So Won^VancouverLew, Fern M^VancouverLewis, David A.^Vancouver*Li, Ting Kwong^VancouverLightstone, Lyon^VancouverLindabury, B. Elinore^VancouverLindsay, John R.^VancouverLintott, Elspeth M^PentictonLips, Alair ^ TerraceLloyd, H. Alun^Vancouver*Lopatecki, Eugene ...West VancouverLowery, E. Jean^Vancouver*Lucas, Donna A^VancouverMagar, William L^VancouverMakinen, Sadie ^Vancouver*Manning, Robert N^VancouverManson, Marjorie ^VancouverMargetts, Philip G. ^TrailMarshall, Thomas C^VancouverMartin, G. Elizabeth^VancouverMason, Gerald ^WadsleyMatheson, Kathleen F^ VancouverMelville, Robert N. S^VancouverMenchions, Carol E^ Vancouver*Mercer, Harold ^New WestminsterMeredith, Jack R^VancouverMeredith, Jean ^VancouverMerten, Hazel ÂshcroftMillar, W. Bruce MacD^ Penticton*Miller, Cathalin I^VancouverMiller, Edward H.^VancouverMiller, Margaret ^ PentictonMimms, Ruth ^VancouverMoran, Frances M^ TrailMorrison, Archibald 0ÊburneMorrison, Gillmor I^VancouverMorrison, John G.^VancouverMottley, W. Douglas^VancouverMoxon, Mary W^VancouverMuttit, Gordon H^New WestminsterMcBurney, Albert Y. Langley Prairie*McCleery, Maurice H^VancouverMcCulloch, Mary A^RevelstokeMcCullough, Gordon H^Vancouver*McDaniel, Emil S^Pendleton, Ore.McDermott, Margot C ^Vancouver*McDiarmid, A. Norman ^Vancouver*Macdonald, James A^VancouverMacdonald, Margaret J^VancouverMacdonald, Marjorie B^VancouverMcDonald, Mary ^Vancouver•Macfarlane, James D.^ VictoriaMcGinn, Robert D^VancouverMaclver, Donald W^VancouverMcKean, Phyllis I. ^Vancouver

..

*Conditioned.^ tPartial.

1936

-37

248^THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.

FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE—SECOND YEAR—(CORtinned)

Name^Home AddressMcKenzie, Margaret G^VancouverMackenzie, Murdoch It^Port Moody*McKim, Howard N^Calgary, Alta.McKinnon, Donald McN^VancouverMacKinnon, Ethel ^VancouverMcLachlan, Betty I^VancouverMcLean, Chester R. Moose Jaw, Sask.McLean, Cynthia ^VancouverMcLean, John C

^Vancouver

McLellan, Robert B. ^

VancouverMcLeod, Jean M

^Vancouver

McPhee, Howard McL ^VancouverMcRae, John D^ Prince RupertMcRae, Margaret

^Vancouver

McRae, Norman A^ VancouverMacrae, Patricia ^ VancouverNewcomb, Dorothy A^VancouverPaine, Paul B^VancouverPatton, Marion MeC^VancouverPetrie, Marie C^Vancouver*Porter, June ^Vancouver*Powlett, C. J. Armand^VancouverPratt, Helen M^VancouverPrice, Frampton B^Vancouver*Proby, Carson C^VancouverPump, Karl K^VancouverQuigg, John R^VancouverRae, L. Margaret H^VancouverRandall, William A^VancouverRathie, Muriel ^VancouverRattenbury, Mary G^KelownaRendell, Mary D^Vancouver*Renshaw, Rodney E.

North VancouverRetallack, James G^VancouverRhodes, G. Morgan^Vancouver*Richardson, Jack E.^VancouverRobarts, E. Audrey^Vancouver*Roberts, John R^VancouverRobertson, C. Eric^VancouverRobson, C. George^VancouverRoot, Anna B^VancouverRosenbaum, Alvin L^VancouverRoss, Jack E.^VancouverRothstein, Aser ^VancouverRudkin, Wilfred A^KasloRusler, George W^Botha, Alta.Russell, Lucinda D^VancouverRussell, William S^VancouverSadler, Nancy P^VancouverSager, Arthur H^Port CoquitlamSaunders, Roderick W^VancouverSaville, Dorothy E^VancouverSaville, John W^VancouverSchroeder, Agnes^VancouverScott, Ivor E. VancouverSeaton, Jean M^VancouverSeed, Amy K^VancouverSellar, Euphemia McL^Vancouver*Sharp, Alexander C^VancouverShaw, Kenneth N. F.

North Vancouver

Name^Home AddressShaw, Phyllis ^North VancouverShepherd, George S^ North Vancouver*Sherwood, Clare T. North Vancouver*Shewan, Agnes A. H Burnaby*Shiles, George M. New WestminsterSibley, Norah MacL^VancouverSimon, Eileen M^VancouverSmall, Robert E^VancouverSmith, Frederick D^VancouverSmith, M. Inez ^VancouverSnyder, Fronia E^VancouverSparkes, G. E. Melvin^NelsonSpencer, David ^Hollyburn*Spencer, Trudean L. ^VancouverStangland, Elsie D. New WestminsterSteuart, William A.

West SummerlandStewart, Caroline J^VancouverStill, Lois M.^RutlandStirling, William L^VancouverStuart, John R. A^North VancouverSutherland, William H^Vancouver*Swanson, Ferne V. C^VancouverTakimoto, A. Shinichi^VancouverTamaki, George T. New WestminsterTambellini, Albert P. • ^FifeTamura, Nobuko^Port HaneyThomson, Grace E.^VancouverThomson, Nan L^VancouverTipping, Lois M^VancouverTodd, Marjorie D^VancouverTrafford, Phyllis H^VancouverTrumpour, David C^Vancouver*Tufts, Olive St. C^VancouverTurner, Franklin J. E^VancouverVance, Helen /11^VancouverVick, Anton C^New WestminsterWalden, Franklin E.

West SummerlandWalker, Margaret J. E^VancouverWalker, W. F. Sydney^VancouverWalmsley, Harry L^SummerlandWalmsley, James H.^VancouverWalsh, George C.^VancouverWalsh, Wesley P^VancouverWalton, H. Jean^SilvertonWashington, Catherine L...VancouverWatson, Janet A^Nanaimo

^VancouverWebber, Olga M^VancouverWeber, Johnstone A

Vancouver*Webster, Kathleen EVancouver*Wellwood, Evelyn W

^ KasloWhellams, Julius H^VancouverWhitelaw, John C

F. Fort Erie, Ont.Williams, Catherine^Vancouver*Wilson, Sheila

VancouverWong, Quon Hipp ^VancouverWood, Archibald R

^Victoria*Wright, HazelYip, Sun Wing^Vancouver*Young, Alistair C.^VancouverZotov, Gennady ^Milner

*Conditioned.

1936

-37

LIST OF STUDENTS^

249

FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE—THIRD YEAR.

Full UndergraduatesName^Home Address

Agnew, W. Noel^VancouverAkrigg, G. Philip V^VancouverAllen, Leslie A^VancouverAllison, M. Peggy^Vancouver*Andrews, Joseph J^Victoria*Armstrong, Kathleen ^MerrittAtkinson, Margaret M^VancouverBaillie, Janet M^VictoriaBaird, Constance M.^VancouverBaker, Vera L.^VancouverBarber, Leslie E^ChilliwackBarker, Lois T^VancouverBarss, Walter M ^VancouverBeach, A. Mansfield^VancouverBeamish, Ludlow W.

New WestminsterBetchley, Doris E. VancouverBiggs, Margaret L...New WestminsterBlair, Nora F^Vancouver*Bonne11, Jean MeL.^VictoriaBoyd, Lillian ^VancouverBrandon, Ruth M^VancouverBrookes, Rose L^VancouverBrunton, Fred M^LadnerBuchanan, Sheila C.

New WestminsterCade, John A. V^Prince RupertCain, Elizabeth ^ Vancouver*Cameron, Ian B^New Westminster*Cameron, William M. ^VancouverCampbell, Effie^Carter, Joan J.^Carter, Marjorie E^Chamberlain, Douglas GChave, Muriel W^Cheng, Nina ^*Clapperton, Roderick DClark, Violet D^Clarke, Anna P Clugston, K. Maisie*Colwell, Ellen B Crosson, George N^VancouverCumming, W. Patrick G^VancouverDaugherty, Margaret ^VancouverDauphinee, John D.^Cloverdale*Davidson, John F^Vancouver■Davis, Edwin P.^Vancouver*Devitt, Stuart ^VancouverDickie, Alfred G^VancouverDohm, Thomas A^KamloopsEastham, Arthur M^Vancouver*Eedy, W. Irene^RevelstokeElliott, Thomas A^VancouverElliott, Willa J.^VancouverElson, Richard L^Spokane, Wash.English, William N. ^ VancouverEsler, Anna R^VancouverEvans, Beth I^Vancouver*Fair, Winnifred W^VancouverFalconer, Ruby J^Alice Arm*Farquhar, Kathleen E.

New WestminsterField, Frederick J^VancouverFields, W. Gordon^VictoriaFitzGerald, Louise F.^VancouverFrith, Monica M^Vancouver

Name^Home AddressGardner, Archie P^VancouverGerow, Alice E^Crescent BeachGibson, Eleanor M. G^VancouverGiles, Frederick C. ^VictoriaGourlay, Edgar A^VancouverGrant, Kenneth E^Vancouver*Gray, Helen^North VancouverGray, Stirling W^VancouverGreenwood, Louis W^VancouverGriffin, Marjorie^North VancouverGurney, Mary M.^VancouverHagen, M. Alice^VancouverHamilton, Audrey Y. ^VictoriaHarvey, Constance C^VancouverHaspel, Margaret M^VancouverHebb, Eveline S^VancouverHemberow, Pat ^VictoriaHenderson, John ^Vancouver*Heron, Gordon L^VancouverHigashi, Shinobu ^VancouverHiggs, Margaret C. ^VictoriaHo, Benjamin J^Vancouver*Hobden, Lloyd H^West VancouverHobson, John F^Vancouver*Hobson, Marjorie M^VancouverHoffmann, Elfriede H^Pitt MeadowsHoffmeister, Elizabeth L^VancouverHollis, Constance M^Vancouver*Holt, Leonard ^VancouverHouston, Elizabeth J^VancouverHughes, C. Margaret C^Penticton*Idyll, Clarence P^VancouverIrwin, Mary I^VancouverJenkins, John W^Windsor, Ont.Jessup, Reg. G^VancouverKenwrick, George R. L^VictoriaKillip, Gertrude M^VancouverKnapp, Karl K^Los Angeles, Calif.Knight, Harold D^ChilliwackKnox, Doris ^VancouverKondo, Tsuneo ^VancouverKusaka, Shuichi ^VancouverLadner, Yvonne ^VancouverLake, Albert C^VancouverLecky, John M^Vancouver*Lee, Barbara V^Boise, IdahoLighthall, George E.^VancouverLogan, John E. M^VancouverLowe, George ^VancouverLowrie, Jean M^Vancouver*Macey, Maud E^Williams LakeMallett, Percival H.^Vancouver*Mann Aileen E^VancouverManning, Ralph V^VancouverManson, K. Marguerite^VancouverMartin, Joan^North VancouverMartindale, Rosetta ^PentictonMathias, D. Gordon B^VancouverMathisen, Arne K^ SidneyMaynard, Max S^Victoria*Mead, Bruce R^VancouverMeredith, Wendy A. D. M.

North VancouverMorrow, Henry ^VancouverMuraro, Sylvio ^NatalMurphy, Patricia J^Vancouver

VancouverVancouver

Port Moody Nelson

VictoriaVancouverVancouverVancouver

VictoriaVancouverVancouver

*Conditioned.

1936

-37

250^THE UNIVERSITY • OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE—THIRD YEAR—(Continued)

Name^Home AddressMacAulay, Wilmer W^Munson, Alta.McCague, Fredrick C^VictoriaMcCann, Elizabeth K^VancouverMcCleery, Jean E.^VancouverMcDiarmid, Ian H^Vancouver*McDuffee, David W^Vancouver*MacKay, Hugh J^VancouverMackenzie, John M^VancouverMcKenzie, Robert T^VancouverMackintosh, Catharine M^ VancouverMacMillan, Jean ^VancouverMacRae, Jessie M^Caulfeild*Nasmyth, Peggy E^VancouverNeill, Clara M.^VancouverNelson, Lewis H^North VancouverNicolson, George A^RevelstokeNixon, Laura A^VancouverOliver, Warrena N^LadnerParker, John F.^DuncanPatterson, Pauline ^Penticton*Paulin, George B^Vancouver*Peirson, Gertrude ^VancouverPetapiece, David K.

New WestminsterPeterson, Dorothy E^VancouverPhillips, Audrey C^CumberlandPinhorn, Joan M.^VictoriaPoole, John B^VancouverPooley, A. George^Vancouver*Porteous, Elsie M^VancouverPorter, Margaret C^VancouverPrisk, Evelyn D^VictoriaQuayle, Daniel B^LadysmithRamsay, Margaret B^CapilanoRead, Doris M^VancouverReid, Jean S^VancouverRobson, Harry R^ Atlin*Roddan, Sam ^VancouverRogers, E. de Lancey^VancouverRogers, Gordon E^VancouverScott, Katherine E^Vancouver

Name^Home Address

Sewell, Richard B. H^VictoriaShipton, C. Bernard^VictoriaShone, Molly ^VancouverShoyama, Kunito T^KamloopsSivertz, Bent G. ^Victoria*Smith, Eleanor K^Victoria*Smith, Geoffrey G^VancouverSmith, Margaret G^VancouverSmith, Mary H^Vancouver*Smith, Robert H^VancouverSmith, Robin N^VancouverSomerville, Thomas D^Lytton*Soul, Norman ^Vancouver*Stewart, Margaret K. ^Vancouver*Stiell, Marjorie W^KelownaStrachan, Margaret F^DewdneyStreet, Betty E. R^Portland, Ore.Strong, A. Bernice^VancouverStuart, F. Albert^Vancouver$Swanson, Carl R^VancouverTuckey, M. Blossom^Vancouver*Turnbull, Merle .A^ VancouverTyner, Ralph V. ^New Westminster*Vingo, Joseph ^NelsonWalsh, Allan F^VancouverWalters, Edith M^LadysmithWatts, John H. H^Vancouver*West, Kenneth A^Vancouver*Westby, Helen M^VancouverWhite, Lorene B^VancouverWhitelaw, John W^VancouverWilkin, William C^Vancouver*Willis, Byron L^Vancouver*Wilson, James L^VancouverWismer, Robert G^Vancouver*Woo, Dick C^VancouverWoodford, Doreen L^Vancouver*Woodhead, Evelyn E^VancouverYelland, Dorothy I^VancouverYoshida, Kiyoko ^Steveston*Zwicker, Phyllis E ^Vancouver

COMMERCE

Bawden, Rosemary J.Moose Jaw, Sask.

Berrettoni, Julio N^VancouverBerry, Harry A.^VancouverBowden, Madeleine M. M^VancouverCharlton, John W^Britannia BeachChester, Roger N^New WestminsterCicconi, Harry ^VancouverCopp, Stanley A^New WestminsterDawe, Helen I^VancouverDeacon, George B^West VancouverDickie, Josephine 0^VancouverDouglas, L. Peirce^VancouverHill, Marjorie K^West VancouverHunt, Lyman M.^VancouverKillam, Ralph J^VancouverLivingston, Gordon A^VancouverLock, F. Molly^VancouverMaguire, Edward H.^VancouverMaguire, John S^Vancouver

Martin, A. Norman^VancouverMatson, Donald A^ PentictonMiller, Alex. J^VancouverMorris, Valetta B^MatsquiMacdonald, James B. L^VancouverMacintosh, J. Alexander^ VancouverMcMillan, John^Port AlberniParker, Helen R^RevelstokeRobson, Clifford A...New WestminsterShaw, John M.^ChilliwackStafford, David E^HeadquartersStevenson, Benjamin R^VancouverThorne, Stanley E.^VancouverVeitch, William F^VictoriaWainwright, William S^VancouverWallace, C. A. Blake^VancouverWest, John J.^VancouverWilkinson, Edward D. H^VancouverWood, Eric I^Vancouver

*Conditioned.^ t Partial.

1936

-37

LIST OF STUDENTS^

251

FACULTY 0 ARTS AND SCIENCE—FOURTH YEAR

Pull Undergraduates

Name^Some AddressAdam, Elaine G^VictoriaAgnew, Doreen E^Vernon*Alexander, J. Millard ^Vancouver*Allin, Jean E^VancouverAnderson, Margaret D...Nordegg, Alta.Batzold, Marjorie M^VancouverBaxendale, Phyllis ^VancouverBeaumont, Margaret A. ^VancouverBiller, Olive J^VancouverBingham, Winifred B^VancouverBlatter, Myrtle^Lethbridge, Alta.Bloom, Morris ^Vancouver*Bloomer, Muriel L. ^VancouverBourne, E. Kathleen^VancouverBremner, Herbert J. R.

North VancouverBrink, Marian E^VancouverBrown, Constance S^VictoriaBuchanan, M. Margaret^VancouverCameron, Donald B.^VancouverCarson, Donalda T^Vancouver*Carson, Lorna E^VancouverCarter, Edna ^VancouverCavan, Grace A^VancouverChang, Helen ^VancouverChatfield, Cecil ^ VictoriaClague, John E.^VancouverClarke, William D. W.

New WestminsterClaydon, Raymond ^VancouverCormack, George ^PremierCornish, John B^VancouverCosgrave, Masala M^VancouverCurrie, James C^VictoriaDawson, Jean M.^VancouverDay, Olive L^New WestminsterDay-Smith, Alan ^VancouverDePencier, Mary A^Vancouver*Dickson, Mary ^VictoriaDignan, Marian M^VancouverDisney, Peter J. ^VancouverDobson, T. Albert^VancouverDraeseke, Gordon L^VancouverEcker, Margaret A. C^VancouverElliott, Dorothy M^VancouverElliott, M. Ruth^VancouverEllis, Madeleine B^VancouverEllis, Patrick R^ComoxEnglish, Sidney R.^VancouverFarris, M. Louise^Great CentralFindlay, James A^VancouverFolkins, Maebel L^VancouverFord, William L^VictoriaFoubister, David W. ^KimberleyFulton, E. Davie^KamloopsGarner, Christina ^Vancouver*Gifford, Phyllis E...North VancouverGodfrey, Ellen L^Victoria*Golightly, Francis H^VancouverGomery, E. Darrel^Vancouver*Gorrie, Cameron ^VancouverGrant, James V^VancouverGrant, W. Leonard^VictoriaGross. Robert W^VancouverHaikala, Harold L^VictoriaHall, Gordon W^ Kelowna

Name^Some AddressHamilton, William D^VancouverHarper, Harold E.^VancouverHarrison, John R^VancouverHarvey, Netta^North VancouverHastings, Beatrice M^VictoriaHenning, Josephine M Vancouver*Herbison, Hugh ...New WestminsterHetherington, Ewart S VancouverHodgson, Faith F^*Housser, Harry C. K ^Hudson, Dorothy A^*Irving, Evelyn E. ^Jantz, Leo ^Jeffery, Harold ^Johnston, George R^Joubin, Francis R^Kadzielawa, Joseph L ^Kane, George J^Kellett, Gertrude ^Kermode, Kathleen V^Kirk, T. Douglas^Law, Henry ^Libby, Herbert R. ^Lieven, Dagmar E^Lindsay, Thomas ^Little, Mary C^Lovitt, Elza E^Manson, James N^*Marin, Velia ^Matheson, Hugh N^Matthews, Mary C^Mellish, Margery EMenzies, Harold HMercer, Allan W Mitchell, Flora B^Mizuno, Yuriko L Moorhouse, D. Willa*Morley, Alan P Morrison, Rex A VancouverMoscovich, Rebecca Lethbridge, Alta.*Macdonald, Kenneth F VictoriaMcElhanney, Janet E^VancouverMcGill, W. Millar^Vancouver*McHugh, J. Laurence^VancouverMaclnnes, Alexander J. ^Vancouver*McKee, George H^CourtenayMcKellar, Neil L^VancouverMacKenzie, Vivian J^Pioneer Mine*McKeown, Robert.. New WestminsterMcLean, Margaret J^VancouverMaclean, Richard V^McLeod, Catherine A^McNeely, Constance E^MacRae, Lachlan F.^Nicholls, J. Leonard^Nimmons, Jane ^Nowlan, Frederick S^O'Brian, Peter DOkuda, Hiroshi ^Ouchi, Edward T^Paine, R. Joseph^Palmer, Hugh M^Paradis, Rodolphe ^Parks, Emma ^*Paterson, Grant M^Patterson, Douglas MacR

AlberniVancouverVancouverKamloopsVancouverVancouverVancouverVancouverVancouverVancouverVancouver

VictoriaVancouver

NanaimoVancouverVancouverAbbotsford

VictoriaVictoria

VancouverVancouverVancouverKamloops

VancouverVancouverVancouverStevestonSteveston

VancouverVancouver

KamloopsVancouverVancouver

CaulfeildVictoria

VancouverVancouverVancouver

CumberlandVancouverVancouverVancouverVancouver

BurnabyDuncanVictoria

*Conditioned.

1936

-37


FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIEN CE—FOURTH YEAR—(CORtiRned)

Name^Home Address*Patterson, K. Donald T. MacR.

Victoria*Peacock, Mae VancouverPetrie, Elizabeth G .... Qualicum BeachPettit, Sydney G^SaanichPinhorn, Vincent G^VictoriaPlanche, Dorothy ^VancouverPoulson, Phyllis K^SaanichtonPrice, Lennie H^VancouverPym, Gwendolyn N^VancouverQuelch, E. Nan^Vancouver*Radcliff, Vera E^VancouverRaphael, E. Ellen^VancouverReeve, Helen M^VancouverRichardson, Vaughan E^VancouverRitchie, Myles H.^VancouverRobertson, Betty deL.

New WestminsterRobertson, William T^Vancouver*Roussel, Florence A^AgassizRoxburgh, Jean W^VancouverRussell, John M.^VancouverSargent, Richard W^HazeltonSavitsky, Irene E^Mount LehmanSchroeder, Norma M^ VictoriaScott, Margery 0^VancouverSeldon, George E.^VancouverSmith, Betty M^Wabamun, Alta.*Smith, Jack D^VictoriaSmith, Linda ^VictoriaStanier, Roger Y^Cobble HillStevens, Frank S^Victoria

Name^Home AddressStevenson, Jack H.^Vancouver*Stewart, P. Clayton .West Vancouver*Stewart, Winifred MacL^ VictoriaSullivan, Juliet ^VancouverSweetman, Patience E^VancouverSwift. Sidney A. S^VancouverTanaka, Fujikazu ^ StevestonTaylor, Bernard W. New WestminsterThompson, Archibald J.

Prince RupertThomson, Mary I.^VancouverThomson, Robert McD^VancouverThurber, Judson B^VancouverTomkinson, William

New WestminsterUrquhart, Zena A.^VancouverVance, Thomas C. B^VancouverWalker, Lillian R^Brentwood BayWallace, Irene E^VancouverWallace, John G.^VictoriaWard, Gerald M^VictoriaWatson, Charles B^VancouverWebb, Kathleen S^Heffley CreekWest, Horace E. ^Victoria*Wharton, Joan K^VictoriaWhelan, I. Rose^VancouverWillis, Harry B^Powell RiverWirick, Arthur J^VancouverWitton, Thelma E. North VancouverWoodsworth, Bruce ...Winnipeg, Man.Wright, Frances M^KamloopsYoung, Mary W^Victoria

COMMERCE

Bain, Roger M^Vancouver*Beckett, William E^VancouverBell, Donald K^VancouverBerry, John P^Vancouver*Campbell, Alan P^VictoriaCharlton, Frederick W. ^VancouverGillett, Margaret H.

New WestminsterHolborne, William E. ^ VictoriaLane, Stuart C^VancouverLunn, Alan ^ QuesnelMalkin, James M^VancouverMarlatt, Sholto P. ^VancouverMayhew, C. Alan ^ .Victoria*McDonald, Margaret J^Vancouver

*McGeachie, Alexander G. E.New Westminster

McIntyre, John A VancouverO'Brien, Desmond L.Patmore, Alan M^Robinson, Bruce L. ^Ryall, William ^Scott, J. Douglas B^Sharp, Peter J. ^*Smith, Russell M^Sutherland, Gerald A^Thorneloe, Francis C^Turin, Boris ^Wales, Isobel M^Wright, R. Cecil^

^VancouverVancouverVancouverVancouverVancouverVancouverVancouverVancouverVancouverVancouverVancouverVancouver


SECOND YEAR

Full Undergraduates

Allan, Leonard ^VancouverBarchard, Philip W^ TrailBateson, Charlie^ Viceroy, Sask.Beeching, Thomas A. G^VictoriaBest, Arthur R^VictoriaBreeze, John E^VancouverBrun, Paul R^VancouverBryson, C. Dennett^VancouverBurden, Stephen P.^VancouverBurgis, C. William^Vancouver

Burnett, Daniel A^VancouverCavers, William J^VancouverCliff, Harold N. '^VancouverCoffey, Cyril W^VancouverCollins, James B^VancouverCook, Paul M^VancouverCosar, Jack^ North BendCoulson, Alexander ^VancouverCraighead, William A^VancouverCrosby, Robert G^Vancouver

*Conditioned.

1936

-37

LIST OF STUDENTS^

253

FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE—SECOND YEAR—(Continued)

Name^Home AddressCrute, Arthur H^North VancouverDavis, Jack ^KamloopsDavis, Trevor ^VictoriaDetwiller, Lloyd F^VancouverDiamond, John E^TrailDixon, Allan H^VancouverDonaldson, David R.

New WestminsterDucklow, Albert J^ VancouverDunn, William St. C^Calgary, Alta.Dwinnell, Jim H.^VancouverErlebach, Graham B^VancouverEwan, Gordon M^VictoriaFarmer, Philip J. ^HollyburnFell, Douglas H^VancouverFennell, Edwin J^New WestminsterForster, John F. A^VancouverGarvie, W. Laurence

New WestminsterGillles, Robert J. D^VancouverGilmour, Stuart S^VancouverGordon, Frank J^VancouverGovier, G. Wheeler^VancouverGray, Victor ^PentictonGreenwood, Arthur D^TrailGreenwood, Stanley New WestminsterGunn, John A. M^North VancouverHand, Carl E.^VancouverHarrison, George E^VictoriaHartley, Fred L^VancouverHetherington, Wordsworth L.

VancouverHill, Alan D^VancouverHill, John A^VancouverHolland, D. Clarke^VancouverHorsileld, Christopher ^ NelsonHughes-Games, William E ^ KelownaJackson, W. Stanley^NelsonJakeway, Thomas G^VancouverJanes, John N^VancouverJones. Frank B^VictoriaKay, Ian B^ VictoriaKennedy, Jack S^VancouverKillam, Cecil G^VancouverKing, J. Gordon^New WestminsterKipp, Harold H^ KamloopsKitamura, Kenji ^VancouverKuhn, John A. C^ BurnabyLafon, John ^VancouverLamb, John ^VancouverLambert, Maurice J^VancouverLarsen, Maurice P^VancouverLayard, Paul R^GangesLeckie-Ewing, H. W. B. Peter VictoriaLighthall, Charles H^VancouverLind, F. Norman H^VancouverLindsay, William ^Vancouver

Name^Home AddressLinklater, Donald G. ^VictoriaLowe, Robert A^VancouverLyons, Chester P^PentictonMartyn, James R^VancouverMillward, Louis G.^VancouverMitchell. William H. ^ CaulfeildMorris, Robert A^North VancouverMunro, Donald F^VancouverMcArthur, John P^VancouverMacDermot, John G^VancouverMcDonald, John D^RosslandMcDougal, R. B. Allan

North VancouverMcDowell, Gordon E^NelsonMcElhanney, Robert G^VancouverMcLellan, Donald ^VancouverMcMillan, Gordon A^VancouverMacNutt, Harry E^VancouverMacQueen, Douglas D^VancouverMacrae, Roderick C^VancouverNesbitt, Bertram I^VancouverParry, Edward J^VancouverPashkovsky, Vladimir ^VancouverPaul, John H.^BurnabyPhillips, Roy A^VancouverPreston, Horace E^VancouverPrice, John W^VancouverProvenzano, Angelo F^CranbrookRae, Arthur C^North VancouverRankin, Donald A.^KamloopsRoberts, Arthur K^VancouverRobinson, M. Keith^VancouverRowbotham, Edwin W^James IslandRyan, Gladstone E^VancouverSaito, George ^CumberlandShephard, Alfred H^VancouverSkinner, Ralph ^ UskSmellie, Ian MacK^North VancouverStewart, A. Ronald M^VancouverStewart, Donald A^Britannia BeachStewart, John W^VancouverStokes, John S^ VictoriaStraight, Byron W.^VancouverSutton, Arthur L^VancouverTaylor, Raymond R^VancouverTelford, Alexander McG^ EricksonTemoin, Rene ^VancouverToombs, Ralph B^VancouverTuley, Edwin ^VancouverUnderhill, Russell B^VancouverUssher, James W^North BendWallace, Fred L.^VancouverWebb, Victor F. B. Jasper Park, Alta.Wilkinson, John T.^KamloopsWilson, Ronald S^VancouverWood, Frederick F. A^VancouverYoung, John W^Vancouver

THIRD YEAR

Adair, Irvine J^VancouverAnderson, Arnold B^VancouverArima, Junichi ^JapanBacon, William R^VancouverBell, Raymond C^NelsonBenton, John H^NakuspBoisjoli, Gerard J^ RosslandBoyce, William J^Vancouver

Brown, Maurice K^VancouverBrown, P. Anthony P^VancouverBuckham, Tom^Qualicum BeachBuller, Frederick H^VancouverBurnet, Fred E^Regina, Sask.Campbell, Charles McK^VancouverCampbell, Royden M^VancouverCarruthers, W. Harvey^Vancouver

1936

-37


FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE—THIRD YEAR—(COntilined)Name^Home Address

Church, Thomas G.^VancouverCloke, William A^VancouverCustance, John P^New WestminsterDavenport, Charles H^RevelstokeDavies , George F^VancouverDeshaw, Bernard F^VancouverDunlop, Norman 3^VictoriaElfstrom, Roy H^VancouverEnglish, J. Morley^VancouverHall, Ernest W^KamloopsHall, James Z^VancouverHargreaves, George NewWestminsterHarris, Jack E VancouverHenniker, Charles J. C.

Cowichan StationHoadley John W^KamloopsHogg, J. Donald^VancouverIrish, E. J. Wingett^HollyburnJamieson, John V.^VancouverJones, Frank R. R^VictoriaJones, Robert A^VancouverKeillor, G. Russell^VancouverKendrick, John S^West VancouverKillin, Alan F^VancouverKing, J. Cameron^New WestminsterKolisnek, Fred T^CranbrookLammers, Walter A.^VancouverLee, L. Daniel^New WestminsterLeggat, William S ^VancouverLight, John G^VancouverLittle, Heward W.^VancouverLougheed, Milford S^VancouverLove, Patrick C^VancouverLyle, Alfred G^Vancouver

Name^Home AddressLyons, Robert H^VictoriaMachin, Laurence E^Mission CityMathews, William W^VancouverMaxwell, John J. Swift Current, Sask.McCammon, James W.

New WestminsterMacdonald, Colin H^KincolithMacMillan, Patrick W^VancouverNewmarch, Oliver H^VancouverPatterson, Ralph FÔcean FallsPearce, Reginald F.^VictoriaPeebles, Robert M^VancouverPhelps, John L^Whitehorse, YukonPotter, Charles ^VancouverPrentice, William R^FernieRadcliffe, John H.^VancouverRamsden, Henry T.^VancouverRaphael, Harold G.^VancouverRobinson, Robert CÊnglewoodScott, John W^Regina, Sask.Smith, Paul D.^VancouverSmith, William J^Britannia BeachSnelling, Gordon A^VancouverStaniforth, Alan B.^VancouverTaylor, Walter N^VancouverTrapp, Thomas J^VancouverUretzky, AbeÊdmonton, Alta.Vine, C. A. Lyall^VancouverWebster, Charles R^KasloWighton, James J^VancouverWilliams, Wilfrid 0.^VancouverWilson, Sidney E^VancouverWright, Maurice M^VancouverYatabe, Eiji ^Vancouver

FOURTH YEAR

CHEMICAL ENGINEERINGAmes, Arnold M^VancouverArmstrong, James H^RevelstokeBell, Norman ^VancouverBianco, Robert H^VictoriaFraser, Joseph W^ VancouverGould, Leslie R^Port MoodyHartley, James P^Mission City*Moore, Thomas G^VancouverMorris, William M.^VancouverNemetz, Herman ^VancouverPotkins, Jack E^New WestminsterRoss, Rupert ^VancouverTrethewey, Graham D^Vancouver

CIVIL ENGINEERINGDolphin, John W^VancouverMcLeod, J. Douglas^Vancouver

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING*Bunn, Wale L^VancouverGissing, Harold R^MerrittHawkins, Harold G^VancouverHodge, Robert D^VictoriaKeil, Hugh D.^VancouverLong, Moses ^VancouverMackenzie, Malcom H^VancouverMcLeish, Charles W^VancouverObata, Roger^Prince RupertPoison, Jack A^VancouverShelling, Louis^New WestminsterSowerby, John C^VancouverTaylor, Clarence R^Jasper, Alta.

FOREST ENGINEERING*Hemmingsen, John 0. ^Victoria

GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERINGByers, Willson F^VancouverHendry, Noel W.^VancouverIrvine, William T.^BurnabyWatson, Kenneth DeP. ^Vancouver

MECHANICAL ENGINEERINGAlexander, Howard F. Prince GeorgeCazalet, Frank M^VancouverClark, James R. E^VancouverDarling, David A^VancouverLuttrell, Colborne H. S^VictoriaMacPhail, Donald C. ^VancouverThomson, Daniel W.

New WestminsterWitbeck, John L^VancouverWolfe, William ^Vancouver

MINING ENGINEERINGBoe, Bernard^North VancouverClayton, George E^VictoriaEmery, Philip C. B. New WestminsterGwyn, Gerald H^Duncan*Hamersley, Hugh L. S^VictoriaLee, Lin K^New WestminsterMonroe, David L^NanaimoMorris, Gordon B^VancouverMacKay, James M^VancouverPorter, Robinson M^VictoriaTeal, Sydney^New WestminsterWright, Leonard F^Vancouver

*Conditioned.

1936

-37


FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE—FIFTH YEAR—

CHEMICAL ENGINEERINGName^Home Address.

Brock, Thomas L^VancouverCunningham, William L. Ocean Falls*Gautschi, Edward H^VancouverGodard, Hugh P^Vancouver*Haslett, Thomas A^Ocean Falls*King, Robert A^New WestminsterMelvin, John F^VancouverMitchell, James St. G^VancouverMcGinn, Thomas W^Vancouver*Robinson, Bruce A^VancouverWalker, Robert D.^VancouverWilliamson, George S^Vancouver

CIVIL ENGINEERINGBlakeney, Kelso G^VictoriaFyke, George G. ^VictoriaGwyer, William K.^YaleLipson, Sam L^VancouverMcDonald, Murray ^VancouverPatrick, Kenneth E^VictoriaPotter, Telfer H^Trail

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERINGElworthy, Bernard C. T^VancouverGillies, G. Brodie^VancouverGreen, G. Frederic^VancouverHamilton, Richard A^VancouverKersey, Lorne R.^VancouverMcArthur, H. Russell^NelsonMcDonald, Robert S^VancouverMcLellan, J. Gilmore^VancouverRichardson, John^Powell RiverUrquhart, Alexander M. ^Victoria

FOREST ENGINEERINGName^Home Address

Buckland, Alfred C.. Nevv WestminsterGEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING

Brynelsen, Bernard 0^VancouverCummings, Alfred G.^Vancouver*Langille, Ewart^VancouverRidland, G. Carman. New Westminster

MECHANICAL ENGINEERINGChew, Yit P.^VancouverCiccone, Dante ^VancouverHill, Victor R^VancouverMotherwell, James S.

New Westminster*Reid, John A. ^New Westminster*Senkler, Edmund J^Victoria

METALLURGICAL ENGINEERINGZanadvoroff, Victor A^Victoria

MINING ENGINEERINGBruce, Stanley G^VancouverCraig, Robert J.^VancouverFahrni, Keith C^Gladstone, Man.'Ferguson, Donald R^Vancouver*Foerster, Fred S.^Vancouver*Kirby, Albert ^Nelson*Moodie, Norman F^Calgary, Alta.*McLellan, John J. G. ^Penticton*Orr, James MacP.^NelsonSchmidt, Elliot A^VancouverSmith, Donald C^New WestminsterWhite, William H^Roberts CreekWilson, George H^Vancouver

NURSING

FIRST YEAR

A Idison, Margaret SBenson, Eva P. I^Burd, Beattie ^Bryson, Barbara J. ^Campbell, Isabel ^Cavalli, Dorothy Ft^VancouverCurtis, Kathleen M. North VancouverEvans, Margaret A^VancouverGiovando, Lucille ^LadysmithHoward, Edna G^VancouverJonson, Ruth M^New WestminsterLoucks, J. Isabel^Regina, Sask.Millar, Margaret C.^VancouverMorris, L. Elizabeth^Burnaby

SECOND YEAR

VancouverVancouver

RosslandVancouverVancouver

Calgary, Alta. Vancouver

BurnabyVancouverVancouver

Vancouver MacDonald, Mona V^BurnabyVancouver Maclnnes, Mary S^North VancouverVancouver McIntosh, Alison ^

Ashcroft McLellan, Margaret E^Vancouver McLennan, Helen E^

Pollock, Norma M^Pullan, Edith M^Skene, Elaine W^Staniforth, Marjorie ETaylor, M. Gayle Thompson, MargaretVickery, G. ElizabethYamanaka, Noriko E Prince Rupert

*Armitage, Jara E^VancouverFreeman, Olive G^VancouverGrant, K. Lois^VancouverKennedy, Janet S. M.

North Vancouver*Maclean, Mary C^Vancouver

*MacLean, R. Isobel ...Weyburn, Sask.Paulin, Dorothy E^VancouverRobinson, M. Margaret^Vancouver*Saunders, Helen A^VictoriaSteele, Margaret H^Vancouver

THIRD YEAR

Darby, Katherine A.^VancouverJackson, Florence I^VancouverJohn, Martha M^Magrath, Alta.Lehman, Elizabeth D^Barons, Alta.Leitch, Asenath J.^VancouverLeitch, Donna A.^Vancouver

Marlatt, Mary S^VancouverMitchell, Grace M. ^OliverNelson, Emily L.^VancouverRobson, Carolyn M. New WestminsterTrant, Helen M^VancouverWilson, Beverly E^Vancouver

*Conditioned.

1936

-37


FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE—FOURTH YEAR—(Continued)

Name^Home AddressCapelle, Pauline M. A^ChilliwackMaguire, Evelyn C.^VancouverMartin, Alice E. MacL^VancouverMayers, Helen ^Vancouver

Name^Home AddressMouat, Mary R.^VancouverScouler, Phyllis D^VancouverTaylor, Kathleen ^Vancouver

FIFTH YEAR

Black, A. IsobelÊdmonton, Alta.Black, Mary K^VancouverCameron, Norma FÊdmonton, Alta.Creelman, Lyle ^VancouverGraham, Eleanor S.. New WestminsterMakepeace, Lorna M^VancouverMcQuarrie, Frances U. ^Vancouver

Putnam, Madeleine M.ÊricksonRolston, Ethel J^VancouverRoss, Sarah H^Calgary, Alta.Sheldon, Ruth EÊdmonton, Alta.Williams, V. I. Eileen

New Westminster


FIRST YEAR

Baylis, Stanley H.^VancouverBerry, F. Kyle^VancouverBodaly, Ashley J^Fort LangleyBrock, Philip H. G^VancouverBryson, Henry L^New WestminsterCampbell, Jack J. R^VancouverDickinson, Farley B^ChilliwackGardner, Maurice H^VancouverGray, John L. G^Cloverdale

Grubb, Eric A^VancouverJohnston, William J^VancouverLidster, Echo L. R^Langley PrairieMason, Glenn E^TrailMouat, Gavin H^VancouverScholefield, John C^Cadboro BayStaniforth, Josephine M^VancouverWarnken, Arthur T^Steveston

SECOND YEAR

*Bowering, Gerald H.West Summerland

•Chin, James ^VancouverGriffin, Shirley E^VancouverHockin, Neil W^Vancouver*Kerr, Donald G^PentictonLeGallais, D. Richmond^VancouverLouie, Tong^Vancouver

*Morgan, Cecil V. G^VancouverMcTaggart-Cowan, Joan R ^

North VancouverNicoll, Russell E^Vancouver*Robinson, Ross L^VancouverRogozinsky, Anna Harbin,ManchukuoTrussell, Paul C^TrailWelsh, Maurice F^Summerland

THIRD YEAR

Charles, Walter D^SummerlandCrickmay, Peter W. H^VancouverCudmore, Ralph E^VancouverGram, Ralph H^New Westminster*Hardwick, Charles SÊburne*Harowitz, Aser I^Vancouver

Kadzielawa, Arthur S^VancouverMoodie; C. Dawson^Vancouver*Odium, Nelson E^VancouverSalisbury, Philip J^VancouverStokvis, Wilfred D. New WestminsterTrumpour, Maurice P. D^Vancouver

FOURTH YEAR

FULL UNDERGRADUATES

Allin, James S^VancouverBrown, Robert C^North VancouverBrowne-Clayton, Zoe W.

Okanagan MissionCampbell, Alex G VancouverClandinin, Donald R.....Vandura, Sask.Clark, Frank C^KamloopsClement, Paul W^Vancouver■Easier, Lloyd ^VancouverForshaw, Robert P^Greenwood

*Hatcher, Gilbert T.^VancouverHornby, Cedric A^SardisJenkins, Evelyn E^North VancouverJones, Barbara R^Vancouver*Linzey, William E. B^Powell RiverMoxon, Alfred H. W^VancouverPearson, Harold B^VancouverRenney, Arthur J.^Nanaimo*Sadler, James A^VancouverWood, Charles W^Vancouver

*Conditioned.^ *Partial.

1936

-37

LIST OF STUDENTS^

257

GRADUATES


Name^Home AddressAbel, Ilya I. J^VancouverAbercrombie, William T^VancouverAdams, Grace V^VancouverAish, Deborah A. K^EsquimaltArkwright, Bevan H^VancouverBaird, Barbara C^VancouverBidwell, Dorothea ^VictoriaBlack, Albert F^VancouverBligh, Una M^VancouverBoyes, William E^VancouverBoyles, Sadie M^VancouverBruce, Graham^VancouverBuchanan, Donald ^VancouverBuckley, John M^VancouverButterfield, Virginia T^VancouverByrne, Thomas S^ChilliwackChamberlain, Edward R.

North VancouverChristy, Robert F^VancouverClayton, Henry H^VictoriaConway, John J^VancouverCooke, Beatrice M^VancouverDarrach, Marvin D^VancouverDavis, Lucille M^VancouverDill, Charlotte E^VancouverDodd, Arthur J. A. New WestminsterFerguson, Helen ^NelsonFisher. John H^VancouverGibbard, John E^VancouverGilliland, Henry C^VictoriaGillson, John W^VancouverGordon, John P^VancouverGrant, Louis S^VancouverGreen, Annie T^VancouverGreen, James J^VancouverHigginbotham, Frances I^VancouverHillary, Bertrand B^VancouverHolland, George P^VancouverHooley, J. Gilbert^VancouverHoward, Desmond^KamloopsHudson, Vivienne ^VancouverHulley, Clarence C^MichelHunter, Gordon M^VancouverJack, Wilfred R^HatzicJacob, John K^VancouverJakeway, J. Frederick^VancouverJohnson, Arthur J^VancouverKeenlyside, Harold S^VancouverKelly, Robert R^VancouverKing, Norma L^VancouverLawson, William P^VictoriaLeckie. Phyllis G^VancouverLee, Ernest^New WestminsterLinfleld, Arthur G^ArmstrongLovell, Edwin L.^VancouverLower, J. Arthur New WestminsterLucas, A. Charles F BurnabyMercer, A. Mildred.. New WestminsterMercer, Eleanor B^VancouverMiller, Selwyn A^VancouverMitchell, James R^HollyburnMockridge, Geraldine I^CloverdaleMoodie, Stephen T. New WestminsterMorse, John J^KamloopsMossop, George H^Summerland

Name^Home AddressMouat, Olivia D^VancouverMulloy, Florence S^VancouverMunday, Otis J^New WestminsterMcArthur, Harold^NelsonMcArthur, J. Munro^VancouverMacAulay, James M^SilvertonMcDiarmid, John A^VictoriaMcDonald, John A^VictoriaMcIntosh, Donald J^VancouverMcIntyre, Douglas F^VancouverMacKay, Ronald D^VancouverMacKenzie, Donald B^VancouverMacKenzie, Kenneth R^VancouverMcMahon, Howard 0^VictoriaNeal, G. Morley^VictoriaNiven, Ivan M^VancouverNorman, Ralph 0.^VancouverO'Neill, W. Walter C^Prince RupertOsborne, Robert F.^VancouverPatmore, William H^Prince RupertPenny, Hollis J^KamloopsPerry, G. Neil^VictoriaPilkington, Francis C^VancouverPollock, M. Elizabeth^VancouverPringle, George R^VancouverPritchard, Donald L^VancouverPyle, James J^VancouverReay, Sybil ^ VictoriaReid, Elmer W^VancouverRoberts, Joseph ^VictoriaRussell, George W^VancouverSalter, Jean R. G.^VancouverSanderson, Catherine E^VancouverShore, Maurice J^VancouverSimons, William H^VancouverSlater, John H. E.... New WestminsterSmith, Clyde McK...New WestminsterSmith, Douglas E^VictoriaSomerville, Chester E^VancouverSostad, Odin S.^VancouverSpencer, Ella R^New WestminsterStainsby, Claude V^FernieStanford, Margaret L^Banff, Alta.Taylor, Christopher I.

North VancouverTempleton, Frank J^VancouverTervo, Esther F^VictoriaThompson, Helen G.^VancouverTown, Victor J^VancouverTurner, Phyllis W^VancouverVogee, Arthur E^SidneyVolkoff, George M.

Harbin, ManchukuoWaites, Kenneth A^VancouverWales, Muriel ^VancouverWatson, Charles C^VancouverWilcox, Laura ^VancouverWilkinson, Percival E^ChemainusWillard, John H. W^VancouverWilliams, Dorothy E^TrailWilson, Frank^MatsquiWilson, J. Norton^VancouverWilson, Robert J^VancouverYouds, Lilian M^Vancouver

1936

-37


FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCEName^Home Address

Bailey, Basil E^Prince RupertBlack, James M^ VancouverCharnley, Frank^VancouverCummings, John M^ VancouverDonald, Robert J^VancouverFordyce, Reid G^VancouverGoudenkoff, Anatole

Harbin, ManchukuoGoumeniouk, Gleb. Dairen, Manchukuo

Name^Home AddressHilton, R. Ronald ^VancouverMalcolm, Douglas C^VancouverMouat, Thomas W^VancouverPullinger, William W^VancouverRobinson, Stephen C^DuncanScott, Walter F^VancouverSnow, William E^North VancouverWright, James H^Hollyburn

FACULTY OF AGRICULTUREBans, Raghbir Singh^Punjab, IndiaBerry, John C.^Langley PrairieBlack, J. Donald VancouverBowen, John F^North VancouverBrink, Vernon C^VancouverCampbell, Blake A^VancouverClarke, Mills F. ^VancouverFarley, Helen M^VancouverFisher, Donald V. ^ SummerlandHenderson, Wilson ^Vancouver

Kosin, Igor L^BrighouseMiller, John P. ^Campbell RiverMilligan, M. Kathryn^VancouverO'Neil, James B^VancouverSchwangart, Wolfgang M. M.

Munich, GermanyVrooman, C. William ^ VancouverWest, Philip M^VancouverWood, Alexander J. ^Vancouver

TEACHER TRAINING COURSEAdams, Eva M^ArdleyAustin, G. Sanford^ KamloopsBailey, Nancy M^VancouverBarclay, J. Henry^VancouverBrearley, Katherine^White RockBrown, Denis W^ Victoria,Brunt, Renard R^VancouverBuchanan, Dorothy A.

New WestminsterCarrie, Elizabeth E^NelsonColes, Kathleen ^VancouverDaniels, Alice M^New WestminsterDownes, Gwladys V^VancouverEdmonds, Rosemary H.

New WestminsterElgie, Irene G VancouverElliot, M. E. Madeleine

New WestminsterFowler, Wilbert R. T^VancouverFreedman, Harry C^VancouverGibson, Doreen E^VancouverGreen, Clare A^VictoriaHarrison, Thomas A^Port HaneyHarston, Nellie ^VancouverHilton, Irma J^ Sointula.Hunter, William R^VancouverKnight, R. Ivan^Reigate, EnglandMelvin, W. Breen^VancouverMitchell, David M^VancouverMunton, F. Audrey^VancouverMcGee, John A.^ BamfieldMacKenzie, W. Hector^VancouverMcKillop, Lex L.^VancouverMacleod, Arthur K^Vancouver

MacNeill, A. Daisy^VancouverNelson, George H. New WestminsterNelson, Leona M^VancouverParnall, John E. A^ DuncanPaulin, Esther A^VancouverPettipiece, Barbara D^Hinton, Alta.Pillsbury, Richard W^VancouverPoisson, Rodney P^HollyburnPrior, L. John^ VernonRally, Carmen M^North VancouverRamsay, Nancy A^North VancouverReid, Constance M^ VancouverRiddle, 0. Phoebe ^ VictoriaRingle, Viola A. E^VancouverRitchie, Irvine F^VancouverRobertson, Kathleen E.

North VancouverSibley, Eunice S ^VancouverSmith, Gordon C^New WestminsterSmith, L. Samuel^VancouverSpurling, K. Dora ^LadysmithStephenson, Margaret J^VancouverStokvis, Wilhelmina P.

New WestminsterStradiotti, Aldo F^VancouverWatts, Barbara M. New WestminsterWestmacott, Richard B^BurnabyWhitten, Madeline L^ VancouverWighton, John L^VancouverWilson, Joy G. P^VancouverWilson, Marjorie M^VancouverWood, Hilda K^VancouverYoudall, Katharine B^Victoria

DIRECTED READING COURSE


Abbott, Harold D. ^ClearwaterAnderson, John A^VictoriaAndrews, Jennie L. ^VictoriaBauld, Ella W. M^LadysmithBell, Ralph K^KamloopsBerry, Harold F. ^Vancouver

Bishop, George A.^RosslandBlanchard, Herbert E^ DuncanBossy, Elinor M^New WestminsterBowbrick, John T^SandwickBristow, Edith A^MerrittCarlson, Oscar H^Nelson

1936

-37

LIST OF STUDENTS^

259

DIRECTED READING COURSE—FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE—(Continzued)Name^Home Address

Cobbett, Douglas W^CroftonColbert, John A^VictoriaCopeland, Van P^New WestminsterCryderman, Hilda L^Curtis, Alice M^Dalin. Margaret E. ADavey, Robert F^Davies, Doreen Dick, Archibald NDuncan, William S Eckardt, Harold AElmes, Walter HÊvans, Eldred KÊvans, Stanley^Brechin, NanaimoFarenholtz, William ^RobsonFarquhar, Hugh E^VictoriaFerguson, Alex. N^LadysmithFerguson, George ^ChemainusFrederickson, Clarence J^KelownaGagnon, James H.^TrailGaitskell, Charles D^Dawson CreekGillander, Morley G^BlakeburnGillatt, John J. A^Cowichan StationGracey, Andrew S^VancouverGrant, Marion R^VancouverGray, Anne W^StreathamGrubb, Robert N. ^VictoriaGurney, William H^KamloopsHaines, Alfred R^DuncanHarris, Kathleen E^North BendHarwood, Norris ^VictoriaHeywood, Robert H^ VictoriaHogarth, David M^CoquitlamHorne, Thomas PÔak BayHuddleston, Robert ^ SaanichHull, Catherine M^KamloopsHumphreys, Alfred N^RutlandHunden, David J^Canyon CityIrwin, Floyd L. ^RutlandJeffery, Ivan H. R^TrailJost, Audrey E^Britannia BeachKitley, Philip J. ^KelownaLacey, Oliver ^VancouverLeask, John RÂthalmerLott, Mabel AÊnderbyMain, Thomas S^ChilliwackManson, Nicol BÂlert Bay

Name^Home AddressManuel, Harold K^ChilliwackMarriage, Frederick T^KelownaMay, Barbara J.^VancouverMercer, Clara M^New WestminsterMichell, Cyril A. ^VictoriaMoffatt, Brenda M^Barnhart ValeMouat, William J... Cowichan StationMountain, Roy E^MilnerMurphy, Stanley A^ChemainusMcCormick, Robert A^ InvermereMcLachlan, Charles W. ^VancouverMaclachlan, John M^ChilliwackMcMichael, William ^VictoriaMacpherson, Edna E.

North VancouverMcRae, William S^HuntingdonNeary, Bernard F^DuncanOrr, John MÂshcroftOvans, Charles D^Pouce CoupeOzard, William C^VictoriaParfitt, Rosiemai ^VictoriaPidcock, Ruth E^CourtenayPlows, Arthur H^Cowichan StationPoole, Dorothy M^VancouverPritchard, Frederick C^NelsonReid, James ^GreenwoodRichards, Charles P^NelsonRitchie, Cecil E^PrincetonRoss, Kenneth C^Great CentralSaywell, John F. T^Mossbank, Sask.Smith, Elsie K^VictoriaSpencer, Elaine M. ^Robbin's RangeStibbs, LeRoy B^KelownaTerry, Joseph S^North VancouverThorstenson, Roy F^PrincetonThorsteinsson, Bergie^Powell RiverTippett, William G.^ParksvilleTurner, George A^ SookeTweed, Reginald C. R^Black PoolTweeddale, Abbott E^TrailWhyman, Ivan E.^LantzvilleWilliams, Jesse J^StrathnaverWilson, William G^Gibson's LandingWright, Arthur BÔchiltreeWright, Christopher C^Chinook CoveWright, John B^Van Anda

VernonSlocan City

Chinook CoveVictoria

VancouverCumberland

MichelMission City

InvermereKelowna

EXTRA-SESSIONAL CLASSES


Abel, M. Beatrice .... ^VancouverAqua, Sidney S ^VancouverArmstrong, Berniece M^VancouverAuld, Wilfred H^VancouverBarker, Amy^VancouverBenedict, Earl E^New WestminsterBettes, Freda G^VancouverBond, Anne MacK^VancouverBowering, Ebbie ^VancouverBoyd, Ian D^VancouverBoyes, James T^VancouverCameron, Gordon ^VancouverCapon, Donald ^HollyburnCouch, Edgar A^VancouverCoursier, Isabel P^RevelstokeCupit, Frank L.^VancouverCurtis, Alden S^Vancouver

Davidson, Margaret H^VancouverDempsey, Daniel C. North VancouverFletcher, Bruce ^VancouverFranklin , W. Douglas^VancouverFrost, G. Herbert^VancouverGarrison, Florence T^VancouverGemmel', James^VancouverGlass, John C^VancouverGovier, Percy E^New WestminsterGriffin, George H^VancouverGrimmett, Jack A^VancouverHardy, Garnet R^VancouverHarper, John A^VancouverHenderson, Albert E^VancouverHenderson, Jean A. B^VancouverHill-Tout, James E^VancouverHodson, Phyllis E^Vancouver

1936

-37

VancouverVancouver

NanaimoVancouver VancouverVancouverVancouverVancouverVancouverRevelstoke VancouverVancouver

Annand Jean 0^New Westminster Freeman, Vera 11 ^Granger, Marion LIllman, Helen S^Jones, Nellie M^Kirkendale, Rae ^

VictoriaVancouverVancouver

VictoriaVictoria

Mack, Mary I^VancouverMcVicar, Isabel G^VancouverNeen, Winnifred ^VancouverPrior, Lillian K^North VancouverRobertson, Barbara M^VancouverSanders, Laura M^VancouverStewart, Jean I^Victoria

Barker, ConstanceBell, Eileen ^Blank, Elizabeth ^Bond, Phyllis M^Bowman, Dorothy

^

Bullock, Doris M^Conner, Helen ^Cowan, Grace R^Croll, Allena B^Davis, Gwenith B Dilworth, Catherine AElliott, Ethel


EXTRA-SESSIONAL CLASSES—FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE—(Continued)

Name^Home AddressHooper, Myra H. C^VancouverHouston, William F^ VancouverHudson, William O.. New WestminsterIrwin, Everett J^VancouverKillip, Bessie H^VancouverKing, Roy^North VancouverLemon, Leslie D^VancouverLightbody, Frank P^VancouverLogan, Clement ^VancouverManning, Zella M^VancouverMartin, May ^VancouverMaxwell, Ernest D. W^VancouverMerrell, Edgar J^VancouverMitton, James R^VancouverMoore, John H. ^New WestminsterMurphy, Eva B^VancouverMcArthur, Helen M^VancouverMacDonald, Charles E^VancouverMacDonald, Wilfred J^VancouverMacfarlane, Lorna^VancouverMcGechaen, John^VancouverMacKay, Eva M^Winnipeg, Man.MacKenzie, Glenn L^VancouverMacKenzie, Russell K^VancouverMcKinnon, Ann McL^VancouverMcLean, Hilda L^VancouverMcNish, James G^VancouverMac Sween, Allan 3. North VancouverNewberry, John D^Vancouver

Name^Home AddressNichol, Margaret J...North VancouverO'Neil, Margaret A^VancouverOwen, Gladys W^VancouverParham, Ellen .T^VancouverPearson, Ethel M^VancouverRobinson, Evelyn A^HaneyRoss, Alexander D^VancouverRoy, Elsie ^VancouverRuddell, Clifford T. 0^VancouverShaffer, Marion A^VancouverShearman, Eustace R^VancouverSmith, Robert L^VancouverSmith, Robert R^New WestminsterStevens, Gladys E^VancouverSwanson, John R^VancouverSweet, Arthur F^VancouverTaylor, Sydney ^VancouverTennant, Jean E. S^VancouverThompson, Nora K^VancouverTurner, Lloyd K^VancouverWaddington, Lionel C^VancouverWare, Clifford A^VancouverWark, Marshall S^VancouverWatson, Grace I^VancouverWatson, Pearl M. J^VancouverWeatherbee, Ava R^VancouverWilander, William A^VancouverWilliams, Maud A^Vancouver

SOCIAL SERVICEBlumberg, Theresa ^VancouverBraidwood, Helen ^VancouverChadbourne, Elizabeth S^VancouverDallamore, Verne H.

New WestminsterEakins, Mollie^VancouverGalloway, Jessie P^VancouverGreene, J. Margot^VancouverLeith, Eleanor ^VancouverLock, A. Vera^VancouverMarlatt, Margaret E^VancouverMartin, Berna A^Vancouver Thomas, Jean ^Mayers, E. Wallace.. New Westminster Whitehead, Ursula

PUBLIC HEALTH NURSINGFACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE

Moody, Katherine A^EburneMurrell, Mary F^CrestonMcCain, Helen F^VancouverMcGeer, A. Mary^VancouverNicholson, Mary G^VancouverO'Meara, Kathleen M. N^ChilliwackRanking, Florence L^VancouverRogers, Beryl^North VancouverShipp, Alfred A^VancouverShuttlewood, John W^VancouverThomas, A. Megan^Vancouver

Vancouver^Victoria

OCCUPATIONAL COURSEFACULTY OF AGRICULTURE

Emmett, Albert G^Vancouver Watson, Alfred M.Gudewill, Lloyd R^Vancouver^ Hamilton, ScotlandRunkle, Pamela M^Vancouver Zuest, Max^New Westminster

1936

-37


REGISTRATION FOR 1935-36


Women Men TotalFirst Year ^ 124 273 397Second Year^ 143 206 349Third Year^ 113 134 247Fourth Year^ 93 125 218

—1211


Second Year^ 130 130Third Year ^ 82 82Fourth Year^ 54 54Fifth Year ^ 54 54

— 320

FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE (NURSING)

First Year^ 27 27Second Year^ 10 10Third Year ^ 12 12Fourth Year^ 7 7Fifth Year ^ 12 12

— 68


First Year^ 2 15 17Second Year^ 2 12 14Third Year^ 12 12Fourth Year^ 3 16 19

— 62

GRADUATES

Arts and Science^ 34 92 126Applied Science ^ 16 16Agriculture ^ 2 16 18

— 160Teacher Training Course^ 29 33 62

-- 62

Total^ 1883

Women Men Tot alExtra-Sessional Classes ^ 23 82 105Directed Reading Course^ 35 55 90Social Service^ 4 21 25Public Health Nursing^ 25 25Occupational Course in Agriculture^ 1 4 5Evening Class in Botany^ 13 15 28Summer Session, Arts and Science (1935)^ 140 324 464

1936

-37


DEGREES CONFERREDMAY, 1935

Faculty of Arts and ScienceTHE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS

(Names in alphabetical order)

Bescoby, Isabel Marie Leonie, B.A^Major:Minor:

Thesis: "Some Social Aspects of the American Miningand Kootenay."

Bowden, Mary Elizabeth Montgomery, B.A^Major:Minor:

Thesis: "Cicero's Attitude to the Triumvirate."Burnham, Frank Lang, B.A^ Major: Latin

Minor: EducationThesis: "Roman Education."

Cross, Henry Norman, B.A^ Major: PhilosophyMinor : Education

Thesis: "A Description and Examination of a Type of Professional Trainingin the Light of Educational Psychology."

Danielson, Gordon Charles, B.A.^Major: PhysicsMinor : Education

Thesis: "X-Ray Diffraction in Liquids."Findlay, Robert Artemas, B.A.^ Major: Chemistry

Minor: PhysicsThesis: "Low Pressure Equilibrium of Oxygen on Charcoal."

How, Thomas Gerald, B.A^ Major : PhysicsMinor: Mathematics

Thesis: "An Investigation of the Absorption Spectra of Some Fish Oils andOther Experiments."

Johns, Harold Percival, B.A.^ Major: HistoryMinor: Education

Thesis: "British Columbia's Campaign for Better Terms, 1871-1907."Mayse, Shirley Isabelle, B.A^ Major : English

Minor: EducationThesis: "Nineteenth Century Criticism of John Keats."

McArthur, Munro, B.A^ M ajor: ChemistryMinor : Biology

Thesis: "The Preparation of Unsaturated Hydrocarbons from the Corres-ponding Alkyl Halides."

Maciver, Margaret, B.A.^ Major: FrenchMinor: Education

Thesis: "Victor Hugo devant les critiques francais: ses drames en vers."Okulitch, Olga, B.A^ Major : Bacteriology

Minor : BiologyThesis: "A detailed Study of the Lactic Acid Bacteria Constituting a Com-

mercial Cheese Starter."Patrick, John Mortimer, B.A^ Major: Philosophy

Minor : EnglishThesis: "Some Current Theories of Emergent Evolution."

Spragge, James Allan, B.A.^ Major: ChemistryMinor: Physics

Thesis: "Methods of Synthesizing Aromatic Iodine Derivatives."

HistoryEducationAdvance into Cariboo

LatinEducation

1936

-37

DEGREES CONFERRED^

262

THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS

With Honours(Names tin alphabetical order)

Aish, Deborah Amelia Kirk^ 1st class honours inBayley, Charles Melville^2nd class honours inBuchanan, Dorothy Alice^ 1st class honours in

option)Christy, Robert Frederick^ 1st class honours in

PhysicsClayton, Henry Hubert^1st class honours in

MathematicsDangelzer, Joan Yvonne^ 1st class honours inDarrach, Marvin Don^1st class honours inDavies, Francis Raymond Edward^2nd class honours inDill, Charlotte Elva^ 1st class honours in

option)Fisher, John Henry^1st class honours inFowler, Wilbert Robert Thomas^2nd class honours inGarrett, Elizabeth Lucie^ 1st class honours in

and LiteratureGibson, Doreen Elizabeth^2nd class honours inGreen, Clare Ashdown^2nd class honours inHall, Elenita Elizabeth^ 2nd class honours inHolmes, Richard ^ 1st class honours inHori, Chikao George^1st class honours in

option)Hunter, Thomas Murray^1st class honours inHunter, William Robert^2nd class honours inJack, Wilfred Robert^1st class honours in

option)Jamieson, Stuart Marshall^1st class honours in

HistoryJohnson, Arthur Joseph^ 1st class honours in

nomics and PoliKnight, Robert Ivan^ 2nd class honours inLort, John Cecil Rolston^2nd class honours inLovell, Edwin Lister^2nd class honours inMatheson, Estelle Christine^ 1st class honours inMitchell, David Mowbray^2nd class honours inMossop, George Howard^ 1st class honours in

PhysicsMacKenzie, Kenneth Ross^ 1st class honours inMcMahon, Howard Oldford^ 1st class honours inMacNeill, Annabelle Daisy^1st class honours inNelson, George Herbert^1st class honours inParnall, John Enos Augustus^2nd class honours inPatmore, William Henry^ 1st class honours inPlummer, Theodore Stroud^ 1st class honours in

and LiteraturePrior, Llewellyn John^ 1st class honours inPyle, James Johnston^ 1st class honours inRally, Carmen Mary^1st class honours inReid, Constance Martha^2nd class honours inRiddle, Olive Phoebe^2nd class honours inSibley, Eunice Stuart^1st class honours in

FrenchPhilosophyBiology (Zoology

Mathematics and

Physics and

FrenchChemistryChemistryBiology (Botany

ChemistryChemistryEnglish Language

HistoryFrenchFrenchBacteriologyBiology (Zoology

HistoryMathematicsBiology (Botany

Economics and

History and Eco-tical SciencePhysicsHistoryChemistryFrenchMathematicsMathematics and

PhysicsChemistryHistoryHistoryMathematicsGeologyEnglish Language

HistoryChemistryFrenchFrenchMathematicsLatin

1936

-37


THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS-WITH Howouns--(Continued)

Watts, Barbara May^Wighton, John Latta^Wilson, Joy Gertrude PalmerWilson, Margaret^Wilson, Marjorie Mildred^Woodbridge, Cyril Gordon^Youdall, Katharine Bertha^

In Pass Course(Names in order of merit)

2nd class honours in French2nd class honours in Mathematics

^ 2nd class honours in French1st class honours in Bacteriology1st class honours in Latin and French2nd class honours in Chemistry1st class honours in French

Brown, Clare M.Wilson, Robert J.

Jackson, Thomas H. G.Harris, Gordon G.Thomson, C. GordonLoat, Christopher J.Watson, Gertrude B.Backler, Charles L.Spurling, K. DoraSoames, Kathleen I.Coles, Kathleen^1Hanna, Carol M.Davy, John G.Would, Kathleen A. C.Prevost, Gerald F.Lesser, David A.Eddie, Gordon C.Simons, William H.Curr, JamesWhitten, Madeline L.Conway, John J.Grant, Louis S.Hilton, Irma J.McGee, John A.Caufield, Rita F.Macrae, Catherine J.Van Dusen, Phae 1Weiss, BellaDawe, Helen I.Fitzpatrick, Dudley M.Rendle, Clarence T.Smith, W. H. VernonLower, Joseph ArthurHyndman, WilliamMcGeer, A. MaryThomas, JeanPowlett, Margaret H.Robertson, Kathleen E.Nelson, Leona M.Melvin, W. Breen

Class IGreene, J. MargotNewman, Bella

Class IIPinkerton, Stanley H.Miller, Ivan RoscoeClotworthy, M. JoanDavis, Lucille M.Pettipiece, Barbara D.Town, Victor J.Van Camp, Fraser E.Wilkinson, Percival E.Covernton, Carleton C.^1Day-Smith, MiriamPaulin, Esther A.Brearley, Katherine T.McKee, Margaret C.Poisson, Rodney P.Washimoto, Daniel K.Wood, Hilda K.Carrie, Elizabeth E.Baker, John A.Buchanan, DonaldRoberts, JosephSouthcott, Ernest W. 1MacKenzie, W. HectorLock, A. VeraMather, R. MurrayMansfield, TomRingle, Viola A. E.Partridge, Muriel M. V.Higginbotham, JanetFraser, Mildred M.Gillson, John WilfridStephenson, Margaret J.Elgie, Helen P. J. 1Harston, NellieAbbott, Grace E.Pearson, Leslie T. H.Atwater, Donald B.Kilgour, Marjorie

}

1936

-37

DEGREES CONFERRED^ 265

THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS—P1S PASS COURSE—(Continued)

Paned

1Mooney, Alvin W.McMartin, Pauline K.Winter, Margaret F.Stokoe, Marjorie A.Ritchie, Irvine F.Todd, Laurie P.Daniels, Alice M.Munday, Otis J.Hillary, Ruth-Fay C.Root, Marian E.Fraser, Jean M.^tKeate, J. StuartLatimer, William W.Filmer, Evelyn B. ITrapp, Helen F.Smith, Gordon C.Ramsay, Nancy A.Roberts, Katherine L.Mercer, Annie M.Patten, Mildred L.Miller, Frank P.Dickson, J. Elmer

^1

Largue, Marjorie H.Thomas, A. Megan 1Bailey, Nancy M.

Keenlyside, Harold S.Mellish, M. VioletDick, Jean MacK.Elliot, M. E. MadeleineBraidwood, Helen R.Stevenson, AvrilTisdall, F. RuthWillows, Pearl A.Edmonds, Rosemary H.Ingham, Gertrude L.Clarke, Charles S.^tMalone, Dorothy K. jStradiotti, Aldo F.Miles, Nancy P.Williams, ClaireDellert, Berna A.Idyll, Clifton P.Webber, Margaret F.Perkins, Douglas W.Clark, Grace H.Peirson, ArabellRutter, A. Isabel L.Wade, MadelineBaird, Barbara C.Crump, Constance L.

Passed (Unranked)(Names in alphabetical order)

Timperley, Mary Ina1 Inkster, James A.Shearman, Arthur Evans

Passed (Aegro tat)Brown, Denis H.^ Henderson, Jean

Double Course, Arts and Science and Applied ScienceReceiving B.A.

(Names in alphabetical order)Gaul, Robert W.^ Yip, Kenneth WingJacob, J. Kenneth

Double Course, Arts and Science and Applied Science, NursingReceiving B.A.

(Unranked)(Names in alphabetical order)

McQuarrie, Frances U.^Walker, Florence H.Putnam, Madeleine M.

Double Course, Arts and Science and AgricultureReceiving B.A.

Salisbury, Herbert Frederick

Double Course, Arts and Science and Applied ScienceReceiving B.A. (Posthumously)

Maclnnes, William Eugene

1936

-37


THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE

(Double Course)(Conferring both degrees)

Class IIBarclay, Herbert Richmond (2nd class Hall, Avis M.

honours in, Commerce)Passed

Gansner, Leo S.

THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTS

Class IICrysdale, R. C. Stewart (B.Com . de-

ferred)Passed

Shaneman, Jack A.Passed (Unranked)

Stott, William G., B.Com .

THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF COMMERCEPassed

Macdonald, Donald Charles S.

CONFERRING THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF COMMERCEWith Honours

(Names in alphabetical order)First Class

Harvey, NettaSecond Class

Cantwell, Eugenie Alice^Williams, Enid, B.A.

THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF COMMERCE

Andrew, William J.Breen, Allan W.Mills, Douglas W.

Dolsen, George W.Jewett, R. DouglasOkuda, HiroshiAtkinson, Jack L.Rutledge, Jack B.

In Pass Course(Names in order of merit)

Class IIShaw, Douglas W.Stevens, Frank S.Little, T. Murray

PassedDavidson, Charles P.Rush, Frank F.Fox, Morley H.Fletcher, Christie W.Leeson, Robert B.

Faculty of Applied ScienceTHE DEGREE OF MASTER OF APPLIED SCIENCE

Allen, George Samuel, B.A.Sc^ Major: ForestryMinor: Botany (Plant

Pathology)Thesis: "Report and Preliminary Working Plan for the University Forest."

1936

-37


THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF APPLIED .SCIENCE— (Continued)

Armstrong, John Edward, B.A.Sc.^Major: GeologyMinor: Petrology

Thesis: "The Stratigraphy and Structure of the Southern Yukon."Brown, Christopher Ernest Gordon, B.A.Sc^Major: Electrical Engineer-

ingMinor: Physics and Geology

Thesis: "The Theory of Geophysical Surveying by the High FrequencyElectro-magnetie Method."

Cummings, John Moss, B.A.Sc^ Major : PetrologyMinor: Physiography

Thesis: "The Weathered Rocks of Hong Kong."Klinck, Ronald Woodard, B.A., B.A.Sc^Major: Electrical Engineer-

ingMinor: Mechanical Engin-

eeringThesis: "A Piezo-electric Pressure Indicator for Internal Combustion En-

gines."Larson, Arthur George, B.A.Sc.^ Major: Municipal Engineer-

ingMinor: Mining Engineering

Thesis: "Design of the Vancouver Heights Sewerage System."

Lind, Walter John, B.A.Sc.^ Major: Mechanical Engin-eering

Minor: MetallurgyThesis: "A Piezo-electric Pressure Indicator for Internal Combustion En-

gines."Smith, Irving Cameron, B.A.Sc^ Major: Chemistry

Minor: PhysicsThesis: "Physicological Disorders of Apple Trees in the Okanagan."

THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCEWith Honours

Chemical EngineeringFordyce, Reid G.

ChemistryBennett, Robert L.

Electrical EngineeringGoumeniouk, Gleb I.

Forest EngineeringDouglas, Ross R., B.A.

Mechanical EngineeringSandwell, Percy R.^ Brookes, Dennis W.

1936

-37

Bell, Douglas E., B.A . Sc.

Donald, Robert J.Baker, Don. H.Simonds, Peter, B.A.

French, Robert H.Sumner, John, B.A.


THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCEIn Pass Course

(Names in order of merit)

Chemical EngineeringHonours

Cornett, Walter F.Class II

Willis, Clarence H.Kirk, Loren M.Beeman, John S.

PassedScott, Walter F.Rogers, Forrest

Civil EngineeringClass II

Passed (Unranked)Sparks, Wilbur H.

Electrical EngineeringClass II

Wallace, Sidney J.Wright, James H.Yip, Kenneth W.

PassedWarnock, Sam

Forest EngineeringHonours

Class IIPhillips, William C.

Geological EngineeringHonours

Class IIB.A.Sc.^Snow, William E.

Richards, Fred. C.Passed (Aegrotat)

Malcolm, Douglas C.

Mechanical EngineeringClass II

McLellan, Donald B.Greene, Robert K. W.Northcott, Philip C.

Passed

Davis, Ralph

Shayler, Stanley V.

Brown, James R.Jeffrey, Wilfrid H.Rader, Italo H.

Goudenkoff, Anatole

Wellwood, Robert W.

McBride, Clark F.

Robinson, Stephen C.

Gordon, Arthur I. E.,Black, James M.

Gaul, Robert W.

Kennedy, Walter E.Verner, James A.Tansley, Lorne H.Purdy, Dwight W.

Wilson, Ronald

1936

-37


Smith, Harold W.

Matheson, Robert K.Rice, David F.

Brynelson, Bernard 0.Tough, W. JamesMacdougall, A. D.

Metallurgical EngineeringPassed

Mining EngineeringClass II

Hemsworth, Fred J.Sullivan, Godfrey G.

PassedJohnston, Robert H.Sinclair, George M.

NursingHonours

Cheeseman, Ruth, B.A. (Public Health)Morris, Maxine W. (Public Health)Clibborn, Catherine M., B.A. (Teaching and Supervision)Barton, Doris J., B.A. (Teaching and Supervision)Chodat, Isabelle R., B.A. (Public Health)Sharpe, Dorothy A., B.A. (Public Health)

Class IIBarbaree, Florence A. (Public Health)Davies, Eileen M. (Public Health)Olund, Mabel (Public Health)Cunningham, Norah (Public Health)Wilson, Jean E. (Public Health)Barlow, Ada, B.A. (Teaching and Supervision)

Passed (Unranked)Walker, Florence H.

Faculty of AgricultureTHE DEGREE OF MASTER OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE

^Major: DairyingMinor: Agricultural Eco-

nomicsOrganisms Associated with the

Major: DairyingMinor: Animal Husbandry

Organisms Associated with the

Milligan, Kathryn M.Wood, Alexander J.Clarke, Mills F.Bowen, John F.

Atkinson, Lyle A., B.S.A

Thesis: "Thermophilic and ThermoduricSpoilage of Evaporated Milk."

Okulitch, George, B.S.A^

Thesis: "Thermophilic and ThermoduricSpoilage of Evaporated Milk."

THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE(Names in order of merit)

Class IWest, Philip M.Salisbury, H. FrederickMiller, John P.Campbell, Blake A.

1936

-37


THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE —(Continued)(Names in order of merit)

Class IIMenzies, James D.^ Cornish, GeoffreyBlack, James D.^ Farley, Helen M.Wood, Roger George^ Brand, Nancy B.Carder, Alfred C.^ Smith, Laurence S.

PassedBans, Raghbir Singh^ Koga, VernonO'Neil, James B.

DEGREES CONFERREDOCTOBER, 1935

Faculty of Arts and ScienceTHE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS(Names in alphabetical order)

Alston, Jessie Winifred, B.A^ Major: GreekMinor: Latin

Thesis:: "A Study of Greek Historical Writers of the Fifth and FourthCenturies, B. C."

Black, Edgar Clark, B.A^ Major: ZoologyMinor: Chemistry

Thesis: "The Incidence of Boring and Sessile Organisms on WoodenStructures in British Columbia Coastal Waters."

Gordon, Roth Garthley, B.A^ Major: PhilosophyMinor: English

Thesis: "Secondary Education in Rural British Columbia."Horn, Howard John, B.A^ Major: Bacteriology

Minor: ChemistryThesis: "The Effect of m.-Iodo Benzyl Cinnamate on the Course of Experi-

mental Tuberculosis in the Guinea-pig."Johnson, Francis Henry, B.A^ Major: History

Minor: EnglishThesis: "The Decline of the British Liberal Party."

Large, Frances Margaret, B.A^ Major: FrenchMinor: Education

Thesis: "La Pale sociale chez les poetes romantiques."Lotzkar, Harry, B.A^ Major: Chemistry

Minor: PhysicsThesis: "The Heat of Adsorption of Oxygen on Charcoal."

Phillips, Norman William Frederick, B.A^Major: ChemistryMinor: Physics

Thesis: "The Atomic Weight of Rubidium."Rowe, Alice Cidna, B.A.^ Major: English

Minor: EducationThesis: "The Medievalism of Dante Gabriel Rosetti."

Sumida, Rigenda, B.A^ Major: Economics

Thesis: "The Japanese in British Columbia." Minor: Philosophy

1936

-37

DEGREES CONFERRED^

271

THE DEGREE OF MASTER OF ARTS—(CORtiitiked)

Tregidga, Angus Campbell, B.A., B.A.Sc^Major: PhysicsMinor: Mathematics

Thesis: "A Spectroscopic Investigation of the Formation of Active Nitro-gen."

Trueman, Allan Stanley, B.A^ Major: HistoryMinor: English

Thesis: "Placer Gold Mining in Northern British Columbia."

THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTSWith Honours

Clarke, John Lionel^ Second Class Honours in EconomicsTwining, Russell^Second Class Honours in Economics and Political Science

THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF ARTSIn Pass Course

Class II

Currie, Theodore George^MacKenzie, Donald Barclay

Eades, William John^ Pillar, Charles Henry RobinsonHarman, John Howard

^Rathbone, William Paden

Irwin, Floyd Llewellyn^Reay, Sybil

James, William^ Smith, Douglas Edgar

Knight, Gladys Edith^

Taylor, Helen MargaretMontgomery, George Ray

^Thrower-Fairey, FrancisMoodie, Stephen Taylor

^Warren, Robert

Passed

Galloway, Jean Catharine^Macdonald, Angus Matheson

Lucas, Charles Frederick^

McRae, Farquhar JohnLyman, Evelyn Virginia

PassedArkwright, Bevan HamiltonBlack, Jean MillerCampbell, James DuncanClarke, Robert StuartEakins, Mary AliceFowler, Dorothy McLellanHarley, Margaret BirdJohnson, George Harold FranklinKomiyama, TakashiLundy, Ruth BowenMilburn, John Edwards

(Unranked)McDiarmid, John AlexanderMacdonald, Donald Charles Stirling,

B.Com.McLauchlin, John StewartMcRae, Dorothy BeatricePan, Vadim OttoPollock, Mildred MarieStainsby, Claude V.Stewart, Norman RussellTempleton, Frank JohnTweedale, Esme Josephine

THE DEGREES OF BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF COMMERCE(Double Course)

Willis, Harry Burkart

THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF COMMERCEWith HonoursSecond Class

Crysdale, Robert Cecil Stewart, B.A.

1936

-37


THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF COMMERCE

In Pass CourseAlpen, Frank Fairchild^Large, Kelvin David MelvilleHentig, John Kenneth

Faculty of Applied ScienceTHE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF APPLIED SCIENCE

Passed (Unranked)

Chemical EngineeringMortimer, John Moncrieff

Electrical EngineeringLoggie, John Miller^ Saunders, Milton Everett

Mechanical EngineeringMcMeans, Frederick Andrew^Panesar, Wattan Singh

Faculty of AgricultureTHE DEGREE OF BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE

Dicks, William John Henry

1936

-37

MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES AWARDED^273

MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZESAWARDED MAY, 1935

MEDALS

The Governor-General's Medal (Head of Graduating Class for the B.A. De-gree)^ Robert Frederick Christy

The Kiwanis Club Gold Medal (Commerce)^ Netta HarveyUnited Empire Loyalists' Association Silver Medal (History)

Peter J. Disney"The United Empire Loyalists and the Settlement of Upper Canada."

Lefevre Gold Medal and Scholarship^ Marvin D. Darrach

SCHOLARSHIPS FOR POST GRADUATE STUDIES

University Graduate Scholarship, $200.00^ George H. Mossop

The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship, $100.00^James Johnston Pyle

The Brock Scholarship, $100.00^ Percy R. Sandwell

The Dr. F. J. Nicholson Scholarships-1. For Chemistry, $500.00^ Joseph Gilbert Hooley, B.A.2. For Geology, $500.00^ John Moss Cummings, B.A.Sc.

Carnegie Corporation Scholarships for Graduate Study—Jessie Winifred Alston, B.A., Classics.John Edward Armstrong, B.A.Sc., Geological EngineeringJack Mayson Bickerton, B.S.A., Horticulture.Reginald Beswicke Bromiley, B.A., Philosophy.George Clifford Carl, B.A., M.A., Zoology.Robert Frederick Christy, Physics and Mathematics.Mills Forster Clarke, Agronomy.Mavin Don Darrach, Chemistry.John Henry Fisher, Chemistry.Reid George Fordyce, Chemical Engineering.Gleb Goumeniouk, Electrical Engineering.Wilfred Robert Jack, Botany.John Kenneth Jacob, B.A.Sc., Forest Entomology.Stuart Marshall Jamieson, Economics.Arthur Joseph Johnson, History.Igor Leonidas Kosin, B.S.A., Poultry Husbandry.Margaret Kathryn Milligan, Animal Husbandry.Howard 0. McMahon, Chemistry.George Morley Neal, B.A., ZoologyMargaret Anchoretta Ormsby, B.A., M.A., History.James Johnston Pyle, Chemistry.George Michael Volkoff, B.A., Physics and Mathematics.Philip Manthorne West, Agronomy.Alexander James Wood, Dairying.

1936

-37


SCHOLARSHIPS FOR UNDERGRADUATESI. IN ALL FACULTIES

University Great War Scholarships (First Year), $150.00-1. No award.2. No award.

II. IN ARTS AND SCIENCEThird Year

University Scholarships in Arts and Science (General Proficiency, proceedingto the Fourth Year), $150.00—Group A—Morris Bloom.Group B—W. Leonard Grant.

I. J. Klein Scholarship (General Proficiency, proceeding to the Fourth Yearof the Course in Commerce), $100.00^ Donald K. Bell

Second YearUniversity Scholarships in Arts and Science (General Proficiency, proceeding

to the Third Year), $150.00-1. Elizabeth J. Houston.2. Margaret N. Mossey.

The Shaw Memorial Scholarship (First in English, Latin and Greek), $125.00—Elizabeth Houston, by reversion to Sheila C. Buchanan

The McGill Graduates Scholarship (First in English and French), $125.00—Elizabeth Houston, by reversion to Betty E. R. Street

The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship (First in English and Economics),$100.00^ Julio N. Berrettoni

The I.O.D.E. Scott Memorial Scholarship (First in Biology), $100.00—Arne K. Mathisen

Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship (First in History), $100.00—Peter J. Disney

First YearOne Royal Institution Scholarship and two University Scholarships in Arts and

Science (First, Second and Third in General Proficiency), $150.00-1. Anna C. Eichenberger^12. Faith M. Grigsby^}- Equal3. Phyllis Shaw

P.E.O. Sisterhood Scholarship (First Woman Student in English), $75.00—Faith M. Grigsby, by reversion to Nora MacL. Sibley

The Beverley Cayley Scholarship (First Male Student in English), $100.00—John W. Stewart

The Summer Session Students' Association Scholarship, $30.00—Awarded in August

The British Columbia Teachers' Federation Scholarship, $50.00—Awarded in August

III. IN APPLIED SCIENCEUniversity Scholarship in Nursing and Health (General Proficiency, proceeding

to Third Year, or in the Double Course, proceeding to Fourth Year), $150.00—Awarded in September

Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship in Nursing and Health,$100.00^ Lyle Morrison Creelman

The Dunsmuir Scholarship (Highest in Mining Engineering, proceeding to theFifth Year), $150.00^ Elliott A. Schmidt

University Scholarship in Applied Science (General Proficiency, proceeding tothe Fourth Year), $150.00^ Donald C. McPhail

1936

-37

MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES AWARDED^275

SCHOLARSHIPS—IN APPLIED SCIENCE—(Continued)Royal Institution Scholarship in Applied Science (General Proficiency, proceed-

ing to the Third Year), $150.00^ Shuichi KusakaG. M. Dawson Scholarship, $50.00^ No awardThe B'nai B'rith Auxiliary No. 77 Scholarship (Highest in Chemical Engineer-

ing, proceeding to the Fifth Year), $50.00^Robert D. Walker

IV. IN AGRICULTUREUniversity Scholarship in Agriculture (General Proficiency, proceeding to the

Second Year), $150.00^ Ralph E. CudmoreThe David Thom Scholarship (General Proficiency, proceeding to the Third

Year), $100.00^ C. Dawson Moodie

PRIZES

I. IN ALL FACULTIESThe University Essay Prize, $25.00^ No awardThe Players' Club Prize, (Original Play), $50.00^ No awardThe Isabel Ecclestone Mackay Prize, (Original Poem), $25.00^Reginald Jessup

II. IN ARTS AND SCIENCEThe John Marr Memorial Prize, $25.00^ Violet Thomson, B.A.

"The History of Music in the Schools of British Columbia."

III. IN APPLIED SCIENCEThe Convocation Prize (General Proficiency in Fifth Year), $50.00—

Percy R. SandwellThe Walter Moberly Memorial Prize (Engineering Thesis in Fifth Year),

$25.00 ^ Gleb Goumeniouk"Electromagnetic Radiations."

The Engineering Profession's Prizes, $25.00 each-1. A. C. Buckland, Forest Engineering—"The Headframe of the Bussieres

Mine."2. W. L. Cunningham, Chemical Engineering—"The Manufacture of

Sulphate Pulp."3. V. R. Hill, Mechanical Engineering—"Designing and Testing Model

Aircraft."4. J. G. McLellan, Electrical Engineering—"The Operation of the Auto-

matic Telephone Exchange."5. V. A. Zanadvoroff, Metallurgical Engineering—"Jordan River Flume

and its Construction."The Engineering Institute of Canada Prize, $25.00^John RichardsonThe Provincial Board of Health Prizes in Public Health Nursing, $100.00-

1. Ruth Cheeseman, Fifth Year, $30.00.2. Lucile Malkin, Certificate Course, Public Health Nursing, $20.00.3. W. Maxine Morris, Fifth Year, $20.00.4. Isabelle R. Chodat, Fifth Year, $15.00.5. Dorothy A. Sharpe, Fifth Year, $15.00.

BURSARIESThe Captain LeRoy Memorial Bursary (Preference to returned soldiers

or dependents), $250.00^ Donald K. BellThe Khaki University and Y.M.C.A. Memorial Fund Bursaries, $100.00 each-

1. Olive Jean Biller.2. Madeleine M. M. Bowden.3. Marian Cecil.4. Frank Charles Clark.

1936

-37


BunsAnIus-(Co atinued)

5. James Randall Elliott Clark.6. William E. Hughes-Games.7. Murray McDonald.8. Laura Margaret Haig Rae.9. John Douglas Bamford Scott.

10. Frances Mary Wright.The American Woman's Club Bursary, $125.00Âwarded in SeptemberThe University Women's Club Bursary, $100.00^Dagmar E. LievenInter-Sorority Alumnae Club BursaryÂwarded in SeptemberThe David Thom Bursaries-

1. $100.00 (Highest Matriculant registering in Agriculture)-Awarded in September

2. $60.00 (Satisfactory completion of the First Year, proceeding to SecondYear Agriculture) ^ Award deferred

AWARDS ANNOUNCED BY SENATE

The Rhodes Scholarship^ Thomas McKeownFrench Government Awards which are made through the University by the

French Consul for Western Canada:The French Government Bronze Medal (French)^Deborah AishThe French Government Scholarship (10,000 francs) ^Joan Y. DangelzerThe French Government Book Prize (French)Êstelle Matheson

AWARDED AFTER THE MAY CONGREGATION

Senior Matriculation Scholarships:University Scholarship for General Proficiency, $150.00-

Arthur Ernest ChapmanRoyal Institution, $150.00^ Elspeth Mary LintottRoyal Institution, $150.00^ Frances Marion Moran

Junior Matriculation Scholarships:Royal Institution, Provincial, $150.00^Philip Frederick GriffinRoyal Institution, District 1, $150.00^Warren Lehman GodsonRoyal Institution, District 2, $150.00^Hisaye Florence Sakade,

by reversion to Marino FraressoRoyal Institution, District 3, $150.00^ Doris Ada KempRoyal Institution, District 4, $150.00^William Maurice SibleyRoyal Institution, District 5, $150.00^Clara Edith Cartmell,

by reversion to Robert E. BellRoyal Institution, District 6, $150.00^ Ena Russel FosterRoyal Institution, District 7, $150.00^Donald Edwin BunyanRoyal Institution, Special, $150.00^Noel Arthur Scott Owens

The Summer Session Students' Association Scholarship, $30.00-Alexander F. Robinson

The British Columbia Teachers' Federation Scholarship, $50.00-Philip J. Kitley

University Scholarship in Nursing and Health, $150.00^Pauline CapelleThe I.O.D.E. Scott Memorial Scholarship, $100.00Ârne K. Mathisen,

relinquished, and reawarded to John Fraser DavidsonThe American Woman's Club Bursary, $125.00Êlsa E. LovittThe Inter-Sorority Alumnae Club Bursary, $150.00^Beryl RogersThe David Thom Bursaries, $100.00^ Eric A. Grubb

$60.00^ Maurice F. Welsh

1936

-37


UNIVERSITY SUMMER SESSION, 1 937

Seven Weeks—July 5th to August 20thThe Announcement of the courses to be offered in a Summer

Session will be issued in January if possible.No course may be offered for which there are fewer than 12

registrations. Students, therefore, desiring any courses, particularlyThird and Fourth Year courses, are requested to advise theDirector of the Summer Session as early as possible and not laterthan May 15 as to the courses desired. If the demand for thesecourses seems adequate, an effort will be made to offer them.

The regulations, etc., governing the Summer Session, theDirected Reading Courses and the Extra-sessional classes follow :

COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A.

1. The degree of B.A. will be granted on completion of coursesamounting to 60 units chosen in conformity with Calendar regu-lations. (See pages 55-142.)

2. Candidates for the degree are advised to attend at least oneWinter Session, preferably that of the Fourth Year.

3. The maximum credit for Summer Session work in any oneCalendar year is six units.

A student who has obtained credit for at least fifteen units ofwork in a Winter Session may not register for more than four anda half units of work in the Summer Session immediately following.

A student, however, who took less than fifteen units of work inthe Winter Session immediately preceding, or who is repeating acourse in which he has a failure or a supplemental, may registerfor six units.

4. Courses of private reading will be open to Summer Sessionstudents in the same way as to Winter Session students (see page—), but only to those students who are proceeding to a B.A. de-gree at this University (except, as at present, to M.A. candidates).

5. Directed Reading Courses will be offered mainly for studentsnot in attendance. The following regulations pertain to thesecourses :

(a) A minimum registration of twenty is required.(b) An applicant for a Directed Reading Course (1) must be

at least 18 years of age ; (2) must qualify for registration at leastas a Second Year student (full undergraduate or conditioned), ormust hold a Normal School diploma ; and (3) must have completed

1936

-37


the course pre-requisite for the Directed Reading Course for whichhe is applying.

(c) The final examinations will be held at the University.(d) If the Directed Reading Course is one on which there is

a sessional examination in April, the student may either writethis sessional examination in April or the Directed Reading Courseexamination at the opening of the Summer Session in July, other-wise in July only.

(e) No Directed Reading Course may be taken for under-graduate credit concurrently with an Extra-Sessional Course, norwith a course of private reading as outlined on page 65, except bystudents in regular attendance at the Winter Session.

(f) Not more than one Directed Reading Course may be takenduring the academic year.

6. Extra-sessional classes to be held at the University may bearranged, and, if so, may be taken for credit by students pro-ceeding to the B.A. degree, who are at least 18 years of age, whoare qualified for registration as Second Year students (Full Under-graduate or Conditioned), or who hold Normal School diplomas,and who have the pre-requisite standing.

7. The maximum credit for work other than that of the regularSummer and Winter Sessions may not exceed 15 units subsequentto Senior Matriculation or First Year Arts, nor 3 units in any oneacademic year.

8. Extra-mural work done at other universities prior to regis-tration at this University may be accepted if approved by Faculty,but may not exceed the total number of units of credit obtainableat this University without attendance at either Winter or SummerSession.

9. If credit is granted for extra-mural work taken elsewhere,the total amount of work which the student concerned may takeat this University without attendance at a Winter or SummerSession will be correspondingly reduced.

10. No credit will be granted for extra-mural work done at otheruniversities in the same academic year in which any work has beenattempted at this University, whether in the Summer Session orin the Winter Session or by Reading Courses or Extra-sessionalClasses.

Courses which count towards an Honours B.A. degree or theM.A. degree in the Winter Session will be allowed equivalent creditin the Summer Session.

1936

-37

UNIVERSITY SUMMER SESSION^279

REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCE1. Students are required to register on or before the opening

day of the session. A fee of two dollars ($2.00) will be charged forlate registration.

2. All students desiring to obtain formal credit for work donein the Summer Session must, upon entrance, present evidence ofJunior Matriculation standing of this Province, or its equivalent.

3. Summer Session students shall be registered as follows :Students proceeding to a degree in due course whose Full

Junior Matriculation standing has been approved shall registeras First Year students until they have completed the 15 units ofwork prescribed by the Calendar.

Students proceeding to a degree in due course with Full FirstYear standing shall register as Second Year students until theyhave completed the Second Year in conformity with Calendarregulations.

Those students only may register as Third or Fourth Yearstudents who have completed the work of the previous years inaccordance with Calendar regulations.

Students who do not come under one of these classes shallregister as Partial students.

4. Students must attend regularly the classes in a course forwhich they register. Those whose unexcused absences from sucha course exceed one-eighth of its total number of meetings will notbe credited with attendance in that course.

FEESFor statement of fees see page 35.

EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT1. Summer Session examinations are held at the close of the

Summer Session. Students attending Extra-sessional classes willbe tested by the ordinary Winter Session examinations.

2. The passing mark on each paper is 50 per cent. Credit,however, will not be granted for any part of a course until thewhole course has been completed. Part courses in different subjectsmay not be combined.

3. In any course which involves both laboratory work andwritten examinations, students may be debarred from examinationif they fail to present satisfactory results in laboratory work, andthey will be required to pass in both parts of the course.

4. Supplemental examinations may be granted by Faculty tostudents attending the Summer Session or the Extra-sessionalclasses in the subject or subjects in which they have failed, buta student obtaining less than 30 per cent. in a subject will not begranted a supplemental in that subject.

1936

-37


CANADIAN OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPSThe University has a contingent of the Canadian Officers'

Training Corps. Membership is voluntary and is open to malestudents who are British subjects. Here they have an opportunityto secure a training in discipline and organization or to qualify forcommissions in the country's auxiliary forces and render personalservice with the least possible interference with their civil careersor to enter certain careers for which membership in the CanadianOfficers' Training Corps is obligatory or advantageous. Amongsuch careers are the Permanent Active Militia, including Cavalry,Artillery, Engineers, Corps of Signals, Infantry, the Royal Cana-dian Air Force, Commercial Flying in Canada, the British ColonialService.

The contingent is a unit of the Active Militia, but is governedby special regulations under which it cannot be called out as aunit for active service.

General Supervision over the activities of the corps is exercisedby a Committee of Military Education appointed by the Senate ofthe University. This Committee consists of the President and theCommanding Officer, ex officio, together with the Chancellor,the President of the Alma Mater Society and the Deans of Artsand Applied Science. The Commanding Officer and officers of thecorps are selected from the teaching staff and students of the Uni-versity. Assistance in the work of the corps is given by membersof the Permanent Militia of Canada.

The Cadets are prepared for the examinations for Certificates"A" and "B" set by the British War Office for all contingents ofthe Officers' Training Corps throughout the Empire. Certificate Aqualifies its holder for the rank of Lieutenant, Certificate B forthe rank of Captain, not only in the non-permanent Active Militiaof Canada, but in the volunteer forces anywhere within theEmpire.

Lectures are given at the University throughout the session, anddrill and range practices are carried out. Hours for this workconvenient to the members of the Corps are arranged so as not tointerfere with the academic work of the University, and as littleas possible with student activities.

The District Military authorities provide an annual camp, whenpossible, during either the summer or the winter vacation.

Members of the Corps who are pursuing a course in AppliedScience are eligible for Provisional Pilot Officer Training heldannually at Camp Borden, and for training with the Royal Cana-dian Corps of Signals.

Cadets are also eligible for the Small Arms School, both "A"and "B" Wings.

1936

-37

CANADIAN OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS^281

All the above-mentioned courses are held during the summervacation.

The following officers are on the strength of the contingent :Commanding Officer, Lieut.-Col. H. F. G. Letson, M.C., E.D.,

Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering.Second-in-Command, Capt. G. M. Shrum, M.M., Associate Pro-

fessor of Physics.Medical Officer, Major G. A. Lamont, C.A.M.C.Acting Adjutant, Second Lieut. A. J. Johnson.O.C. "A" Company, Second Lieut. G. S. Allen.Second Lieut. H. P. Godard.0.C. "B" Company, Second Lieut. V. R. Hill.Second Lieut. A. D. Greenwood.Q.M.S.I. A. A. Smith (I.C.) is attached to the unit for instruc-

tional and other duties.Students who wish to make further enquiries about the work

of the Corps may obtain additional information from any of theabove-named officers, or by application at the C.O.T.C. OrderlyRoom, in the basement of Arts Building.

The miniature range is situated in the basement of the ArtsBuilding.

Summary1. Object.—To qualify members for commissioned rank in the

Canadian Militia or similar force within the Empire.2. Expense.—No expense of any kind is involved. All activities

are financed by Corps Funds.3. Equipment.—All arms, ammunition, text-books and clothing

are furnished without charge.4. Time Required.—The average time required by members is

15 nights per year, from 7 :45 p.m. to 10 p.m., Wednesdays. AllCorps activities are arranged so that there is no interference withordinary academic work of the University.

5. Advantages.—(a) Rifle shooting, both miniature and servicerifle, with prizes and eligibility to compete for places on the fol-lowing teams—Provincial Matches at Victoria, B. C., DominionMatches at Ottawa, Ont., and National Rifle Association Matchesat Bisley, England. (b) Physical Training under specially qualifiedinstructors. (c) One-week trip to Victoria during Christmasvacation. (d) Annual C.O.T.C. Dance. (e) Summer courses withpay at Victoria and Calgary. (f) Flying instruction with pay atCamp Borden during summer. (g) Signal instruction with payduring summer. (h) Eligibility for appointments in PermanentForce, British Army, and British Colonial Service.

1936

-37


STUDENT ORGANIZATIONIn order that the activities of the student body may be

effectively carried on, the Alma Mater Society has been organized,with a governing executive called the Students' Council. It isthe duty of the Students' Council to control all the activities of thesocieties subsidiary to the Alma Mater Society.

Each student on admittance to the University automaticallybecomes a member of the Alma Mater Society. All student activitiesare regulated and questions of student discipline are controlledby the Students' Council. It consists of nine members, chosen fromJunior and Senior Years. The members are elected by ballot atthe close of the session preceding their term of office.

In order that the work may be carried on to the best advantage,considerable funds are necessary, and the Alma Mater fee of $7.00,compulsory for all students, is designed to cover the expensesincurred. Added to this is a compulsory levy of $3.00 to go towardsthe Gymnasium Fund.

Students upon entering the University have an opportunityto take part in practically all lines of sport, as well as to participatein debating and public speaking, and various other activities whichare more clearly indicated below. No student shall be allowed, how-ever, during the session to take part in athletic competitions orgames for any team or other organizations other than a Universityteam without the consent in writing of the Men's or Women'sAthletic Association duly approved by resolution of the Students'Council.

Publications BoardThe Publications Board is best known from the "Handbook,"

the "Ubyssey" and the "Annual " In the first of these an attemptis made to compile information valuable to the undergraduate.The "Ubyssey," the College paper, is published twice a week. Themembers of the Staff are students selected as a result of voluntarycompetition. The "Annual," which is published at the end of thespring term, summarizes the activities of the various classes andsocieties.

Literary and Scientific ExecutiveThe Literary and Scientific Executive co-ordinates the workings

of its constituent Societies, which are indicated below.In the Players' Club, those whose talents lie in the direction

of the drama may find medium of expression.The Musical Society, membership in which is granted as a result

of competitive try-outs, consists of an orchestra and mixed chorus

1936

-37

STUDENT ORGANIZATION^283

comprising about seventy students under professional leadership.For those interested in public speaking and debating there is

the University Parliamentary Forum.The following societies and clubs offer a field for discussion of

engineering, scientific and social problems : The Letters Club, theInternational Relations Club, the French Clubs, the GermanClub, the Historical Society, the Varsity Christian Union, thePhilosophy Club, the Guide Club, the Student Christian Movement,the Biological Discussion Club, the Art Club, the Menorah So-ciety, the Engineering Institute of Canada, the Radio Club, theSocial Science Club, the G. M. Dawson Geological Discussion Club,the Household Science Club, the Chemistry Society, the ForestClub, the Agriculture Club, the Classics Club, the MathematicsClub, the Law Club, the Society of Thoth, the Chess Club, thePhysics Club, Agriculture Discussion Club, and Women's LiteraryForum.

Women's AthleticsThe Women's Athletic Association comprises all the women's

athletic clubs of the University, the chief of which are herewithbriefly described :

The Women's Basketball Club enters teams in the City League,and also competes for Dominion championships.

The Women's Swimming Club competes in a City League, andalso against Victoria and sometimes sends a team to Banff.

The Grass Hockey Club enters two teams in the Lower Main-land League and also plays challenge games against the HighSchools, New Westminster, Victoria or Duncan.

The women may join the Badminton, Tennis, Golf, Ice-skatingand Outdoor Clubs, which are under the Men's Athletic Asso-ciation.

The Track Club holds, with the Men's Track Club, a joint meetwhich takes place annually at the Varsity Oval, one of the women'sevents being the relay for the Arts '25 Cup.

The Women's Gymnasium Club meets once or twice a week,under a physical instructor.

Inter-class matches are arranged in basketball, badminton,swimming, track, etc., for which points are awarded, the winningclass being the holders of the Chris. Spencer Cup for the ensuingyear.

The Women's Big Block Club was organized to maintain ahigh standard of awards, and to act as an advisory board to incom-ing women students in relation to sport.

1936

-37


Men's AthleticsIt is the endeavour of the Men's Athletic Association to foster

student participation in some sport and to control athletic activitieson the Campus to the best interest of the students and the Uni-versity as a whole.

Sports are classified as Major, Sub-major, Minor, Sub-minor,and Unclassified. Major sports are English Rugby, Basketball,Soccer, Track, and Canadian Rugby ; Sub-major, Swimming;Minor, Golf, Grass Hockey, Badminton, Ice Hockey, and Rowing;Sub-minor, Boxing, Gymnasium, and Outdoors ; Unclassified,Skating and Fencing.

The M. A. A. embraces a wide variety of athletic activities.It maintains them on a sound basis, as is evidenced by the interestshown on the part of the students.

The Executive of the Association is made up of the Presidentsof the various sports, together with the President, Vice-President,Secretary and Treasurer of the Association.

The Association is also affiliated with the Western CanadianIntercollegiate Athletic Union. This Union is comprised of the Ath-letic Associations of the Universities of Manitoba, Saskatchewan,Alberta and British Columbia. Closer relationship among theWestern Canadian Universities is established in this manner.

A certain scholastic standing is required of students wishingto represent the University on any team, and this is sufficientlyhigh to ensure that scholastic achievement is not subordinated toathletic prowess. By doing this, athletics at the University aremaintained on a sound and healthy level.

Detailed information may be obtained from the Student Hand-book and from any of the executive of the above sports or theExecutive of the Association.

FraternitiesFraternities have existed at the University of British Columbia

for some years and are officially recognized as active studentorganizations. They are governed by an Inter-fraternity Councilcomposed of representatives of each of the fraternities and amember of the Faculty. It is their endeavour both to benefitthrough friendship their individual members, and to work for thebest interests of the University. Membership is by invitation.

SororitiesSororities, also, are officially recognized by Senate as active

student organizations. The Women's Panhellenic Association isestablished to regulate all matters of common interest to theSororities on the campus, and to advise and foster sorority andinter-sorority relations. Membership in sororities is by invitation.

1936

-37

INTER-UNIVERSITY EXCHANGE OF UNDERGRADUATES^285

Alumni AssociationThis organization was formed in May, 1917. It is composed of

Honorary, Active, and Associate members. Honorary membershipincludes all members of the Faculty. Active membership includesall Associate members who have paid their annual fee of $1.00 ora life membership fee of $10.00. All graduates of the Universityautomatically become Associate members on graduating.

The purpose of the Association is to further the interests of theUniversity and the Alumni. To accomplish this purpose the Asso-ciation aims to keep its members interested in the University andthe Alma Mater, so that they may know their college, not onlyas it was, but as it is, and can be. To carry out these aims generalmeetings are held during the University term. In addition, adirectory of our graduates is sent to all Active members, while newsbulletins are sent to both Active and Associate members.

There are four standing committees in the Association whichseek to foster interest in athletics, music, dramatics and publica-tions among members of the Association, and throughout theProvince in other organizations.

INTER-UNIVERSITY EXCHANGE OFUNDERGRADUATES

Through this plan the National Federation of CanadianUniversity Students offers to Canadian students the opportunityto study for one year at a university in another part of Canada.The favored students, whose number must not exceed one per cent.of the total enrolment, are chosen by a Selection Committee fromtheir own universities, and the university which the student selectsfor the year's study remits the fees for that year. The only pre-requisite is that any student who desires to take advantage of thisopportunity must have completed at least two years of study withat least second class standing in the second year, and must be anundergraduate below the final year. All applications must be inthe hands of the Registrar on or before the first day of March.Further information may be obtained from the Registrar.

1936

-37

VICTORIA COLLEGEVICTORIA, B. C.

(In Affiliation with The University of British Columbia)

StaffNiter H. Er.morr, M.Sc. (McGill), Principal, Associate Professor of Science.E. STANLEY FARR, BA., LL.B. (Toronto), Assistant to Principal, Assistant

Professor of History and Economics.J. A. CUNNINGHAM, B.A. (Queen's), Registrar, Assistant Professor of

Biology.MISS JEANETTE A. CANN, B.L. (Dalhousie), Assistant Professor of English

and Philosophy.Miss H. RUTH HUMPHREY, B.A. (Mount Allison), M.A. (Oxon), Assistant

Professor of English.M. E. SANDERSON-MONGIN, Officier d'Academie (France), Assistant Pro-

fessor of French.G. P. BLACK, M.A. (Man.), Assistant Professor of Classics.E. J. SAVANNAH, A.B., S.B. (Calif.), Instructor in Chemistry.ROBERT T. D. WALLACE, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor in Mathematics.Miss MARGARET Ross, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Librarian and Instructor in History.Miss Rural E. FIELDS, B.A. (Brit. Col). Assistant in Biology.'Emma J. CIIAPPELL, Assistant Registrar.

The College at Victoria, B. C., gives instruction in the first twoyears of the course in Arts and Science (including Commerce).The courses offered are :

First and Second YearsThe work of the first two years consists of 30 units, 15 of which

must be taken in each year.Each student must take :^ Units(a) English 1 in the First Year and English 2 in the

^

Second Year 6(b) The first two courses in a language offered for

Matriculation, one course in each year^ 6(c) Mathematics 1 in the First Year.... ^ 3(d) History 1, 2 or 4, or Philosophy 1(a) or Economics L ^ 3(e) Biology 1 (a), Chemistry 1 or Physics 1 or 2^ 3(f) Three courses—not already chosen—selected from the

following :Biology 1 (a), Chemistry 1, Chemistry 2, Economics 1,Economics 2, Economics 10, French 1, French 2,Greek A, Greek 2, History 1, History 2, History 4,Latin 1, Latin 2 (b), Mathematics 2, Mathematics 3,Philosophy 1 (a), Physics 1, Physics 2, Zoology 1 ^ 9

The rules and regulations governing the College are the sameas those in force at the University.

Information and Calendars of Victoria College may be obtainedon application to the Registrar, Victoria College, Victoria, B. C.

1936

-37

UNION COLLEGE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA(United Church of Canada)

VANCOUVER, B. C.(In affiliation with The University of British Columbia)

PrincipalTHE REV. J. G. BROWN, M.A., D.D.

Union College offers courses of instruction in Theology leadingto the degrees of B.D., and for ordination to the Christian Ministry,and, under the general regulations of the University with referenceto affiliated Theological Colleges, provides Religious Knowledgeoptions, for which credit is given in the course leading to theB.A. degree. (See Page 62.)

For further information in reference to Faculty, Courses ofStudy, etc., see calendar of Union College.

1936

-37

THE ANGLICAN THEOLOGICAL COLLEGEOF BRITISH COLUMBIA

VANCOUVER, B. C.(Affiliated with The University of British Columbia, 1922)

Principal

RegistrarREV. D. P. WATNEY, B.A., B.D.

The Anglican Theological College offers courses in Theologyleading to the Diploma of Licentiate in Theology and the Degreesof B.D. and D.D., and, under the general regulations of theUniversity in reference to affiliated colleges, provides Theologicaloptions, for which credit is given in the course leading to theB.A. degree. (See Page 62.)

For further information in reference to Faculty, Courses ofStudy, etc., see calendar of the College.

1936

-37

UBC Library - The University of British Columbia

Documents

Transcript of UBC Library - The University of British Columbia